Select your preferred input and type any Sanskrit or English word. Enclose the word in “” for an EXACT match e.g. “yoga”.
|
|
|||||||
 | |||||||
| ācāra | m. an established rule of conduct, ordinance, institute, precept  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ādhā | P. A1. -dadhāti-, -dhatte- (in the later language usually A1.), 1. sg. /ā-dadhāmi-  ; imperative 2. sg. ā-dhehi- ; perfect tense 3. plural -dadh/us- ; Aorist 3. plural /ā ; parasmE-pada -dadhāna-, parasmE-pada Passive voice -dhīyamāna- (in compound exempli gratia, 'for example' ā-dhīyamāna-citta- ) ; perf. -dadhau-, etc. ; ([see under etc. ; to add (fuel to fire) etc. ; to give or deposit in pledge, stake (money) ; to give, supply, lend, deliver etc. ; to accept, receive etc. ; to make, constitute, effect etc. ; (only A1.) to keep, preserve, appropriate to one's self, hold, possess, take ; to conceive (as a woman), get children etc.: Causal -dhāpayati-, to cause to put: Desiderative A1. -dhitsate-, to wish to kindle (a fire) : P. (parasmE-pada -dhitsat-) to be about to take up (a stick for punishing)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| adhvaryu | m. one who institutes an adhvara- any officiating priest  | ||||||
| |||||||
| aja | m. a driver, mover, instigator, leader  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ajana | m. ( | ||||||
| |||||||
| ajana | n. act of instigating or moving, | ||||||
| |||||||
| ākṛti | f. a constituent part (see dv/ādaśā | ||||||
| |||||||
| alasaka | m. tympanitis, flatulence (intumescence of the abdomen, with constipation and wind)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| āma | mn. constipation, passing hard and unhealthy excretions  | ||||||
| |||||||
| āmavāta | m. constipation or torpor of the bowels with flatulence and intumescence | ||||||
| |||||||
| anāgama | mfn. (in law) not constituting an accession to previous property, but possessed from time immemorial, and therefore without documentary proof.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ānāha | m. constipation  | ||||||
| |||||||
| anīkavat | (/anīka--) mfn. having a face, or constituting the face, or occupying the front or foremost rank (Name of, agni-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| anīrita | mfn. unstirred,  | ||||||
| |||||||
| anityasamāsa | m. a compound, the sense of which may be equally expressed by resolving it into its constituent parts.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| antaḥprakṛti | f. the heart, the soul, the internal nature or constitution of a man.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| apabarhis | mfn. not having the portion constituting the barhis-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| aparājita | m. a class of divinities (constituting one portion of the so-called anuttara- divinities of the jaina-s)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| apravṛtta | mfn. not commenced, not instigated.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| apravṛtti | f. (in med.) suppression of the natural evacuations, constipation, ischury, etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| arthaprakṛti | f. "the principal thing required for a special aim", Name of the five constituent elements of a drama  | ||||||
| |||||||
| asmṛti | f. the not being part of the institutes of law  | ||||||
| |||||||
| āsthā | P. A1. -tiṣṭhati-, -te-, to stand or remain on or by ; to ascend, mount ; to stay near, go towards, resort to etc. ; to act according to, follow ; to undertake, perform, do, carry out, practise, use etc. ; to side or take part with, be of the opinion of ; to maintain, affirm ; to acknowledge ; to take care for, have regard for etc.: Causal -sthāpayati-, to cause to ascend ; to cause to stay or stop ; to arrest, stop ; to fix into, put into ; to hurt ; to constipate ; to strengthen ; to introduce  | ||||||
| |||||||
| atharvan | m. Name of the priest who is said to have been the first to institute the worship of fire and offer soma- and prayers (he is represented as a prajāpati-, as brahmā-'s eldest son, as the first learner and earliest teacher of the brahma-vidyā-, as the author of the atharva-veda-, as identical with aṅgiras-, as the father of agni-, etc.)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| avaluñcaṇa | n. tearing out (of hairs) opening or unstitching (of a seam)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| āvapana | n. instilling, inserting  | ||||||
| |||||||
| avirecana | n. anything which constipates or stops the passage of the food.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ayajamāna | mfn. not instituting a sacrifice  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ayakṣyamāṇa | mfn. not wishing or not about to institute a sacrifice | ||||||
| |||||||
| āyuj | P. (1. sg. /ā-yunajmi- ) A1. (perfect tense 3. plural -yuyujr/e- ) to yoke or join to ; to join, fasten ; to accommodate with ; to appoint : Causal -yojayati-, to join together ; to form, constitute  | ||||||
| |||||||
| baddhapurīṣa | mfn. having constipated bowels ( baddhapurīṣatva -tva- n.)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bahuyājya | mfn. one who has many institutors of a sacrifice, one who sacrifices on behalf of many on  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bāhyaprakṛti | f. plural the constituents of a foreign state exclusive of the king (see prakṛti-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhū | f. the earth (as constituting one of the 3 worlds, and therefore a symbolical N. for the number"one") etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bodhipakṣadharma | m. a quality belonging to (or a constituent of) perfect intelligence  | ||||||
| |||||||
| carita | n. fixed institute, proper or peculiar observance (see uttara-rāma--, d/uś--, sac--, saha--, su--).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| caturtha | n. "constituting the 4th part", a quarter  | ||||||
| |||||||
| cedi | m. pl. Name of a people (who lived in Bundelkhand; renowned for their attachment to ancient laws and institutions ; their capital was śuktimatī-; some of their kings were vasu- uparicara-, subāhu-, dhṛṣṭa-ketu-, dama-ghoṣa-, śiśu-pāla- etc.) etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dan | according to to some from  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dasyujūta | (d/as-) mfn. instigated by dasyu-s  | ||||||
| |||||||
| deśa | m. institute, ordinance (deśam- ā-; śe-,in the proper place [ especially with kāle-] Often in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' [f(ā-). ] especially after a word denoting a country or a part of the body exempli gratia, 'for example' kāmboja--, magadha--; aṃsa--, kaṇṭha--, skandha--; ātmīya--,one's own country or home)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dhā | cl.3 P. A1. d/adhāti-, dhatt/e- etc. (P. dual number dadhv/as-, dhatth/as-, dhatt/as-[ ]; plural dadhm/asi-or m/as-, dhatth/a-, dādhati-; imperfect tense /adadhāt- plural dhur-, plural /adhatta-or /adadhāta- ; subjunctive d/adhat-or dhāt-[ ], dhas-, dhatas-, dhan-; Potential dadhy/āt-; imperative dādhātu- plural dhatu-;2. sg. dheh/i-[fr. dhaddhi-; confer, compare ] or dhattāt- ;2. plural dhatt/a-, , dhattana-, , d/adhāta-, ,or tana-, [ confer, compare ]; parasmE-pada d/adhat-, ti- m. plural tas-; A1.1. sg. dadh/e-[at once3. sg. equals dhatt/e- and= perfect tense A1.],2. sg. dh/atse-, or dhats/e- dual number dadh/āthe-, dh/āte-;2. plural dhidhv/e-[ confer, compare perfect tense ];3. plural d/adhate- ; imperfect tense /adhatta-, tthās-; subjunctive d/adhase-, [ ]; Potential d/adhīta- dadhīt/a-, ; imperative 2. sg. dhatsva-, or dadhiṣva-, ;2. plural dhaddhvam-[ ]or dadhidhvam- ,etc.;3. pl. dadhatām- ; parasmE-pada d/adhāna-) ; rarely cl.1 P. A1. dadhati-, te- ; only thrice cl.2 P. dh/āti- ; and once cl.4 A1. Potential dhāyeta- (pf.P. dadh/au-, dh/ātha-, dhatur-, dhim/ā etc.; A1. dadh/e-[ confer, compare proper ], dadhiṣ/e-or dhiṣe- ;2.3. dual number dadh/āthe-, dh/āte-,2. pl. dadhidhv/e-[ confer, compare proper ];3. plural dadhir/e-, dadhre-, ,or dhire-, ; parasmE-pada d/adhāna-[ confer, compare proper ]; Aorist P. /adhāt-, dh/āt-, dh/ās-; adh/ur-, dh/ur- etc.; Potential dheyām-, yur-; dhetana- ; 2. sg. dhāyīs- ; imperative dh/ātu-[ confer, compare ];2. plural dh/āta-or tana-,3. plural dhāntu- ; A1. adhita-, thās-, adhītām-, adhīmahi-, dhīmahi-, dhimahe-, dhāmahe- ;3. sg. ahita-, hita- ; subjunctive dh/ethe- , dhaithe-, ; imperative dhiṣv/ā; P. adhat- ; dhat- ; P. dhāsur- subjunctive sathas-and satha- ; A1. adhiṣi-, ṣata- ; Potential dhiṣīya- [ ]; dheṣīya- ; future dhāsyati-, te-or dhātā- etc.; infinitive mood dh/ātum- etc.;Ved. also tave-, tav/ai-, tos-; dhiy/adhyai- ;Class. also -dhitum-; ind.p. dhitv/ā- ; hitvā-[ ], -dh/āya-and -dh/ām- : Passive voice dhīy/ate- etc.[ ] , p. dhīy/amāna- ; Aorist /adhāyi-, dh/āyi- [ ]; preceding dhāsīṣṭa-or dhāyiṣīṣṭa-[ ]) to put, place, set, lay in or on (locative case) etc. etc. (with daṇḍam-,to inflict punishment on [with locative case ,with genitive case ];with tat-padavyām padam-,to put one's foot in another's footstep id est imitate, equal ) ; to take or bring or help to (locative case or dative case;with ār/e-,to remove) ; (A1.) to direct or fix the mind or attention (cintām-, manas-, matim-, samādhim-etc.) upon, think of (locative case or dative case), fix or resolve upon (locative case dative case accusative with prati-or a sentence closed with iti-) ; to destine for, bestow on, present or impart to (locative case dative case or genitive case) etc. (Passive voice to be given or granted, fall to one's [dat.] lot or share ) ; to appoint, establish, constitute ; to render (with double accusative) ; to make, produce, generate, create, cause, effect, perform, execute etc. (Aorist with pūrayām-, mantrayām-, varayām-etc. equals pūrayām-etc. cakāra-) ; to seize, take hold of, hold, bear, support, wear, put on (clothes) etc. ; (A1.) to accept, obtain, conceive (especially in the womb), get, take (with /okas-or c/anas-,to take pleasure or delight in [loc. or dative case ]) ; to assume, have, possess, show, exhibit, incur, undergo : Causal -dhāpayati- (See antar-dhā-, śrad-dhā-etc.) : Desiderative dh/itsati-, te- () , to wish to put in or lay on (locative case) (Class. Passive voice dhitsyate-; dhitsya-See sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order) ; d/idhiṣati-, te-, to wish to give or present ; (A1.) to wish to gain, strive after (parasmE-pada d/idhiṣāṇa-, ) : with avady/am-, to bid defiance (confer, compare didhiṣ/āyya-, didhiṣ/u-): Intensive dedhīyate- [ confer, compare Zend da1,dadaiti; Greek ,; Lithuanian dedu4,de4ti; Slavonic or Slavonian dedja,diti; Old Saxon duan,do7n, Anglo-Saxon do7n,Engl.do; German tuan;tuon,thun.] | ||||||
| |||||||
| dharma | m. the ethical precepts of Buddhism (or the principal dharma-called sūsra-,as distinguished from the abhi-dharma-or,"further dharma-"and from the vinaya-or"discipline", these three constituting the canon of Southern Buddhism )  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dhātu | m. constituent part, ingredient (especially [ and in only] in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound',where often ="fold" exempli gratia, 'for example' tri-dh/ātu-,threefold etc.; see triviṣṭi--, sapta--, su--) etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dhātu | m. a constituent element or essential ingredient of the body (distinct from the 5 mentioned above and conceived either as 3 humours [called also doṣa-]phlegm, wind and bile [ see purīṣa-, māṃsa-, manas-, ];or as the 5 organs of sense, indriyāṇi-[ see sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order and , where śrotra-, ghrāṇa-, āsya-, hṛdaya-and koṣṭha-are mentioned as the 5 dhātu- of the human body born from the either] and the 5 properties of the elements perceived by them, gandha-, rasa-, rūpa-, sparśa-and śabda- ;or the 7 fluids or secretions, chyle, blood, flesh, fat, bone, marrow, semen [ rasā ]) | ||||||
| |||||||
| dravyaprakṛti | f. plural the constituent elements or necessary attributes (of a king)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ekāṅga | m. plural "constituting one body", body-guard  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ekāvayava | mfn. made up of the same members or constituent parts. | ||||||
| |||||||
| gāḍhavarcas | mfn. costive, constipated  | ||||||
| |||||||
| gandharva | m. a gandharva- [though in later times the gandharva-s are regarded as a class, yet in rarely more than one is mentioned;he is designated as the heavenly gandharva-(divy/a g- ),and is also called viśvā-vasu-()and vāyu-keśa- (in plural );his habitation is the sky, or the region of the air and the heavenly waters( );his especial duty is to guard the heavenly soma-() , which the gods obtain through his intervention( ; see );it is obtained for the human race by indra-, who conquers the gandharva- and takes it by force();the heavenly gandharva- is supposed to be a good physician, because the soma- is considered as the best medicine;possibly, however, the word soma- originally denoted not the beverage so called, but the moon, and the heavenly gandharva- may have been the genius or tutelary deity of the moon;in one passage() the heavenly gandharva- and the soma- are identified;he is also regarded as one of the genii who regulate the course of the Sun's horses (; see );he knows and makes known the secrets of heaven and divine truths generally ( );he is the parent of the first pair of human beings, yama- and yamī-() , and has a peculiar mystical power over women and a right to possess them();for this reason he is invoked in marriage ceremonies();ecstatic states of mind and possession by evil spirits are supposed to be derived from the heavenly gandharva-(see -gṛhīta-, -graha-);the gandharva-s as a class have the same characteristic features as the one gandharva-;they live in the sky( ) , guard the soma-( ),are governed by varuṇa- (just as the āpsarasa-s are governed by soma-) ,know the best medicines( ),regulate the course of the asterisms( ;hence twenty-seven are mentioned ),follow after women and are desirous of intercourse with them( );as soon as a girl becomes marriageable, she belongs to soma-, the gandharva-s, and agni-( );the wives of the gandharva-s are the āpsarasa-s(see gandharvā);they are also feared as evil beings together with the rākṣasa-s, kimīdin-s, piśāca-s, etc., amulets being worn as a protection against them( );they are said to have revealed the veda-s to vāc-(; see ),and are called the preceptors of the ṛṣi-s(); purūravas- is called among them();in epic poetry the gandharva-s are the celestial musicians or heavenly singers(see )who form the orchestra at the banquets of the gods, and they belong together with the āpsarasa-s to indra-'s heaven, sharing also in his battles( etc.; see );in the more systematic mythology the gandharva-s constitute one of the classes into which the higher creation is divided(id est gods, manes, gandharva-s ;or gods, asura-s, gandharva-s, men ; see ;or gods, men, gandharva-s, āpsarasa-s, sarpa-s, and manes ;for other enumerations see [ ] etc.);divine and human gandharva-s are distinguished(;the divine or deva-gandharva-s are enumerated );another passage names 11 classes of gandharva-s();the chief or leader of the gandharva-s is named citra-ratha-();they are called the creatures of prajāpati-() or of brahmā-() or of kaśyapa- () or of the muni-s( ) or of prādhā-() or of ariṣṭā-( )or of vāc-();with jaina-s the gandharva-s constitute one of the eight classes of the vyantara-s]  | ||||||
| |||||||
| gāyatra | mf(ī-)n. the gāyatrī- (id est ; t/at savit/ur v/areṇyam bh/argo dev/asya dhīmahi dh/iyo y/o naḥ pracod/ayā etc.;this is a very sacred verse repeated by every Brahman at his morning and evening devotions;from being addressed to savitṛ- or the Sun as generator, it is also called sāvitrī-; see ;the gāyatrī- verse is personified as a goddess, the wife of brahmā- and mother of the four veda-s ;it is often mentioned in connection with the amṛta-, both together constituting as it were the essence and type of sacred hymns in general ;the gāyatrī- personified is also considered as the mother of the first three classes in their capacity of twice-born ; see ;some other verse [perhaps ] is denoted by gāyatrī- ;with tāntrika-s a number of mystical verses are called gāyatrī-s, and each deity has one in particular)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ghaṭaka | mfn. forming a constituent part  | ||||||
| |||||||
| graha | m. a planet (as seizing or influencing the destinies of men in a supernatural manner;sometimes 5 are enumerated, viz. Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus, and Saturn ;also 7 id est the preceding with rāhu- and ketu- ;also 9 id est the sun[ see ] and moon with the 7 preceding ;also the polar star is called a graha-, ();the planets are either auspicious śubha--, sad--,or inauspicious krūra--, pāpa-- ;with jaina-s they constitute one of the 5 classes of the jyotiṣka-s)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| grāhin | mfn. astringent, obstructing, constipating  | ||||||
| |||||||
| gudāvarta | m. constipation  | ||||||
| |||||||
| guṇa | m. (in sāṃkhya- philosophy) an ingredient or constituent of prakṛti-, chief quality of all existing beings (viz. sattva-, rajas-,and tamas- id est goodness, passion, and darkness, or virtue, foulness, and ignorance; see )  | ||||||
| |||||||
| guṇamaya | mfn. produced by or consisting of the three constituent properties of prakṛti-, resting on them or containing them | ||||||
| |||||||
| guṇatraya | n. the three constituent properties of prakṛti- (See guṇa-) | ||||||
| |||||||
| guruvarcoghna | m. "removing constipation", the lime or citron (limpāka-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| haryaśvaprasūta | mf(ā-)n. impelled or instigated by him who possesses bay horses  | ||||||
| |||||||
| hāvaka | m. (fr. Causal) the institutor of a sacrifice  | ||||||
| |||||||
| hīḍa | m. an instigator, stimulator  | ||||||
| |||||||
| hīḷa | m. an instigator, stimulator | ||||||
| |||||||
| hita | mf(/ā-)n. constituted or appointed as (Nominal verb)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| indreṣita | mfn. sent or driven or instigated by indra-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| irin | mfn. an instigator ([ ]), ([ see irasya-etc.])  | ||||||
| |||||||
| īrma | ind. going constantly, or instigating ([ ])  | ||||||
| |||||||
| irya | mfn. instigating | ||||||
| |||||||
| iṣaṇyā | f. instigation, impulse | ||||||
| |||||||
| jatugṛha | n. a house plastered with lac and other combustible substances (such a house was built for the reception of the pāṇḍava- princes in vāraṇāvata- by purocana-, at the instigation of duryodhana-, the object being to burn them alive when they were asleep after a festival;warned by vidura-, they discovered the dangerous character of their abode, and dug an underground passage;next having invited an outcaste woman with her five sons, they first stupefied them with wine, and then having burnt purocana- in his own house, set fire to the house of lac, and, leaving the charred bodies of the woman and her sons inside, escaped by the underground passage) | ||||||
| |||||||
| jīvasākṣin | mfn. constituting an evidence of life (with dhamanī- f."an artery")  | ||||||
| |||||||
| jūti | f. impulse, incitement, instigation, inclination, energy  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kakṣyā | f. the enclosure of an edifice (either the wall etc. so enclosing it, or the court or chamber constituting the enclosure, the inner apartment of a palace) etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kalā | f. a designation of the three constituent parts of a sacrifice (viz. mantra-, dravya-,and śraddhā- on )  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kalpa | m. a fabulous period of time (a day of brahmā- or one thousand yuga-s, a period of four thousand, three hundred and twenty millions of years of mortals, measuring the duration of the world;a month of brahmā- is supposed to contain thirty such kalpa-s.;according to the , twelve months of brahmā- constitute his year, and one hundred such years his lifetime;fifty years of brahmā-'s are supposed to have elapsed, and we are now in the śvetavārāha-kalpa-of the fifty-first;at the end of a kalpa- the world is annihilated;hence kalpa-is said to be equal to kalpā;with Buddhists the kalpa-s.are not of equal duration) etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kārayitṛ | mfn. causing or instigating to act or do  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kauṭumbika | mfn. belonging to or constituting a family  | ||||||
| |||||||
| koṣṭhānāha | m. constipation, costiveness  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kṛ | Ved. (I) cl.2 P. 2. sg. k/arṣi- dual number kṛth/as- plural kṛth/a-; A1. 2. sg. kṛṣ/e-; imperfect tense 2. and 3. sg. /akar-, 3. sg. rarely /akat- () ; 3. dual number /akartām-; plural /akarma-, /akarta- (also ), /akran- (Aorist,according to ); A1. /akri- (), /akṛthās- (), /akṛta- (); akrātām- (), /akrata- ( ) : imperative kṛdh/i- (also ), kṛt/am-, kṛt/a-; A1. kṛṣv/a-, kṛdhv/am-; subjunctive 2. and 3. sg. kar- plural k/arma-, k/arta- and kartana-, kran-; A1. 3. sg. kṛta- () , 3. plural kr/anta- () : Potential kriyāma- (); pr. p. P. (Nominal verb plural) kr/antas- A1. krāṇ/a-. (II) cl.1 P. k/arasi-, k/arati-, k/arathas-, k/aratas-, k/aranti-; A1. k/arase-, k/arate-, k/arāmahe-: imperfect tense /akaram-, /akaras-, /akarat- (Aorist,according to ) : imperative k/ara-, k/aratam-, k/aratām-: subjunctive k/aram-, k/arāṇi-, k/aras-, k/arat-, k/arāma-, k/aran-; A1. karāmahai-; pr. p. f. k/arantī- () (III) cl.5 P. kṛṇ/omi-, ṇ/oṣi-, ṇ/oti-, kṛṇuth/as-, kṛṇm/as- and kṛṇmasi-, kṛṇuth/a-, kṛṇv/anti-; A1. kṛṇv/e-, kṛṇuṣ/e-, kṛṇut/e-, 3. dual number kṛṇv/aite- (); plural kṛṇm/ahe-, kṛṇv/ate-: imperfect tense /akṛṇos-, /akṛṇot-, /akṛṇutam-, /akṛṇuta- and ṇotana- (), /akṛṇvan-; A1. 3. sg. /akṛṇuta- plural /akṛṇudhvam-, /akṛṇvata-: imperative kṛṇ/u- or kṛṇuh/i- or kṛṇut/āt-, kṛṇ/otu-, kṛṇut/am-, kṛṇut/ām-, 2. plural kṛṇut/a- or kṛṇ/ota- or kṛṇ/otana-, 3. plural kṛṇv/antu-; A1. kṛṇuṣv/a-, kṛṇut/ām-, kṛṇv/āthām-, kṛṇudhv/am-: subjunctive kṛṇ/avas-, ṇ/avat- or ṇ/avāt-, kṛṇ/avāva-, ṇ/avāma-, ṇ/avātha-, ṇ/avatha-, ṇ/avan-; A1. kṛṇ/avai- (once ṇavā- ), kṛṇavase- (also varia lectio ṇvase-), kṛṇavate-, kṛṇ/avāvahai-, kṛṇ/avāmahai-, 3. plural kṛṇ/avanta- () or kṛṇavante- or kṛṇvata- () : Potential A1. kṛṇvīt/a-; pr. p. P. kṛṇv/at- (f. vat/ī-) A1. kṛṇvāṇ/a-. (IV) cl.8. (this is the usual formation in the brāhmaṇa-s; sūtra-s, and in classical Sanskrit) P. kar/omi- (Epic kurmi- ); kurv/as-, kuruth/as-, kurut/as-, kurm/as- ([ kulmas-in an interpolation after ]), kuruth/a-, kurv/anti-; A1. kurv/e-, etc., 3. plural kurv/ate- () : imperfect tense akaravam-, akaros-, akarot-, akurva-, etc.; A1. 3. sg. akuruta- plural akurvata-: imperative kuru-, karotu- (in the earlier language 2. and 3. sg. kurutāt-,3. sg. also ), kuruta- or kurutana- (); A1. kuruṣva-, kurudhvam-, kurv/atām-: subjunctive karavāṇi-, karavas-, vāt-, vāva- or vāvas- ( ), vāma- or vāmas- (), vātha-, van-; A1. karavai-, kuruthās-, karavāvahai- (; he- ), karavaithe-, vaite- ( , ), vāmahai-(he- ) : Potential P. kuryām- A1. kurvīya- (); pr. p. P. kurv/at- (f. vat/ī-); A1. kurvāṇ/a-: perf. P. cak/āra-, cak/artha-, cakṛv/a-, cakṛm/a-, cakr/a- (); A1. cakr/e-, cakrir/e-; parasmE-pada cakṛvas- (accusative cakr/uṣam- ); A1. cakrāṇa- () : 2nd future kariṣy/ati-; subjunctive 2. sg. kariṣy/ās- (); 1st future k/artā-: preceding kriyāsam-: Aorist P. Ved. cakaram- (), acakrat- (), /acakriran- (); A1. 1. sg. kṛske- (); Class. akārṣīt- ( ;once akāraṣīt- ); Passive voice Aorist reflex. akāri- and akṛta- ( ) : infinitive mood k/artum-, Ved. k/artave-, k/artav/ai-, k/artos- (See ss.vv.); ind.p. kṛtv/ā-, Ved. kṛtv/ī- ([ ]) and kṛtv/āya- ([ ]) ; to do, make, perform, accomplish, cause, effect, prepare, undertake etc. ; to do anything for the advantage or injury of another (genitive case or locative case) etc. ; to execute, carry out (as an order or command) ; to manufacture, prepare, work at, elaborate, build ; to form or construct one thing out of another (ablative or instrumental case) etc. ; to employ, use, make use of (instrumental case) etc. ; to compose, describe ; to cultivate (confer, compare ) ; to accomplish any period, bring to completion, spend (exempli gratia, 'for example' varṣāṇi daśa cakruḥ-,"they spent ten years"; kṣaṇaṃ kuru-,"wait a moment"; confer, compare kritakṣaṇa-) ; to place, put, lay, bring, lead, take hold of (accusative or locative case or instrumental case exempli gratia, 'for example' ardh/aṃ-; hṛdayena-; hṛdi-; manasi- ' ;to determine, purpose [ ind.p. si-kṛtvā-or si-kṛtya-] ; vaśe-) ; to direct the thoughts, mind, etc. (m/anas-[ etc.] or buddhim-[ ] or matim-[ ]or bhāvam-[ ], etc.) towards any object, turn the attention to, resolve upon, determine on (locative case dative case infinitive mood,or a sentence with iti- exempli gratia, 'for example' mā śoke manaḥ kṛthāḥ-,do not turn your mind to grief ; gamanāya matiṃ cakre-,he resolved upon going ; alābuṃ samutsraṣṭuṃ manaś cakre-,he resolved to create a gourd ; draṣṭā tavā) ; to think of (accusative) ; to make, render (with two accusative exempli gratia, 'for example' ādityaṃ kāṣṭhām akurvata-,they made the sun their goal ) etc. ; to procure for another, bestow, grant (with genitive case or locative case) etc. ; A1. to procure for one's self, appropriate, assume ; to give aid, help any one to get anything (dative case) ; to make liable to (dative case) ; to injure, violate (exempli gratia, 'for example' kanyāṃ- ; to appoint, institute ; to give an order, commission ; to cause to get rid of, free from (ablative or -tas-) ; to begin (exempli gratia, 'for example' cakre śobhayitum purīm-,they began to adorn the city) ; to proceed, act, put in practice etc. ; to worship, sacrifice ; to make a sound (svaram-or śabdam-) ( ), utter, pronounce (often in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' with the sounds phaṭ-, phut-, bhāṇ-, v/aṣaṭ-, svadh/ā-, sv/āhā-, hiṃ-), pronounce any formula () ; (with numeral adverbs ending in dhā-) to divide, separate or break up into parts (exempli gratia, 'for example' dvidhā-; sahasradhā-) ; (with adverbs ending in sāt-) to reduce anything to, cause to become, make subject (See ātma-sāt-, bhasma-sāt-) The above senses of ; nakhāni- ]) or salilaṃ- ([ ]) ; darduraṃ- ; daṇḍaṃ- ; kālaṃ- ; śirasā-) , but commonly in the brāhmaṇa-s, sūtra-s, and especially in classical Sanskrit the perf. forms cakāra-and cakre- auxiliarily used to form the periphrastical perfect of verbs, especially of causatives exempli gratia, 'for example' āsāṃ cakre-,"he sat down" ; gamay/āṃ cakāra-,"he caused to go"[see ;in veda- some other forms of; imperfect tense akar- and ;3. plural akran- and ; preceding kriyāt- (See );according to , also karotu-with ] exempli gratia, 'for example' sabhāṃ kāritavān-,he caused an assembly to be made ; rāja-darśanaṃ māṃ kāraya-,cause me to have an audience of the king; vāṇijyaṃ kārayed vaiśyam-,he ought to cause the vaiśya- to engage in trade ; na śakṣyāmi kiṃcit kārayituṃ tvayā-,I shall not be able to have anything done by thee ) ; to cause to manufacture or form or cultivate etc. ; to cause to place or put, have anything placed, put upon, etc. (exempli gratia, 'for example' taṃ citrapaṭaṃ vāsa-gṛhe bhittāv akārayat-,he had the picture placed on the wall in his house ) . Sometimes the Causal of ; mithyā k-,he pronounces wrongly ; kaikeyīm anu rājānaṃ kāraya-,treat or deal with kaikeyī- as the king does ) : Desiderative c/ikīrṣati- (Aorist 2. sg. acikīrṣīs- ) , Epic also te-, to wish to make or do, intend to do, design, intend, begin, strive after etc. ; to wish to sacrifice or worship : Intensive 3. plural karikrati- (pr. p. k/arikrat-See ), to do repeatedly ; Class. carkarti- or carikarti- or carīkarti- ([ ]) , also carkarīti- or carikarīti- or carīkarīti- or cekrīyate- ([ib. Scholiast or Commentator ]); ([ confer, compare Hibernian or Irish caraim,"I perform, execute";ceard,"an art, trade, business, function";sucridh,"easy"; Old German karawan,"to prepare"; modern German gar,"prepared (as food)"; Latin creo,ceremonia;, .]) | ||||||
| |||||||
| kratvāmagha | mfn. constituting a reward gained through intelligence (horses)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kṣatriya | m. a member of the military or reigning order (which in later times constituted the second caste) etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kutapasaptaka | n. a śrāddha- in which seven constituents occur (viz. noon, a horn platter, a Nepal blanket, silver, sacrificial grass, Sesamum, and kine)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| maghavan | mfn. (magh/a--.) (middle stem magh/a-vat-[which may be used throughout], weak stem magh/on-; Nominal verb m. magh/avā-or vān- f. magh/onī-or maghavatī-[ ]; n. maghavat-; Nominal verb plural m.once magh/onas-; see ), possessing or distributing gifts, bountiful, liberal, munificent (especially said of indra- and other gods, but also of institutors of sacrifices who pay the priests and singers)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| malarodha | m. constipation of the bowels  | ||||||
| |||||||
| malarodhana | n. constipation of the bowels | ||||||
| |||||||
| malaviṣṭambha | m. constipation (of the feces) | ||||||
| |||||||
| māṃsasāra | mfn. having the flesh predominant (among the 7 constituent parts of the body)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mānāgnihotra | n. an agnihotra- instituted through pride  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mānayajña | m. a sacrifice instituted through pride | ||||||
| |||||||
| manu | m. the Man par excellence or the representative man and father of the human race (regarded in the as the first to have instituted sacrifices and religious ceremonies, and associated with the ṛṣi-s kaṇva- and atri-;in the described as dividing his possessions among some of his sons to the exclusion of one called nābhā-nediṣṭha- q.v;called sāṃvaraṇa- as author of ; āpsava- as author of ;in he is numbered among the 31 divine beings of the upper sphere, and as father of men even identified with prajā-pati-;but the name manu- is especially applied to 14 successive mythical progenitors and sovereigns of the earth, described and in later works as creating and supporting this world through successive antara-s or long periods of timeSee manv-antara-below;the first is called svāyambhuva- as sprung from svayam-bhū-,the Self-existent, and described in as a sort of secondary creator, who commenced his work by producing 10 prajāpati-s or maharṣi-s, of whom the first was marīci-,Light;to this manu- is ascribed the celebrated"code of manu-"See manu-saṃhitā-,and two ancient sūtra- works on kalpa- and gṛhya- id est sacrificial and domestic rites;he is also called hairaṇyagarbha- as son of hiraṇya-garbha-, and prācetasa-, as son of pra-cetas-;the next 5 manu-s are called svārociṣa-, auttami-, tāmasa-, raivata-, cākṣuṣa- see ;the 7th manu-, called vaivasvata-,Sun-born, or from his piety, satya-vrata-,is regarded as the progenitor of the present race of living beings, and said, like the Noah of the Old Testament, to have been preserved from a great flood by viṣṇu- or brahmā- in the form of a fish: he is also variously described as one of the 12 āditya-s, as the author of ,as the brother of yama-, who as a son of he Sun is also called vaivasvata-, as the founder and first king of ayodhyā-, and as father of ilā- who married budha-, son of the Moon, the two great solar and lunar races being thus nearly related to each otherSee ;the 8th manu- or first of the future manu-s according to to ,will be sāvarṇi-;the 9th dakṣa-sāvarṇi-;the 12th rudra-sāvarṇi-;the 13th raucya- or deva-sāvarṇi-;the 14th bhautya- or indra-- sāvarṇi-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| manusaṃhitā | f. Name of the collection of laws commonly known as"the laws or institutes of manu-" | ||||||
| |||||||
| martyeṣita | mfn. instigated by mortals  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mleccha | m. a foreigner, barbarian, non-Aryan, man of an outcast race, any person who does not speak Sanskrit and does not conform to the usual Hindu institutions etc. (f(ī-).)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| nibandha | m. constipation or suppression of urine (varia lectio for vi-b-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| nicita | mfn. constipated (as the bowels)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| niketa | m. seat of one of the constituent elements of the body  | ||||||
| |||||||
| niṣecitṛ | m. one who sprinkles or pours into, an instiller, infuser  | ||||||
| |||||||
| niṣic | ( sic-) P. -ṣiñcati- (imperfect tense ny-aṣiñcat- perfect tense ni-ṣiṣeca-; see ), to sprinkle down, pour upon or into, infuse, instil, irrigate etc. ; to dip into : Causal -ṣecayati- to irrigate, wet, moisten : Intensive -sesicyate- | ||||||
| |||||||
| pañcaskandhī | f. sg. the 5 skandhas- (sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order) or constituent elements  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pañcavarga | m. a class or group or series of 5 exempli gratia, 'for example' the 5 constituent elements of the body (see 1. dhātu-) | ||||||
| |||||||
| pariyajña | mfn. constituting a secondary rite  | ||||||
| |||||||
| prācāra | mfn. (pra-ācāra-) contrary to or deviating from ordinary institutes and observances  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pracoda | m. instigation  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pracodaka | mf(ikā-)n. instigating | ||||||
| |||||||
| pracodana | n. instigating, exciting | ||||||
| |||||||
| prakṛti | f. nature, character, constitution, temper, disposition etc. (in the beginning of a compound and prakṛtyā tyā- ind.by nature, naturally, unalterably, properly etc.)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| prakṛti | f. (in the sāṃkhya- philosophy) the original producer of (or rather passive power of creating) the material world (consisting of 3 constituent essences or guṇa-s called sattva-, rajas-and tamas-), Nature (distinguished from puruṣa-,Spirit as māyā- is distinguished from brahman- in the vedānta-s) | ||||||
| |||||||
| prakṛti | f. the constituent elements or powers of the state (of which are usually enumerated, viz. king minister, allies, treasure, army, territory, fortresses ) | ||||||
| |||||||
| prakṛtiguṇa | m. one of the 3 constituent essences of (See guṇa-) | ||||||
| |||||||
| pramīv | P. -mīvati-, to push towards, press ; to instigate, incite | ||||||
| |||||||
| praṇī | ( nī-) P. A1. -ṇayati-, te- to lead forwards, conduct, advance, promote, further etc. ; to bring or lead to, convey (especially the sacrificial fire or water or soma- to its place at the altar) ; to offer, present ; to produce, perform, execute, finish etc. ; to do away with, remove, dispel ; to manifest affection, love, desire ; to show, represent (a drama) ; to inflict (as punishment) etc. ; to apply (as a clyster) ; to establish, fix, institute, promulgate, teach etc. ; to write, compose ; (A1.) to draw in (the breath) : Desiderative -ninīṣati- (!) , to wish to lead or conduct  | ||||||
| |||||||
| praṇīta | mfn. established, instituted, taught, said, written etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| prasūti | (pr/a--) f. (for 2.See below) instigation, order, permission  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratīnāha | m. (see prati-n-,) obstruction, constipation  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratistabdha | mfn. obstructed, constipated (see prati-ṣṭabdha-).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratud | P. -tudati-, to strike at, cut through, pierce : Causal -todayati-, to push on, urge, instigate  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pravartayitṛ | m. (fr. Causal) one who sets in motion or action, instigator of (genitive case) or to (locative case) ( pravartayitṛtva -tva- n.)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| praviś | P. A1. -viśati-, te-, to enter, go into, resort to (accusative or locative case) etc. etc. (with agnim-, agnau-, madhyam- agneḥ-, vahnau-,or citāyām-,"to ascend the funeral pyre";with karṇayoḥ-,"to come into the ears id est be heard ";with ātmani-,or cittam-,"to take possession of the heart";in dramatic language "to enter the stage") ; to reach, attain ; to have sexual intercourse with (accusative,applied to both sexes) ; to enter upon, undertake, commence, begin, devote one's self to (accusative,rarely locative case) etc. (with piṇḍīm-or tarpaṇam-,"to accept or enjoy an oblation") ; to enter into id est be absorbed or thrown into the shade by (accusative) (with[ svāni-] aṅgāni-or gātrāṇi-),"to shrink, shrivel" : Causal -veśayati-, te-, to cause or allow to enter, bring or lead or introduce to, usher into (accusative or locative case) etc. etc. (without an object,"to bring into one's house etc.", especially "to bring on the stage") ; to lead home as a wife id est marry ; to lay or store up, deposit in, put or throw into (locative case or accusative) etc. ; to enter id est commit to paper, write down ; to initiate into (accusative) ; to instil into (locative case) = teach, impart ; to spend (money) ; to enter, come or be brought into (accusative) : Desiderative -vivikṣati-, to wish to enter into (accusative)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| prayojaka | mf(ikā-)n. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') prompting, instigating, instigator, promoter  | ||||||
| |||||||
| prayojaka | m. a founder or institutor of any ceremony | ||||||
| |||||||
| prayojakakartṛtva | n. the acting as instigator or promoter | ||||||
| |||||||
| prītidatta | n. (?) property or valuables presented to a female by her relations and friends at the time of her marriage, and constituting part of her peculiar property  | ||||||
| |||||||
| protsah | (pra-ud- : Causal -sāhayati- (irreg. -sāhati- ), to exhort, urge on, inspirit, instigate (wrong reading -sād-) ( wrong reading for -sād-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| protsāhaka | m. an inciter, instigator (especially of any crime) | ||||||
| |||||||
| protsāhana | n. (fr. Causal) the act of inspiriting or inciting, instigation, invitation to (compound) | ||||||
| |||||||
| protsāhita | mfn. (fr. Causal) incited, instigated, stimulated, encouraged | ||||||
| |||||||
| purūravas | m. Name of an ancient king of the lunar race (the lover of urvaśī-[ see and kālidāsa-'s drama vikramorvaśī-] , son of budha- and iḷā-, father of āyus- and ancestor of puru- duṣyanta-, bharata-, kuru-, dhṛta-rāṣṭra- and pāṇḍu-, supposed to have instituted the 3 sacrificial fires[ ];according to he is one of the beings belonging to the middle region of the universe, and is possibly to be connected with the Sun as urvaśī- is with the Dawn; according to others a viśva-deva- or a pārvaṇa-śrāddha-deva-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| puruṣeṣita | (p/u-) mfn. caused or instigated by men | ||||||
| |||||||
| pūrvāṅga | n. a constituent part of the preceding  | ||||||
| |||||||
| puryaṣṭa | n. the eight constituent parts of the body on  | ||||||
| |||||||
| puryaṣṭaka | n. the eight constituent parts of the body on | ||||||
| |||||||
| rasa | m. a constituent fluid or essential juice of the body, serum, (especially) the primary juice called chyle (formed from the food and changed by the bile into blood)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| rathakāya | m. the whole body or collection of chariots (constituting one division of an army)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ṛddhipāda | m. one of the four constituent part of supernatural power  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ṛṣi | m. the ṛṣi-s were regarded by later generations as patriarchal sages or saints, occupying the same position in India history as the heroes and patriarchs of other countries, and constitute a peculiar class of beings in the early mythical system, as distinct from gods, men, asura-s, etc. etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| rūpa | n. (with Buddhists) material form id est the organized body (as one of the 5 constituent elements or skandhas-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śākalaśākhā | f. the śākala- branch or school of the (the text of the ṛg-- veda- as handed down by the śākala-s constituting the only extant version)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śaktitraya | n. the three constituents of regal power (See column 2)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śākuntalopākhyāna | n. the story of śakuntalā- and duṣyanta- (constituting the episode in ). | ||||||
| |||||||
| śālivāhana | m. Name of a celebrated sovereign of India (said to be so called either from having ridden on a yakṣa- called śāli-, or from śalī- for śāla-, the Sal tree, śāli-vāhana- being represented as borne on a cross made of that or other wood;he was the enemy of vikramā  | ||||||
| |||||||
| samādā | P. A1. -dadāti-, -datte-, (P.) to give, bestow, present ; to give back, restore ; (A1.) to take away fully or entirely, take away with one, accept, receive etc. ; to take out or away, remove, with draw ; to take hold of. grasp, seize ; to gather, collect ; to apprehend, perceive, comprehend, find out ; to take to heart, reflect on ; to undertake, begin (with vacanam-,or vākyam-,"a speech") : Causal -dāpayati-, to establish ; to instigate (See sam-ādāpaka-etc.)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| samādādāpaka | mfn. (fr. Causal) exciting, instigating | ||||||
| |||||||
| samādādāpana | n. excitation, instigation | ||||||
| |||||||
| samarpaṇa | n. (in dramatic language) angry invective between personages in a play (one of the 7 scenes which constitute a bhāṇikā- q.v)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| samāsic | P. -siñcati-, to sprinkle or pour out together ; to instil (wisdom) into (accusative)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sāmayācārikasūtra | n. Name of particular sūtra-s (treating of customs and rites sanctioned by virtuous men, and with the gṛhya-- sūtra-s, constituting the smārta-sūtra-s which are based on smṛti- or tradition, and opp. to the śrauta-- sūtra-s derived from śruti- q.v)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃcud | Caus. -codayati-, to impel, push on, drive, shoot off ; to inflame, arouse, animate, instigate, further ; to brandish, wield ; to summon, challenge ; to procure quickly, assist to obtain  | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃgraha | m. obstruction, constipation (See -grahanī-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃgrahagrahaṇī | f. a particular form of diarrhoea (alternating with constipation) | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃgrāhaka | mf(ī-)n. astringent, obstructing, constipating | ||||||
| |||||||
| sāṃgrāhika | mfn. obstructing, constipating  | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃgrāhin | mfn. astringent, constipating | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃnicita | mfn. congested, constipated, stagnated  | ||||||
| |||||||
| samprayuj | P. A1. -yunakti-, -ynṅkte-, to yoke or join together, yoke, harness ; to employ, make use of ; to perform, execute (a song) ; to instigate, incite, induce to (instrumental case) : Passive voice -yujyate-, to be joined or connected with (instrumental case), be added or attached etc. ; to be united sexually ; to be implicated in (instrumental case) : Causal -yojayati-, to join together, connect with (instrumental case) ; to equip, prepare | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃstambhana | mfn. (fr. Causal) constipating, obstructive  | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃsthiti | f. obstruction of the bowels, constipation  | ||||||
| |||||||
| samudaya | m. (with Buddhists) the aggregate of the constituent elements or factors of any being or existence (in later times equivalent to"existence"itself)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| samunnī | (-ud- ; to instigate, stimulate ; to deduce, infer ; to pay off (a debt) on  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sāmyāvasthā | f. a state of equipoise (of the 3 constituent ingredients of prakṛti-;See guṇa-) :  | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃyogapṛthaktva | n. (in philosophy) separateness with conjunction (a term applied to express the separateness of what is optional from what is a necessary constituent of anything) | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃyuj | P. A1. -yunakti-, -yuṅkte-, to join or attach together, conjoin, connect, combine, unite etc. ; to bind, fetter ; to endow or furnish with (instrumental case) etc. ; to form an alliance, league together ; to place in, fix on, direct towards (locative case) : Passive voice -yujyate-, to be joined together, be united etc. ; to meet or fall in with (instrumental case) ; to be married to (instrumental case) ; (with ratyā-,or grāmyadharmatayā-) to have sexual intercourse on ; to be supplied or furnished with (instrumental case) etc.: Causal -yojayati-, to cause to join together, bring together, unite ; to put to (horses), yoke, harness ; to hold together, check, control (the senses) (varia lectio) ; to furnish or endow or present with (instrumental case) etc. ; to give over to, entrust with (genitive case of Persian and accusative of thing) ; to add to (locative case) ; to fix on, direct towards (locative case) ; to shoot, discharge (a missile) ; to equip (an army) ; to use, employ, appoint ; to institute, perform, accomplish ; (A1.) to be absorbed, meditate  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śāṅkhika | m. a shell-cutter, worker or dealer in shells (constituting a particular caste called Sankhari)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| saptadhātu | mf(u-)n. consisting of 7 constituent elements (as the body)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| saptadhātu | m. plural the 7 constituent elements of the body (viz. chyle, blood, flesh, fat, bone, marrow, and semen) | ||||||
| |||||||
| saptadhātuvarūthaka | mfn. having the 7 constituent elements of the body for a chariot-guard | ||||||
| |||||||
| saptalokamaya | mf(ī-)n. constituting the 7 worlds (said of viṣṇu-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| saptaprakṛti | f. plural the 7 constituent parts of a kingdom (viz., the king, his ministers, ally, territory, fortress, army, and treasurySee prak-) | ||||||
| |||||||
| sāra | m. a chief-ingredient or constituent part of the body (causing the peculiarities of temperament;reckoned to be 7, viz. sattva-, śukra-, majjan-, asthi-, medas-, māṃsa-, rakta-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śārīra | n. bodily constitution  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śarīradhātu | m. a chief constituent of the body (flesh, blood etc.)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śatādhika | mf(ā-)n. exceeding a hundred, constituting 101  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sātmya | mfn. agreeable to nature or natural constitution, wholesome  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sattva | n. the quality of purity or goodness (regarded in the sāṃkhya- philosophy as the highest of the three guṇa-s [q.v.] or constituents of prakṛti- because it renders a person true, honest, wise etc., and a thing pure, clean etc.) etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sāttvika | m. a state of body caused by some natural emotion (constituting a class of 8 bhāva-s holding a middle place between the sthāyi-- and vyabhicāri-bhāva-s, viz. stambha-, sveda-, romā | ||||||
| |||||||
| sava | m. (fr.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sava | m. setting in motion, vivification, instigation, impulse, command, order (especially applied to the activity of savitṛ-; dative case sav/āya-,"for setting in motion") | ||||||
| |||||||
| savana | n. (for 1.See column 1;forSee;for sa-vana-See column 3) instigation, order, command (see saty/a-s-) | ||||||
| |||||||
| sāvana | m. an institutor of a sacrifice or employer of priests at a sacrifice (equals yajamāna-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| savīman | n. (only in loc,) setting in motion, instigation, direction, guidance | ||||||
| |||||||
| śeṣin | mfn. having (little) remainder (id est constituting the "chief matter"or"main point")  | ||||||
| |||||||
| setu | m. an established institution, fixed rule  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sītā | f. (less correctly written śītā-; see sīm/an-, sīra-) a furrow, the track or line of a ploughshare (also personified, and apparently once worshipped as a kind of goddess resembling Pomona;in , sitā- is invoked as presiding over agriculture or the fruits of the earth;in , sitā-"the Furrow"is again personified and addressed, four furrows being required to be drawn at the ceremony when the above stanzas are recited;in she is called sāvitrī-,and in indra-patnī-,"the wife of indra-";in epic poetry sitā- is the wife of rāmacandra- and daughter of janaka-, king of mithilā-, capital of videha-, who was otherwise called sīradhvaja-;she was named sitā- because fabled to have sprung from a furrow made by janaka- while ploughing the ground to prepare it for a sacrifice instituted by him to obtain progeny, whence her epithet ayoni-jā-,"not womb-born";her other common names, maithilī- and vaidehī-, are from the place of her birth;according to one legend she was vedavatī- q.v,in the kṛta- age; according to to others she was an incarnation of lakṣmi- and of umā-;the story of rāma-'s bending the bow, which was to be the condition of the gift of sitā-, is told in ; sītā-'s younger sister urmilā- was at the same time given to lakṣmaṇa-, and two nieces of janaka-, daughters of his brother king kuśa-dhvaja-, to bharata- and śatrughna-) etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śiva | m. "The Auspicious one", Name of the disintegrating or destroying and reproducing deity (who constitutes the third god of the Hindu trimūrti- or Triad, the other two being brahmā-"the creator"and viṣṇu-"the preserver";in the veda- the only Name of the destroying deity was rudra-"the terrible god", but in later times it became usual to give that god the euphemistic N. śiva-"the auspicious"[just as the Furies were called "the gracious ones"], and to assign him the office of creation and reproduction as well as dissolution;in fact the preferential worship of śiva- as developed in the purāṇa-s and Epic poems led to his being identified with the Supreme Being by his exclusive worshippers [called śaiva-s];in his character of destroyer he is sometimes called kāla-"black", and is then also identified with"Time", although his active destroying function is then oftener assigned to his wife under her name kālī-, whose formidable character makes her a general object of propitiation by sacrifices;as presiding over reproduction consequent on destruction śiva-'s symbol is the liṅga- [ q.v ] or Phallus, under which form he is worshipped all over India at the present day;again one of his representations is as ardha-nārī-,"half-female", the other half being male to symbolize the unity of the generative principle[ ];he has three eyes, one of which is in his forehead, and which are thought to denote his view of the three divisions of time, past, present, and future, while a moon's crescent, above the central eye, marks the measure of time by months, a serpent round his neck the measure by years, and a second necklace of skulls with other serpents about his person, the perpetual revolution of ages, and the successive extinction and generation of the races of mankind: his hair is thickly matted together, and gathered above his forehead into a coil;on the top of it he bears the Ganges, the rush of which in its descent from heaven he intercepted by his head that the earth might not be crushed by the weight of the falling stream;his throat is dark-blue from the stain of the deadly poison which would have destroyed the world had it not been swallowed by him on its production at the churning of the ocean by the gods for the nectar of immortality;he holds a tri-śūla-,or three-pronged trident [also called pināka-] in his hand to denote, as some think, his combination of the three attributes of Creator, Destroyer, and Regenerator;he also carries a kind of drum, shaped like an hour-glass, called ḍamaru-: his attendants or servants are called pramatha- [ q.v ];they are regarded as demons or supernatural beings of different kinds, and form various hosts or troops called gaṇa-s;his wife durgā- [otherwise called kālī-, pārvatī-, umā-, gaurī-, bhavāṇī- etc.] is the chief object of worship with the śākta-s and tāntrika-s, and in this connection he is fond of dancing [see tāṇḍava-]and wine-drinking;he is also worshipped as a great ascetic and is said to have scorched the god of love (kāma-deva-) to ashes by a glance from his central eye, that deity having attempted to inflame him with passion for pārvatī- whilst he was engaged in severe penance;in the exercise of his function of Universal Destroyer he is fabled to have burnt up the Universe and all the gods, including brahmā- and viṣṇu-, by a similar scorching glance, and to have rubbed the resulting ashes upon his body, whence the use of ashes in his worship, while the use of the rudrā ] are sometimes regarded as forms of him;he is especially worshipped at Benares and has even more names than viṣṇu-, one thousand and eight being specified in the 69th chapter of the śiva-purāṇa- and in the 17th chapter of the anuśāsana-parvan- of the mahā-bhārata-, some of the most common being mahā-deva-, śambhu-, śaṃkara-, īśa-, īśvara-, mahe etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| skandha | m. (with Buddhists) the five constituent elements of being (viz. rūpa-,"bodily form"; vedanā-,"sensation"; saṃjñā-,"perception"; saṃskāra-,"aggregate of formations"; vijñāna-,"consciousness or thought-faculty")  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sparśa | m. (in gram.) collective Name of the twenty-five consonants constituting the five classes from k- to m- (so-called because formed by complete contact of the organs of utterance; see sthāna-and spṛṣṭa-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sparśa | m. (in philosophy) the quality of tangibility (which constitutes the skin's viṣaya- q.v) | ||||||
| |||||||
| śruti | f. (in music) a particular division of the octave, a quarter tone or interval (twenty-two of these are enumerated, four constituting a major tone, three a minor, and two a semitone;they are said to be personified as nymphs)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sthā | cl.1 P. A1. () t/iṣṭhati-, te- (perfect tense tasth/au-, tasthe- etc.; Aorist /asthāt-, /asthita- ;3. plural asthiran- ; āsthat-[?] ; asthiṣi-, ṣata- etc.; subjunctive sthāti-, sth/āthaḥ- ; preceding stheyāt- ; stheṣam-, ṣuḥ-[?] ; sthāsīṣṭa- grammar; future sthātā- etc.; sthāsyati-, te- etc.; infinitive mood sth/ātum- ; tos- ; -sthitum- ; ind.p. sthitvā- etc.; -sth/āya- etc.; -sthāyam- ), to stand, stand firmly, station one's self, stand upon, get upon, take up a position on (with pādābhyām-,"to stand on the feet";with jānubhyām-,"to kneel";with agre-or agratas-and genitive case,"to stand or present one's self before";with puras-and with or without genitive case,"to stand up against an enemy etc.") etc. ; to stay, remain, continue in any condition or action (exempli gratia, 'for example' with kanyā-,"to remain a girl or unmarried";with tūṣṇīm-or with maunena- instrumental case"to remain silent";with sukham-,"to continue or feel well") etc. ; to remain occupied or engaged in, be intent upon, make a practice of, keep on, persevere in any act (with locative case; exempli gratia, 'for example' with rājye-,"to continue governing";with śāsane-,"to practise obedience";with bale-,"to exercise power";with sva-dharme-,"to do one's duty";with sva-karmaṇi-,"to keep to one's own business";with saṃśaye-,"to persist in doubting";also with ind.p. exempli gratia, 'for example' dharmam āśritya-,"to practise virtue") etc. ; to continue to be or exist (as opp. to"perish"), endure, last etc. ; to be, exist, be present, be obtainable or at hand etc. ; to be with or at the disposal of, belong to (dative case genitive case,or locative case) etc. ; (A1. mc. also P. confer, compare ) to stand by, abide by, be near to, be on the side of, adhere or submit to, acquiesce in, serve, obey (locative case or dative case) etc. ; to stand still, stay quiet, remain stationary, stop, halt, wait, tarry, linger, hesitate (See under sthitvā-below) etc. ; to behave or conduct one's self (with samam-,"to behave equally towards any one" locative case) ; to be directed to or fixed on (locative case) ; to be founded or rest or depend on, be contained in (locative case) ; to rely on, confide in (locative case exempli gratia, 'for example' mayi sthitvā-,"confiding in me") ; to stay at, resort to (accusative) ; to arise from (ablative or genitive case) ; to desist or cease from (ablative) ; to remain unnoticed (as of no importance), be left alone (only imperative and Potential) : Passive voice sthīyate- (Aorist asthāyi-), to be stood etc. (frequently used impersonal or used impersonally exempli gratia, 'for example' mayā sthīyatām-,"let it be abided by me" id est"I must abide") etc. etc.: Causal sthāpayati-, te- (Aorist /atiṣṭhipat-; ind.p. sthāpayitvā-[ q.v ] and -sth/āpam-: Passive voice sthāpyate-), to cause to stand, place, locate, set, lay, fix, station, establish, found, institute etc. ; to set up, erect, raise, build ; to cause to continue, make durable, strengthen, confirm etc. ; to prop up, support, maintain ; to affirm, assent ; to appoint (to any office locative case) etc. ; to cause to be, constitute, make, appoint or employ as (two accusative;with dhātrīm-,"to employ any one as a nurse";with rakṣā etc. ; to fix, settle, determine, resolve etc. ; to fix in or on, lead or bring into, direct or turn towards (locative case,rarely accusative;with hṛdi-,"to impress on the heart";with manas-,"to fix the mind on") etc. ; to introduce or initiate into, instruct in (locative case exempli gratia, 'for example' with naye-,"to instruct in a plan or system") ; to make over or deliver up to (locative case or haste-with genitive case,"into the hands of") ; to give in marriage ; to cause to stand still, stop, arrest, check, hold, keep in, restrain (with baddhvā-,"to keep bound or imprisoned") etc. ; to place aside, keep, save, preserve : Desiderative of Causal -sthāpayiṣati- (See saṃ- : Intensive teṣṭhīyate- ; tāstheti-, tāsthāti- grammar ([ confer, compare Greek ; Latin stare; Lithuanian sto4ti; Slavonic or Slavonian stati; German sta7n,stehen; English stand.]) | ||||||
| |||||||
| sthāna | n. the main support or strength or chief constituent of a kingdom (said to be four, viz."army","treasury","city","territory")  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sthāpana | n. causing to stand, fixing, establishing, founding, instituting, raising, erecting (an image etc.) | ||||||
| |||||||
| sthiti | f. settled practice, institution, custom, usage  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śuṇḍin | m. "possessing spirituous liquor", a distiller, preparer or seller of spirituous liquors (constituting a particular mixed caste)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sūri | m. "inciter", the institutor of a sacrifice (= yajamāna-in later language)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sūryaloka | m. the sun-world (a region or space supposed to exist round the sun, constituting a heaven of which the sun is regent)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| susnayu | m. (said to be fr.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| svabhāva | m. own condition or state of being, natural state or constitution, innate or inherent disposition, nature, impulse, spontaneity  | ||||||
| |||||||
| svarasa | m. instinct of self-preservation (?) | ||||||
| |||||||
| tadātmaka | mfn. constituting its nature  | ||||||
| |||||||
| tajjalān | mfn. according to to some, taj-- jāneī- confer, compare  | ||||||
| |||||||
| tamas | n. mental darkness, ignorance, illusion, error (in sāṃkhya- philosophy one of the 5 forms of a-vidyā- etc.;one of the 3 qualities or constituents of everything in creation [the cause of heaviness, ignorance, illusion, lust, anger, pride, sorrow, dulness, and stolidity;sin ;sorrow ;See guṇa-and see ] etc.)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| tanuvāta | m. a highly rarified atmosphere (constituting a kind of hell;opposed to ghana-v-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| tithi | mf. () a lunar day (30th part of a whole lunation of rather more than 27 solar days;15 tithi-s, during the moon's increase, constitute the light half of the month and the other 15 the dark half;the auspicious tithi-s are nandā-, bhadrā-, vijayā-, pūrṇā- ) etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| toda | m. "instigator, exciter", the Sun  | ||||||
| |||||||
| tuj | cl.6. (3. dual number A1. jete-; parasmE-pada P. j/at-; infinitive mood j/ase-and t/uje-; Passive voice parasmE-pada jy/amāna-), and tuñj- (3. plural P. j/anti- A1. j/ate-; parasmE-pada jān/a-, t/uñjāna-,and t/uñjamāna-), to strike, hit, push ; to press out ("t/uñjati-,to give " ) ; A1. to flow forth, ; to instigate, incite, ; Passive voice to be vexed, : cl.1. tojati-, to hurt : Causal (parasmE-pada tuj/ayat-; Aorist Potential tutujy/āt-, parasmE-pada t/ūtujāna- q.v) to promote ; to move quickly. ; tuñjayati-,"to speak"or"to shine" ; tuñj- or tojayati-, to hurt, ; to be strong ; to give or take ; to abide ; see ā-tuj/i-. 3.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| turīya | mfn. t/ur-, a 4th, constituting the 4th part  | ||||||
| |||||||
| tvatprasūta | (tv/at--) mfn. instigated by thee  | ||||||
| |||||||
| tviṣ | (cl.1. tveṣati-, te- ; Aorist atvikṣat-[ see ] ; plural /atviṣur-, ṣanta-, /atitviṣanta-; perfect tense titviṣ/e-, parasmE-pada ṣāṇ/a-) A1. to be violently agitated or moved or excited or troubled ; (P.) ; P. A1. to excite, instigate ; to shine, glitter, (pr. p. tviṣyat-) ; see ava--.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| udāharaṇa | n. (in logic) the example, instance (constituting the third member in a fivefold syllogism)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| udyamita | mfn. excited, instigated  | ||||||
| |||||||
| upadhātu | m. secondary secretions and constituents of the body (viz. the milk, menses, adeps, sweat, teeth, hair, and lymph)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| upagaṇa | mfn. constituting a small class or number less than a troop on  | ||||||
| |||||||
| upajap | P. -japati-, to whisper (karṇe-,or karṇam-,into anybody's ear) ; to bring over to one's own party (by secretly suggesting anything into the ear) ; to instigate to rebellion or treachery  | ||||||
| |||||||
| upajapta | mfn. brought over or instigated to rebellion (by whispering into the ear etc.) | ||||||
| |||||||
| upajapya | mfn. to be brought over or instigated to rebellion (see the last) | ||||||
| |||||||
| uttejaka | mfn. instigating, stimulating  | ||||||
| |||||||
| uttejana | f(ā-)n. incitement, instigation, encouragement, stimulation, exciting, animating | ||||||
| |||||||
| utthāpana | n. exciting, instigating, bringing about, causing to cease, finishing  | ||||||
| |||||||
| utthāpita | mfn. aroused, instigated, etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| utthāpya | ind.p. having raised or caused to rise, having roused or instigated etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| uttij | (ud-- | ||||||
| |||||||
| vāghat | m. (prob. fr. a (according to to equals ṛtvij-,or medhāvin-).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vahatu | m. the bridal procession (to the husband's house), nuptial ceremony (plural the objects constituting a bride's dowry )  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vaikhānasaśāstra | n. the institutes of vaikhānasa-,  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vaiśākha | m. (fr. vi-śākhā-) one of the 12 months constituting the Hindu lunar year (answering to April-May and in some places, with caitra-, reckoned as beginning the year) etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| varcograha | m. obstruction of the feces, constipation  | ||||||
| |||||||
| varṇavyavasthā | () f. caste-system, institution of caste. | ||||||
| |||||||
| varṇavyavasthiti | () f. caste-system, institution of caste. | ||||||
| |||||||
| varṣaparvata | m. one of the mountainous ranges supposed to separate the varṣa-s or divisions of the earth from each other (6 in number, viz. himavat-, hema-kūṭa-, niṣadha-, nīla-, śveta- and śṛṅgin- or śṛṅga-vat-; meru- constitutes a 7th, and others are given)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vasu | mf(u-or vī-)n. of a particular class of gods (whose number is usually eight, and whose chief is indra-, later agni- and viṣṇu-;they form one of the nine gaṇa-s or classes enumerated under gaṇa-devatā- q.v;the eight vasu-s were originally personifications, like other Vedic deities, of natural phenomena, and are usually mentioned with the other gaṇa-s common in the veda-, viz. the eleven rudra-s and the twelve āditya-s, constituting with them and with dyau-s,"Heaven", and pṛthivī-,"Earth"[or, according to some, with indra- and prajā-pati-, or, according to others, with the two aśvin-s], the thirty-three gods to which reference is frequently made;the names of the vasu-s, according to the viṣṇu-purāṇa-, are, 1. āpa- [connected with ap-,"water"];2. dhruva-,"the Pole-star";3. soma-,"the Moon";4. dhava- or dhara-;5. anila-,"Wind";6. anala- or pāvaka-,"Fire";7. pratyūṣa-,"the Dawn";8. prabhāsa-,"Light";but their names are variously given; ahan-,"Day", being sometimes substituted for 1;in their relationship to Fire and Light they appear to belong to Vedic rather than Puranic mythology) etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| veda | m. Name of certain celebrated works which constitute the basis of the first period of the Hindu religion (these works were primarily three, viz. 1. the ṛg-veda-, 2. the yajur-veda- [of which there are, however, two divisionsSee taittirīya-saṃhitā-, vājasaneyi-saṃhitā-],3. the sāma-veda-;these three works are sometimes called collectively trayī-,"the triple vidyā-"or"threefold knowledge", but the ṛg-veda- is really the only original work of the three, and much the most ancient [the oldest of its hymns being assigned by some who rely on certain astronomical calculations to a period between 4000 and 2500 B.C., before the settlement of the Aryans in India;and by others who adopt a different reckoning to a period between 1400 and 1000 B.C., when the Aryans had settled down in the Panjab];subsequently a fourth veda- was added, called the atharva-veda-, which was probably not completely accepted till after manu-, as his law-book often speaks of the three veda-s-calling them trayam brahma sanātanam-,"the triple eternal veda-", but only once [ ] mentions the revelation made to atharvan- and aṅgiras-, without, however, calling it by the later name of atharva-veda-;each of the four veda-s has two distinct parts, viz. 1. mantra-, id est words of prayer and adoration often addressed either to fire or to some form of the sun or to some form of the air, sky, wind etc., and praying for health, wealth, long life, cattle, offspring, victory, and even forgiveness of sins, and 2. brāhmaṇa-, consisting of vidhi- and artha-vāda-, i.e. directions for the detail of the ceremonies at which the mantra-s were to be used and explanations of the legends etc. connected with the mantra-s [see brāhmaṇa-, vidhi-],both these portions being termed śruti-,revelation orally communicated by the Deity, and heard but not composed or written down by men[ see ] , although it is certain that both mantra-s and brāhmaṇa-s were compositions spread over a considerable period, much of the latter being comparatively modern;as the veda-s are properly three, so the mantra-s are properly of three forms, 1. ṛc-, which are verses of praise in metre, and intended for loud recitation;2. yajus-, which are in prose, and intended for recitation in a lower tone at sacrifices;3. sāman-, which are in metre, and intended for chanting at the soma- or Moon-plant ceremonies, the mantra-s of the fourth or atharva-veda- having no special name;but it must be borne in mind that the yajur- and sāma-veda- hymns, especially the latter, besides their own mantra-s, borrow largely from the ṛg-veda-;the yajur-veda- and sāma-veda- being in fact not so much collections of prayers and hymns as special prayer- and hymn-books intended as manuals for the adhvaryu- and udgātṛ- priests respectively [see yajur-veda-, sāma-veda-];the atharva-veda-, on the other hand, is, like the ṛg-veda-, a real collection of original hymns mixed up with incantations, borrowing little from the ṛg- and having no direct relation to sacrifices, but supposed by mere recitation to produce long life, to cure diseases, to effect the ruin of enemies etc.;each of the four veda-s seems to have passed through numerous śākhā-s or schools, giving rise to various recensions of the text, though the ṛg-veda- is only preserved in the śākala- recension, while a second recension, that of the bhāṣkala-s, is only known by name;a tradition makes vyāsa- the compiler and arranger of the veda-s in their present form: they each have an Index or anukramaṇī- [ q.v ], the principal work of this kind being the general Index or sarvānukramaṇī- [ q.v ];out of the brāhmaṇa- portion of the veda- grew two other departments of Vedic literature, sometimes included under the general name veda-, viz. the strings of aphoristic rules, called sūtra-s [ q.v ], and the mystical treatises on the nature of God and the relation of soul and matter, called upaniṣad- [ q.v ], which were appended to the āraṇyaka-s [ q.v ], and became the real veda- of thinking Hindus, leading to the darśana-s or systems of philosophy;in the later literature the name of"fifth veda-"is accorded to the itihāsa-s or legendary epic poems and to the purāṇa-s, and certain secondary veda-s or upa-veda-s [ q.v ] are enumerated;the vedā | ||||||
| |||||||
| vegavidhāraṇa | n. obstruction of the natural excretions, constipation  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vibaddha | mfn. obstructed, constipated (as the bowels)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vibandha | m. obstruction, constipation | ||||||
| |||||||
| vibandhana | mfn. obstructing, constipating | ||||||
| |||||||
| vibhāga | m. a share, portion, section, constituent part of anything etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| viḍbandha | m. constipation  | ||||||
| |||||||
| viḍgraha | m. stoppage or obstruction of the feces, constipation | ||||||
| |||||||
| vigraha | m. separation, resolution, analysis, resolution of a compound word into its constituent parts, the separation or analysis of any word capable of separation (such words are kṛdanta-s, taddhita-s, all samāsa-s or compound words, ekaśeṣa-s, and all derivative verbs like desideratives etc.;the only words incapable of resolution being the simple verb, the singular of the noun, and a few indeclinables not derived from roots;all compounds being called nitya-or"fixed", when their meaning cannot be ascertained through an analysis of their component parts; see jamad-agni-) etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vijñāna | n. (with Buddhists) consciousness or thought-faculty (one of the 5 constituent elements or skandhas-, also considered as one of the 6 elements or dhātu-s, and as one of the 12 links of the chain of causation) (see )  | ||||||
| |||||||
| viniviś | Caus. -veśayati-, to cause to enter into, set down or place in, put on ; to apply ; to appoint to, institute or instal in (locative case) ; to fix (the eyes or thoughts) upon (locative case) ; to fix or erect (a statue) ; to establish or found (a city) ; to draw up in array (as troops) ; (with kare-) to place in tribute, make tributary ; (with hṛdaye-) to impress on the heart  | ||||||
| |||||||
| viṣṇu | m. (prob. fr. ];some of the purāṇa-s make 22 incarnations, or even 24, instead of 10;the vaiṣṇava-s regard viṣṇu- as the supreme being, and often identify him with nārāyaṇa-, the personified puruṣa- or primeval living spirit [described as moving on the waters, reclining on śeṣa-, the serpent of infinity, while the god brahmā- emerges from a lotus growing from his navel; see ];the wives of viṣṇu- are aditi- and sinīvālī-, later lakṣmī- or śrī- and even sarasvatī-;his son is kāma-deva-, god of love, and his paradise is called vaikuṇṭha-;he is usually represented with a peculiar mark on his breast called śrī-vatsa-, and as holding a śaṅkha-,or conch-shell called pāñcajanya-, a cakra-or quoit-like missile-weapon called su-darśana-, a gadā-or club called kaumodakī- and a padma-or lotus;he has also a bow called śārṅga-, and a sword called nandaka-;his vāhana-or vehicle is garuḍa- q.v;he has a jewel on his wrist called syamantaka-, another on his breast called kaustubha-, and the river Ganges is said to issue from his foot;the demons slain by him in his character of "preserver from evil", or by kṛṣṇa- as identified with him, are madhu-, dhenuka-, cāṇūra-, yamala-, and arjuna- [see yamalā;he is sometimes regarded as the divinity of the lunar mansion called śravaṇa-) etc. (see ) | ||||||
| |||||||
| viṣṭambha | m. obstruction of the urine or feces, ischury, constipation  | ||||||
| |||||||
| viśvātmāka | mfn. constituting the essence of all things  | ||||||
| |||||||
| viśvaviśva | mfn. (perhaps) constituting all things (said of viṣṇu-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| viṭsaṅga | m. coherence or obstruction of the feces, constipation | ||||||
| |||||||
| vratin | m. one who institutes a sacrifice and employs priests (equals yajamāna-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vyavaharaṇavahartṛ | m. one engaged in litigation, a litigant, plaintiff, any one who institutes an action at law  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vyavaso | P. -syati- (Epic also -syate-[with act. and pass. meaning];1. sg. proper -sāmi-; Potential -seyam-, -set-; future -siṣyati-), to settle down or dwell separately ; to differ (in opinion), contest, quarrel ; to separate, divide (opp. to sam- ; to determine, resolve, decide, be willing to (accusative dative case, artham- in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound',or infinitive mood) etc. ; to settle, ascertain, be convinced or persuaded of take for (accusative) etc. ; to ponder, reflect, consider ; to make strenuous effort, labour or seek after, make an attempt upon (accusative) : Passive voice -sīyate-, to be settled or ascertained or fixed on or determined or decided (often impersonal or used impersonally) etc.: Causal -sāyayati-, to cause to resolve, encourage to undertake, embolden ; to incite or instigate to (infinitive mood) | ||||||
| |||||||
| yaj | cl.1 P. A1. () y/ajati-, te- (1. sg. yajase- ; Vedic or Veda imperative y/akṣi-or ṣva-; perfect tense iyāja- ; īj/e- ; yej/e-[?] confer, compare on ; Vedic or Veda Aorist ayākṣīt-or ayāṭ-; ayaṣṭa-; subjunctive yakṣat-, yakṣati-, te-;3. sg. ayakṣata- ; preceding ijyāt- ; yakṣīya- ; future yaṣṭā- ; yakṣyati-, y/ate- etc.; infinitive mood y/aṣṭum-, ījitum- ; Vedic or Veda ṭave-; y/ajadhyai-or yaj/adhyai-; past participle iṣṭa- ind.p. iṣṭv/ā- ; iṣṭvīnam- ; -ijya- grammar; y/ājam- ), to worship, adore, honour (especially with sacrifice or oblations) ; to consecrate, hallow, offer (with accusative,rarely dative case locative case or prati-,of the deity or person to whom; dative case of the person for whom, or the thing for which;and instrumental case of the means by which the sacrifice is performed;in older language generally P.of agni- or any other mediator, and A1.of one who makes an offering on his own account confer, compare y/aja-māna-;later properly P.when used with reference to the officiating priest, and A1.when referring to the institutor of the sacrifice) etc. ; to offer id est to present, grant, yield, bestow ; (A1.) to sacrifice with a view to (accusative) ; to invite to sacrifice by the yājyā- verses : Passive voice ijyate- (parasmE-pada Vedic or Veda ijyamāna-or yajyamāna- on ; Epic also pr. p. ijyat-), to be sacrificed or worshipped etc.: Causal yāj/ayati- (Epic also te-; Aorist ayīyajat-), to assist any one (accusative) as a priest at a sacrifice (instrumental case) ; to cause any one (accusative) to sacrifice anything (accusative) or by means of any one (instrumental case) : Desiderative y/iyakṣati-, te- (confer, compare /iyakṣati-), to desire to sacrifice or worship : Intensive yāyajyate-, yāyajīti-, yāyaṣṭi- [ confer, compare Zend yaz; Greek ,.] | ||||||
| |||||||
| yajamāna | m. the person paying the cost of a sacrifice, the institutor of a sacrifice (who to perform it employs a priest or priests, who are often hereditary functionaries in a family) etc. (f(ī-).the wife of a yajamāna- )  | ||||||
| |||||||
| yājamāna | n. (fr. yajamāna-) the part of a sacrificial ceremony performed by its institutor  | ||||||
| |||||||
| yajamānaka | m. equals yajamāna-, a sacrificer or institutor of a sacrifice | ||||||
| |||||||
| yājamānika | mfn. belonging or relating to the institutor of a sacrifice on | ||||||
| |||||||
| yajñabhṛt | m. "sacrifice-bearer", the institutor of a sacrifice  | ||||||
| |||||||
| yajñapati | m. (yajñ/a--) lord of sacrifice (applied to any one who institutes and bears the expense of a sacrifice) | ||||||
| |||||||
| yajñapatnī | f. the wife of the institutor of a sacrifice (as taking part in the ceremony) ( yajñapatnītva -tva- n.) | ||||||
| |||||||
| yajurveda | m. "the sacrificial veda-", the collective body of sacred mantra-s or texts which constitute the yajur-veda- (these mantra-s, though often consisting of the prose yajus-, are frequently identical with the mantra-s of the ṛg-veda-, the yajur-veda- being only a sort of sacrificial prayer-book for the adhvaryu- priests formed out of the ṛg-veda-, which had to be dissected and rearranged with additional texts for sacrificial purposes; the most characteristic feature of the yajur-veda- is its division into two distinct collections of texts, the taittirīya-saṃhitā- and the vājasaneyi-saṃhitā- q.v; the former of which is also called kṛṣṇa- id est"Black", because in it the saṃhitā- and brāhmaṇa- portions are confused; and the latter śukla- id est"White", because in this, which is thought the more recent of the two recensions, the saṃhitā- is cleared from confusion with its brāhmaṇa- and is as it were white or orderly; the order of sacrifices, however, of both recensions is similar, two of the principal being the darśa-pūrṇa-māsa- or sacrifice to be performed at new and full moon, and the aśva-medha- or horse-sacrifice; see ) | ||||||
| |||||||
| yājya | m. a sacrificer, the master or institutor of a sacrifice ( yājyatā -tā-, f. yājyatva -tva- n.) etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| yajyu | m. the institutor of a sacrifice (equals yajamāna-) | ||||||
| |||||||
| yathādesam | y/athā-desam-śakāla-dehā  | ||||||
| |||||||
| yathārūpa | mf(ā-)n. as constituted  | ||||||
| |||||||
| yogāṅga | n. a constituent or part of the Yoga, means of attaining it (generally said to be 8 in number, viz. yama-, niyama-, āsana-, prā | ||||||
| |||||||
| yojana | n. instigation, stimulation  | ||||||
| |||||||
| yuddhasāra | mfn. instinct with combativeness, warlike, provoking (as speech)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| yuga | n. an age of the world, long mundane period of years (of which there are four, viz. 1. kṛta- or satya-, 2. tretā-, 3. dvāpara-, 4. kali-, of which the first three have already elapsed, while the kali-, which began at midnight between the 17th and 18th of Feb. 3102 B.C. [O. S.] , is that in which we live;the duration of each is said to be respectively 1,728,000, 1,296,000, 864,000, and 432,000 years of men, the descending numbers representing a similar physical and moral deterioration of men in each age;the four yuga-s comprise an aggregate of 4,320,000 years and constitute a"great yuga-"or mahā-yuga-; see ) etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| yuj | (confer, compare ) yun/akti-, yuṅkt/e- (Epic also yuñjati-, te-;Ved. yojati-, te-; yuje-, yujmahe-,3. plural yujata- imperative yukṣv/a-; Potential yuñjīyāt- ; perfect tense yuy/oja-, yuyuj/e- etc. etc., 3. sg. yuyojate- ; Aorist Class. P. ayokṣīt-, ayaukṣīt-or ayujat-;Ved. also A1. /ayuji-;Ved. and Class. ayukṣi-, ayukta-; future yokt/ā- ; yokṣyati- ; te- etc.; infinitive mood yoktum- ; yuj/e- ; ind.p. yuktv/ā- etc.; yuktv/āya- ; -yujya- etc.), to yoke or join or fasten or harness (horses or a chariot) etc. ; to make ready, prepare, arrange, fit out, set to work, use, employ, apply ; to equip (an army) ; to offer, perform (prayers, a sacrifice) ; to put on (arrows on a bow-string) ; to fix in, insert, inject (semen) ; to appoint to, charge or intrust with (locative case or dative case) ; to command, enjoin ; to turn or direct or fix or concentrate (the mind, thoughts etc.) upon (locative case) etc. ; (P. A1.) to concentrate the mind in order to obtain union with the Universal Spirit, be absorbed in meditation (also with yogam-) etc. ; to recollect, recall ; to join, unite, connect, add, bring together etc. (A1.to be attached, cleave to ) ; to confer, or bestow anything (accusative) upon (genitive case or locative case) (A1.with accusative,to become possessed of ;with ātmani-,to use for one's self, enjoy ) ; to bring into possession of, furnish or endow with (instrumental case) etc. ; to join one's self to (accusative) ; (in astronomy) to come into union or conjunction with (accusative) : Passive voice yujy/ate- (Epic also ti-; Aorist /ayoji-), to be yoked or harnessed or joined etc. etc. ; to attach one's self to (locative case) ; to be made ready or prepared for (dative case) ; to be united in marriage ; to be endowed with or possessed of (instrumental case with or without saha-) etc. ; (in astronomy) to come into conjunction with (instrumental case) ; to accrue to, fall to the lot of (genitive case) ; to be fit or proper or suitable or right, suit anything (instrumental case), be fitted for (locative case), belong to or suit any one (locative case or genitive case), deserve to be (Nominal verb) etc. ; (with na-) not to be fit or proper etc. for (instrumental case) or to (infinitive mood,also with pass. sense = "ought not to be") : Causal yojayati- (mc. also te-; Aorist ayūyujat-; Passive voice yojyate-), to harness, yoke with (instrumental case), put to (locative case) etc. ; to equip (an army), draw up (troops) etc. ; to use, employ, set to work, apply, undertake, carry on, perform, accomplish etc. ; to urge or impel to ; to lead towards, help to (locative case) ; to set (snares, nets etc.) ; to put or fix on (especially arrows) etc. ; to aim (arrows) at (locative case) ; to fasten on or in, attack, adjust, add, insert ; (with manas-, ātmānam-etc.) to direct the thoughts to, concentrate or fix the mind upon (locative case) ; to join, unite, connect, combine, bring or put together (also = write, compose) etc. ; to encompass, embrace ; to put in order, arrange, repair, restore ; to endow or furnish or provide with (instrumental case) etc. ; to mix (food) with (instrumental case) ; to confer anything upon (locative case) ; (in astronomy) to ascertain or know (jānāti-) the conjunction of the moon with an asterism (instrumental case) Va1rtt. 11 ; (A1.) to think little of, esteem lightly, despise in : Desiderative yuyukṣati-, to wish to harness or yoke or join etc. ; to wish to appoint or institute ; to wish to fix or aim (arrows) ; (A1.) to wish to be absorbed in meditation, devout : Intensive yoyujyate-, yoyujīti- or yoyokti- grammar ([ confer, compare Greek , ; Latin jungere,jugum; Lithuanian ju4ngus; Slavonic or Slavonian igo; Gothic juk; German joh,Joch; Anglo-Saxon geoc; English yoke.])  | ||||||
| |||||||
| yuṣmeṣita | mfn. excited or instigated by you | ||||||
147 results
| |
| a | अ The first letter of the alphabet; अक्षंराणामकारो$स्मि Bg.10.33. -अः [अवति, अतति सातत्येन तिष्ठतीति वा; अव्-अत् वा, ड Tv.] 1 N. of Viṣṇu, the first of the three sounds constituting the sacred syllable ओम्; अकारो विष्णुरुद्दिष्ट उकारस्तु महेश्वरः । मकारस्तु स्मृतो ब्रह्मा प्रणवस्तु त्रयात्मकः ॥ For more explanations of the three syllables अ, उ, म् see ओम्. -2 N. of Śiva, Brahmā, Vāyu, or Vaiśvānara.-- [अः कृष्णः शंकरो ब्रह्मा शक्रः सोमो$निलो$नलः । सूर्यः प्राणो यमः कालो वसन्तः प्रणवः सुखी ॥ Enm. अः स्याद् ब्रह्मणि विष्ण्वीशकूर्माणङ्करणेषु च। गौरवे$न्तःपुरे हेतौ भूषणे$ङ्घ्रावुमेज्ययोः ॥ Nm. अः शिखायां सिद्धमन्त्रे प्रग्राहे$र्के रथार्वणि । चक्रे कुक्कुटमूर्ध्नीन्दुबिम्बे ब्रह्मेशविष्णुषु ॥ ibid. Thus अः means Kṛiṣṇa, Śiva, Brahmā, Indra, Soma, Vāyu, Agni, the Sun, the life-breath, Yama, Kāla, Vasanta, Praṇava, a happy man, a tortoise, a courtyard, a battle, greatness, a female apartment in a palace, an object or a cause, an ornament, a foot, Umā, sacrifice, a flame, a particularly efficacious mantra, reins, the horse of chariot, a wheel, the head of a cock, the disc of the moon]; ind. 1 A Prefix corresponding to Latin in, Eng. in or un, Gr. a or an, and joined to nouns, adjectives, indeclinables (or rarely even to verbs) as a substitute for the negative particle ऩञ्, and changed to अन् before vowels (except in the word अ-ऋणिन्). The senses of न usually enumerated are six--(a) सादृश्य 'likeness' or 'resemblance', अब्राह्मणः one like a Brāhmaṇa (wearing the sacred thread &c.), but not a Brāhmaṇa; a Kṣatriya, or a Vaiśya; अनिक्षुः a reed appearing like इक्षु, but not a true इक्षु. (b) अभाव 'absence', 'negation', 'want', 'privation'; अज्ञानम् absence of knowledge, ignorance; अक्रोधः, अनङ्गः, अकण्टकः, अघटः &c. (c) अन्यत्व 'difference' or 'distinction'; अपटः not a cloth, something different from, or other than, a cloth. (d) अल्पता 'smallness', 'diminution', used as a diminutive particle; अनुदरा having a slender waist (कृशोदरी or तनुमध्यमा). (e) अप्राशस्त्य 'badness', 'unfitness', having a depreciative sense; अकालः wrong or improper time; अकार्यम् not fit to be done, improper, unworthy, bad act. (f) विरोध 'opposition', 'contrariety'; अनीतिः the opposite of morality; immorality; असित not white, black; असुर not a god, a demon &c. These senses are put together in the following verse :-- तत्सादृश्यमभावश्च तदन्यत्वं तदल्पता । अप्राशस्त्यं विरोधश्च ऩञर्थाः षट् प्रकीर्तिताः ॥ See न also. With verbal derivatives, such as gerunds, infinitives, participles, it has usually the sense of 'not'; अदग्ध्वा not having burnt; अपश्यन् not seeing; so असकृत् not once; अमृषा, अकस्मात् &c. Sometimes in बहुव्रीहि अ does not affect the sense of the second member : अ-पश्चिम that which has no last, i. e. best, topmost; e. g. विपश्चितामपश्चिमः cf. also R.19.1. अनुत्तम having no superior, unsurpassed, most excellent: (for examples see these words). -2 An interjection of (a) Pity (ah !) अ अवद्यं P.I.1.14 Sk. (b) Reproach, censure (fie, shame); अपचसि त्वं जाल्म P.VI.3.73 Vārt. See अकरणि, अजीवनि also. (c) Used in addressing; अ अनन्त. (d) It is also used as a particle of prohibition. -3 The augment prefixed to the root in the formation of the Imperfect, Aorist and Conditional Tenses. N. B.-- The application of this privative prefix is practically unlimited; to give every possible case would almost amount to a dictionary itself. No attempt will, therefore, be made to give every possible combination of this prefix with a following word; only such words as require a special explanation, or such as most frequently occur in literature and enter into compounds with other words, will be given; others will be found self-explaining when the English 'in', 'un', or 'not', is substituted for अ or अन् before the meaning of the second word, or the sense may be expressed by 'less', 'free from', 'devoid or destitute of' &c; अकथ्य unspeakable; अदर्प without pride, or freedom from pride; अप्रगल्भ not bold; अभग unfortunate; अवित्त destitute of wealth &c. In many cases such compounds will be found explained under the second member. Most compounds beginning with अ or अन् are either Tatpuruṣa or Bahuvrīhi (to be determined by the sense) and should be so dissolved. |
| |
| aṅgam | अङ्गम् [अम् गत्यादौ बा˚ -गन्; according to Nir. अङ्ग, अङ्ग- नात् अञ्चनात् वा] 1 The body. -2 A limb or member of the body; शेषाङ्गनिर्माणविधौ विधातुः Ku.1.33; क्लेशस्याङ्गमदत्वा Pt.5. 32 without undergoing troubles; इति स्वप्नोपमान्मत्वा कामान्मा गास्तदङ्गताम् । Ki.11.34 do not be influenced or swayed by them (do not be subject to them) -3 (a.) A division or department (of anything), a part or portion, as of a whole; as सप्ताङ्गम् राज्यम्, चतुरङ्गम् बलम्, चतुःषष्ट्ष्ट्यङ्गम् ज्योतिः- शास्त्रम् see the words; गीताङ्गानाम् Pt.5.56; यज्ञश्चेत्प्रतिरुद्धःस्या- देकेनाङ्गेन यज्वनः Ms.11.11. (Hence) (b.) A supplementary or auxiliary portion, supplement; षडङ्ग or साङ्ग वेदः A peculiar use of the word अङ्ग in masculine gender may here be noted वेदांश्चैव तु वेदाङ्गान् वेदान्तानि तथा स्मृतीः । अधीत्य ब्राह्मणः पूर्वं शक्तितो$न्यांश्च संपठेत् Bṛhadyogiyājñaval-kya Smṛiti 12.34. (c.) A constituent part, essential requisite or component; सर्वैर्बलाङ्गैः R.7.59; तदङ्गमग्ऱ्यं मघवन् महाक्रतो R.3.46. (d.) An attributive or secondary part; secondary, auxiliary or dependent member (serving to help the principal one) (opp. प्रधान or अङ्गिन्); अङ्गी रौद्र- रसस्तत्र सर्वे$ङ्गानि रसाः पुनः S. D.517; अत्र स्वभावोक्तिरुत्प्रेक्षाङ्गम् Malli. on Ki 8.26. (e.) An auxiliary means or expedient (प्रधानोपयोगी उपायः or उपकरणम्); सर्वकार्यशरीरेषु मुक्त्वा- ङ्गस्कन्धपञ्चकम् । मन्त्रो योध इवाधीर सर्वाङ्गैः संवृतैरपि ॥ Śi.2.28-29; See अङ्गाङ्गि, पञ्चाङ्ग also (the angas of the several sciences or departments of knowledge will be given under those words). -4 (Gram.) A name for the base of a word; यस्मात्प्रत्ययविधिस्तदादिप्रत्यये अङ्गम् P.I.4.13; यः प्रत्ययो यस्मात्क्रियते तदादिशब्दस्वरूपं तस्मिन्प्रत्यये परे अङ्गसंज्ञं स्यात् Sk. The अङ्ग terminations are those of the nominative, and accusative singular and dual. -5 (Drama) (a.) One of the sub-divisions of the five joints or sandhis in dramas; the मुख has 12, प्रतिमुख 13, गर्भ 12, विमर्ष 13 and उपसंहार 14, the total number of the angas being thus 64; for details see the words. (b.) The whole body of subordinate characters. -6 (astr.) A name for the position of stars (लग्न), See अङ्गाधीश. -7 A symbolical expression for the number six (derived from the six Vedāngas). -8 The mind; हिरण्यगर्भाङ्गभुवं मुनिं हरिः Śi.1.1, See अङ्गज also. -9 N. of the chief sacred texts of the jainas. -ङ्गः (pl.) N. of a country and the people inhabiting it, the country about the modern Bhāgalpur in Bengal. [It lay on the south of Kauśikī Kachchha and on the right bank of the Ganges. Its capital was Champā, sometimes called Aṅgapurī Lomapādapurī, Karṇapurī or Mālinī. According to Daṇḍin (अङ्गेषु गङ्गातटे बहिश्चम्पायाः) and Hiouen Thsang it stood on the Ganges about 24 miles west of a rocky island. General Cunningham has shown that this description applies to the hill opposite Pātharghāṭā, that it is 24 miles east of Bhāgalpur, and that there are villages called Champanagar and Champapura adjoininng the last. According to Sanskrit poets the country of the Aṅgas lay to the east of Girivraja, the capital of Magadha and to the north-east or south-east of Mithilā. The country was in ancient times ruled by Karṇa] cf. अङ्गं गात्रा- न्तिकोपाय प्रतीकेष्वप्रधानके । देशभेदे तु पुंसि स्यात्...॥ Nm. -a. 1 Contiguous. -2 Having members or divisions. -Comp. -अङ्गि, [अङ्गीभावः -अङगस्य अङ्गिनो भावः] the relation of a limb to the body, of the subordinate to the principal, or of that which is helped or fed to the helper or feeder (गौणमुख्यभावः, उपकार्येपकारकभावश्च); e. g. प्रयाज and other rites are to दर्श as its angas, while दर्श is to them the aṅgi; अङ्गाङ्गिभावमज्ञात्वा कथं सामर्थ्यनिर्णयः । पश्य टिट्टिभमात्रेण समुद्रो व्याकुलीकृतः ॥ H.2.138; अत्र वाक्ये समास- गतयोरुपमयोः साध्यसाधनभावात् ˚वेन सम्बन्धः Malli. on Ki.6.2; अविश्रान्तिजुषामात्मन्यङ्गाङ्गित्वं तु संकरः K.P.1. (अनुग्राह्यानुग्राह- कत्वम्). -अधिपः, -अधीशः 1 lord of the Aṅgas, N. of Karṇa (cf. ˚राजः, ˚पतिः, ˚ईश्वरः, ˚अधीश्वरः). -2 'lord of a लग्न', the planet presiding over it; (अङ्गाधिपे बलिनि सर्वविभूतिसम्पत्; अङ्गाधीशः स्वगेहे बुधगुरुकविभिः संयुतो वीक्षितो वा Jyotiṣa). -अपूर्वम् effect of a secondary sacrificial act. -कर्मन् n. -क्रिया 1 besmearing the body with fragrant cosmetics, rubbing it &c. Dk.39. -2 a supplementary sacrificial act. -क्रमः the order of the performance with reference to the अङ्गs. The rule in this connection is that the अङ्गक्रम must conform to the मुख्यक्रम. cf. MS. 5.1.14. -ग्रहः spasm; seizure of the body with some illness. -ज-जात a. [अङ्गात् जायते जन्-ड] 1 produced from or on the body, being in or on the body, bodily; ˚जं रजः, ˚जाः अलङ्काराः &c. -2 produced by a supplementary rite. -3 beautiful, ornamental. (-जः) -जनुस् also 1 a son. -2 hair of the body (n. also); तवोत्तरीयं करिचर्म साङ्गजम् Ki.18.32. -3 love, cupid (अङ्गं मनः तस्मा- ज्जातः); intoxicating passion; अङ्गजरागदीपनात् Dk.161. -4 drunkenness, intoxication. -5 a disease. (-जा) a daughter. (-जम्) blood, अङ्गजं रुधिरे$नङ्गे केशे पुत्रे मदे पुमान् । नागरे नखरे$पि स्यात्... । Nm. -ज्वरः [अङ्गमङ्गम् अधिकृत्य ज्वरः] the disease called राजयक्ष्मा, a sort of consumption. -दूष- णम् 1 the defects of the limbs; the penalties of a defective construction; Māna. -2 name of the 79th chapter. -द्वीपः one of the six minor Dvīpas. -न्यासः [अङ्गेषु मन्त्र- भेदस्य न्यासः] touching the limbs of the body with the hand accompanied by appropriate Mantras. -पालिः f. [अङ्गं पाल्यते सम्बध्यते$त्र, अङ्ग-पाल्-इ] an embrace (probably a corruption of अङ्कपालि). -पालिका = अङ्कपालि q. v. -प्रत्यङ्गम् [समा. द्वन्द्व] every limb, large and small; ˚गानि पाणिना स्पृष्ट्वा K.167,72. -प्रायश्चित्तम् [अङ्गस्य शुद्ध्यर्थं प्राय- श्चित्तम्] expiation of bodily impurity, such as that caused by the death of a relative, consisting in making presents (पञ्चसूनाजन्यदुरितक्षयार्थं कार्यं दानरूपं प्रायश्चित्तम् Tv.). -भूः a. [अङ्गात् मनसो वा भवति; भू-क्विप्] born from the body or mind. (-भूः) 1 a son. -2 Cupid. -3 [अङ्गानाम् अङ्गमन्त्राणां भूः स्थानम्] one who has touched and purified, and then restrained, his limbs by repeating the Mantras pertaining to those limbs; ब्रह्माङ्गभूर्ब्रह्मणि योजितात्मा Ku.3.15 (सद्योजातादिमन्त्राणाम् अङ्गानां हृदयादिमन्त्राणां भूः स्थानं, कृतमन्त्रन्यासः Malli.). -भङ्गः 1 palsy or paralysis of limbs; ˚विकल इव भूत्वा स्थास्यामि Ś.2. -2 twisting or stretching out of the limbs (as is done by a man just after he rises from sleep); साङ्गभङ्गमुत्थाय Vb.; जृम्भितैः साङ्गभङ्गैः Mu.3.21, K.85. -3 The middle part of the anus and testicles. -मन्त्रः N. of a Mantra. -मर्दः [अङ्ग मर्दयति; मृद्-णिच्] 1 one who shampoos his master's body. -2 [भावे घञ्] act of shampooing; so ˚मर्दका or ˚मर्दिन्, मृद्- णिच् ण्वुल् or णिनि) one who shampoos. -मर्षः [ष. त.] rheumatism; ˚प्रशमनम् the curing of this disease. ˚मेजयत्वम् subtle throbbing of the body; Pātañjala 1.31. -यज्ञः, -यागः [अङ्गीभूतः यज्ञः] a subordinate sacrificial act which is of 5 sorts; समिधो यजति, तनूनपातं यजति, इडो यजति, बर्हिर्यजति, स्वाहाकारं यजति इति पञ्चविधाः । एतेषां सकृदनुष्ठा- नेनैव तन्त्रन्यायेन प्रधानयागानामाग्नेयादीनामुपकारितेति मीमांसा Tv. -रक्तः, -क्तम् [अङ्गे अवयवे रक्तः] N. of a plant गुडारोचनी found in काम्पिल्य country and having red powder (रक्ताङ्गलोचनी). -रक्षकः [अङ्गं रक्षति; रक्ष्-ण्वुल्] a bodyguard, personal attendant Pt.3. -रक्षणी [अङ्ग रक्ष्यते अनया] a coat of mail, or a garment. (-णम्) protection of person. -रागः [अङ्गं रज्यते अनेन करणे घञ्] 1 a scented cosmetic, application of perfumed unguents to the body, fragrant unguent; पुष्पगन्धेन अङ्गरागेण R.12.27, 6.6, स्तनाङ्गरागात् Ku.5.11. -2 [भावे ल्युट्] act of anointing the body with unguents. -रुहम् [अङ्गे रोहति; रुह्-क स. त. P.III.9.135.] hair; मम वर्णो मणिनिभो मृदून्य- ङ्गरुहाणि च Rām.6.48.12. विहङ्गराजाङ्गरुहैरिवायतैः Śi.1.7. -लिपिः f. written character of the Aṅgas. -लेपः [अङ्गं लिप्यते अनेन; लिप्-करणे घञ्] 1 a scented cosmetic. -2 [भावे घञ्] act of anointing. -लोड्यः (लोड ण्यत्) a kind of grass, ginger or its root, Amomum Zingiber. -वस्त्रोत्था f. A louse. -विकल a. [तृ. त.] 1 maimed, paralysed. -2 fainting, swooning. -विकृतिः f. 1 change _x001F_2of bodily appearance; collapse. -2 [अङ्गस्य विकृतिश्चालनादिर्यस्मात् प. ब.] an apoplectic fit, swooning, apoplexy (अपस्मार). -विकारः a bodily defect. -विक्षेपः 1 movement of the limbs; gesticulation. -2 a kind of dance. -विद्या [अङ्गरूपा व्याकरणादिशास्त्ररूपा विद्या ज्ञानसाधनम्] 1 the science of grammar &c. contributing to knowledge. -2 the science of foretelling good or evil by the movements of limbs. Kau. A.1.12; N. of chapter 51 of Bṛhat Saṁhitā which gives full details of this science; न नक्षत्राङ्गविद्यया...भिक्षां लिप्सेत कर्हिचित् Ms.6.5. -विधिः [अङ्गस्य प्रधानोपकारिणः विधिः विधानम् [a subordinate or subsidiary act subservient to a knowledge of the principal one (प्रधान- विधिविधेयकर्मणो$ङ्गबोधकतया अङ्गविधिः). -वीरः chief or principal hero. -वैकृतम् [अङ्गेन अङ्गचेष्टया वैकृतं हृदयभावो ज्ञाप्यते यत्र बहु.] 1 a sign, gesture or expression of the face leading to a knowledge of internal thoughts (आकार) -2 a nod, wink. -3 changed bodily appearance. -वैगुण्यम् a defect or flaw in the performance of some subordinate or subsidiary act which may be expiated by thinking of Viṣṇu); श्राद्धादिपद्धतौ कर्मान्ते यत्किञ्चिदङ्गवैगुण्यं जातं तद्दोषप्रशमनाय विष्णुस्मरणमहं करिष्ये इत्यभिलापवाक्यम् Tv.). -संस्कारः, -संस्क्रिया [अङ्गं संस्क्रियते अनेन; कृ-करणे or भावे- घञ्) 1 embellishment of person, personal decoration, doing whatever secures a fine personal appearance, such as bathing, rubbing the body, perfuming it with cosmetic &c. -2 [कर्त्रर्थे अण्] one who decorates or embellishes the person. -संहतिः f. compactness, symmetry; body; स्थेयसीं दधतमङ्गसंहतिम् Ki.13.5; or strength of the body. -संहिता The phonetic relation between consonants and vowels in the body of a word Ts. Prāt. -सङ्गः bodily contact, union; coition. -सुप्तिः f. Benumbing of the body. -सेवकः a personal attendant, body-guard. -स्कन्धः [कर्मधा.] a subdivision of a science. -स्पर्शः fitness or qualification for bodily contact or being touched by others. -हानिः f. 1. a defect or flaw in the performance of a secondary or subsidiary act (= ˚वैगुण्यम्); दैवाद् भ्रमात् प्रमादाच्चेदङ्गहानिः प्रजायते । स्मरणादेव तद्विष्णोः संपूर्णं स्यादिति श्रुतिः ॥ -हारः [अङ्गं ह्रियते इतस्ततः चाल्यते यत्र, हृ-आधारे or भावे घञ्] gesticulation, movements of the limbs, a dance; अङ्गहारैस्तथैवान्या कोमलै- र्नृत्यशालिनी Rām.5.1.36. संसक्तैरगुरुवनेषु साङ्गहारम् Ki.7.37. Ku.7.91. -हारिः [अङ्गं ह्रियते$त्र; हृ-बा˚णि] 1 gesticulation. -2 stage; dancing hall. -हीन a. [तृ. त.] 1 mutilated, deprived of some defective limb (अङ्गं हीनं यथो- चितप्रमाणात् अल्पं यस्य) according to Suśruta a man is so born, if the mother's दोहद has not been duly fulfilled (सा प्राप्तदौर्हृदा पुत्रं जनयेत गुणान्वितम् । अलब्धदौर्हृदा गर्भे लभेता- त्मनि वा भयम् ॥ येषु येष्विन्द्रियार्थेषु दौर्हृदे वै विमानना । जायते तत्सुतस्यार्तिस्तस्मिंस्तस्मिंस्तथेन्द्रिये ॥). |
| |
| adhikarman | अधिकर्मन् n. [अधिकं कर्मं] 1 A higher or superior act. -2 Superintendence, -m. One who is charged with superintendence. -Comp. -करः, कृत् a sort of servant, overseer of workmen. -कृतः [अधिकर्म कृतं येन निष्ठान्तस्य परनिपातः] one appointed to superintend an institution or establishment; सर्वेष्वधिकृतो यः स्यात् कुटुम्बस्य तथोपरि । सो$धिकर्मकृतो ज्ञेयः स च कौटुम्बिकः स्मृतः ॥ In families he is the head or paterfamilias |
| |
| anasūya | अनसूय यक a. [न. ब.] Free from malice, not envious, not spiteful; श्रद्दधानो$नसूयश्च Ms.4.158; श्रद्धावाननसूयश्च शृणुयादपि यो नरः । Bg.18.71. -या [न. त.] 1 Absence of envy, charity of disposition, freedom from spite or illwill; न गुणान् गुणिनो हन्ति स्तौति चान्यगुणानपि । न हसेच्चान्यदो- षांश्च सानसूया प्रकीर्तिता. -2 N. of a friend of Śakuntalā. -3 N. of a daughter of Dakṣa. -4 N. of Atri's wife, the highest type of chastity and wifely devotion. [She was very pious and given to austere devotion by virtue of which she had obtained miraculous powers. Several stories are told o illustrate them. When the earth was devastated by a terrible drought which lasted for 1 years, Anasūyā created water, fruits, roots &c. by means of her ascetic powers and saved many lives. On one occasion when the sage Māṇḍavya was about to be impaled, the wife of a sage happened to touch the stake as she passed by, whereupon Māṇḍavya cursed her that she would become a widow at sunrise. She, however, prevented the sun from rising, and all actions of men being consequently stopped, the gods, sages &c. went to Anasūyā, her friend, who, by the force of her penance, made the sun rise without, at the same time, bringing widowhood on her friend. Another legend is also told in which Anasūyā changed Brahmā, Viṣṇu and Maheśa into infants, when, at the instigation of their wives, they attempted to test her chastity, but restored them to their former shapes at the importunities of their humbled consorts. She is also said to have caused the three-streamed Ganges to flow down on the earth near the hermitage of her husband for the ablutions of sages; see R.13.51. In the Rāmāyaṇa she is represented as having been very kind and attentive to Sītā whom she favoured with sound motherly advice on the virtues of chastity, and at the time of her departure gave her an unguent (See R.12.27,14.14) which was to keep her beautiful for ever and to guard her person from the attempts of rapacious beasts, demons &c. She was the mother of the irascible sage Durvāsas]. सा त्वेवमुक्ता वैदेही त्वनसूयानसूयया Rām.2.18.1. |
| |
| anitya | अनित्य a. 1 Not eternal or everlasting, transient, non-eternal, perishable (नश्वर) (opp. नित्य); गन्धवती पृथ्वी सा द्विविधा नित्या$नित्या च T. S.9 (अनित्या = कार्यरूपा); See नित्य; यदि नित्यमनित्येन निर्मलं मलवाहिना । यशः कायेन लभ्येत तन्न लब्धं भवेन्तु किम् ॥ H.1.45. रजस्वलमनित्यं च भूतावासमिमं त्यजेत् Ms.6.77; धर्मो$नित्यः सुखदुःखे$प्यनित्ये जीवो$नित्यो हेतुरस्या- प्यनित्यः Mb. -2 Occasional, temporary, casual; not peremptory or obligatory as a rule &c., special. -3 Unusual, extraordinary; वर्णे चानित्ये P.V.4.31 (लोहितकः कोपेन, अन्यथा तु श्वेतवर्ण इति भावः); आनाय्यो$नित्ये III.1.127 (स हि गार्हपत्यादानीयते$नित्यश्च सततमप्रज्वलनात् Sk.) See VI.1. 147. -4 Unsteady, fickle, not permanent; अनित्यं यौवनं रूपम् H.4.68; ˚हृदया हि ताः Rām. -5 Uncertain, doubtful; अनित्यो विजयो यस्माद् दृश्यते युध्यमानयोः Ms.7.199; विजयस्य ह्यनित्यत्वात् Pt.3.22. -6 (in grammar) A rule or operation which is not invariable or compulsory; optional. -त्यम् adv. Occasionally, not permanently, incidentally, casually; अनित्यं हि स्थितो यस्मात् Ms.3.12. -Comp. -कर्मन्, -क्रिया an occasional act, such as a sacrifice for a special purpose, a voluntary and occasional act. -दत्तः, -दत्तकः, -दत्रिमः a son given by his parents to another temporarily (for temporary or preliminary adoption). -प्रत्यवेक्षा (with Buddhists) the consciousness that everything is perishable and is passing away. -भावः transitoriness, transient state, limited nature or existence; so अनित्यतावम् frailty, instability. -समः a sophism or fallacious reasoning which generalizes what it is exceptional (as अनित्यत्वम्). -समासः a compound which it is not obligatory to form in every case (the sense of which may be equally expressed by resolving it into its constituent members.). |
| |
| antar | अन्तर् ind. [अम्-अरन्-तुडागमश्च Uṇ.5.6, अमेस्तुट् च] 1 (Used as a prefix to verbs and regarded as a preposition or गति) (a) In the middle, between; in, into, inside; ˚हन्, ˚धा, ˚गम्, ˚भू, ˚इ, ˚ली &c. (b) Under. -2 (Used adverbially) (a) Between, betwixt, amongst, within; in the middle or interior, inside (opp. वहिः); अदह्यतान्तः R.2.32 burnt within himself, at heart; अन्तरेव विहरन् दिवानिशम् R.19.6 in the palace, in the harem; so ˚भिन्नं भ्रमति हृदयम् Māl. 5.2; अन्तर्विभेद Dk.13; यदन्तस्तन्न जिह्वायाम् Pt.4.88; अन्तर्यश्च मृग्यते V.1.1 internally, in the mind. (b) By way of seizing or holding; अन्तर्हत्वा गतः (हतं परिगृह्य). -3 (As a separable preposition) (a) In, into, between, in the middle, inside, within, (with loc.); निवसन्नन्तर्दारुणि लङ्घ्यो वह्निः Pt.1.31; अन्तरादित्ये Ch. Up., अन्तर्वेश्मनि Ms.7 223; Y.3.31; अप्स्वन्तरमृतमप्सु Rv.1. 23.19. अप्सु मे सोमो$ब्रवीदन्तर् विश्वानि भेषजा ibid. (b) Between (with acc.) Ved. अन्तर्मही बृहती रोदसीमे Rv. 7.87.2; अन्तर्देवान् मर्त्यांश्च 8.2.4; हिरण्मय्योर्ह कुश्योरन्तर- वहित आस Śat. Br. (c) In, into, inside, in the interior, in the midst (with gen.); प्रतिबलजलधेरन्तरौर्वायमाणे Ve. 3.7; अन्तःकञ्चुकिकञ्चुकस्य Ratn.2.3; बहिरन्तश्च भूतानाम् Bg.13.15; त्वमग्ने सर्वभूतानामन्तश्चरसि साक्षिवत् Y.2.14; लघुवृत्तितया भिदां गतं बहिरन्तश्च नृपस्य मण्डलम् Ki.2.53; अन्तरीपं यदन्तर्वारिणस्तटम् Ak.; oft. in comp. at the end; कूपान्तः पतितः Pt.5; सभान्तः साक्षिणः प्राप्तान् Ms.8.79; दन्तान्तरधि- ष्ठितम् Ms.5.141 between the teeth; उत्पित्सवो$न्तर्नदभर्तुः Śi.3.77; also in compound with a following word; अहं सदा शरीरान्तर्वासिनी ते सरस्वती Ks.4.11. -4 It is frequently used as the first member of compounds in the sense of 'internally', 'inside', 'within', 'in the interior', 'having in the interior', 'filled with', 'having concealed within', or in the sense of 'inward', 'internal', 'secret', 'hidden' &c., forming Adverbial, Bahuvrīhi or Tatpuruṣa compounds; कुन्दमन्तस्तुषारम् (Bah. comp.) Ś.5.19 filled with dew; ˚स्तोयम् (Bah. comp.) Me.66; अन्तर्गिरि (Adv. comp.) Ki.1.34; ज्वलयति तनूमन्तर्दाहः (Tat. comp.) U.3.31; so ˚कोपः, ˚कोणः, ˚आकूतम् &c. -5 It is also supposed to be a particle of assent (स्वीकारार्थक). (Note. In comp. the र् of अन्तर् is changed to a visarga before hard consonants, as अन्तः- करणम्, अन्तःस्थ &c.). [cf. L. inter; Zend antare; Goth. undar; Pers. andar; Gr. entos;]. -Comp. -अंसः the breast (= अंतरा-अंस q. v.). -अग्निः inward fire, the fire which stimulates digestion; दीप्तान्तरग्निपरिशुद्धकोष्ठः Susr. -अंङ्ग a. 1 inward, internal, comprehended, included (with abl.); त्रयमन्तरङ्ग पूर्वेभ्यः Pat Sūtra. -2 proximate, related to, essential to or referring to the essential part of the अङ्ग or base of a word (opp. बहिरङ्ग); धातूपसर्गयोः कार्यमन्तरङ्गम् P.VIII.3.74 Sk. -3 dear, most beloved (अत्यन्तप्रिय); स्वपिति सुखमिदा- नीमन्तरङ्गः कुरङ्गः Ś.4.v.l. (-अङ्गम्) 1 the inmost limb or organ, the heart, mind; सन्तुष्टान्तरङ्गः Dk.11; ˚वृत्ति 21; the interior. -2 an intimate friend, near or confidential person (forming, as it were, part of oneself); मदन्तरङ्गभूताम् Dk.81,93,11; राजान्तरङ्गभावेन 135; अन्तरङ्गेषु राज्यभारं समर्प्य*** 159. -3 an essential or indispensable part, as श्रवण, मनन & निदिध्यासन in realizing Brahman. -4 What is intimately connected or related; अन्तरङ्गबहिरङ्ग- योरन्तरङ्ग बलीयः ŚB. on MS.12.2.29. -अवयव an inner part; P.V.4.62. -आकाशः the ether or Brahman that resides in the heart of man (a term often occurring in the Upaniṣads). -आकूतम् secret or hidden intention. -आगमः an additional augment between two letters, -आगारम् the interior of a house; स्त्रीनक्तमन्तरा- गारबहिःशत्रुकृतांस्तथा Y.2.31. -आत्मन् m. (त्मा) 1 the inmost spirit or soul, the soul or mind; also the internal feelings, the heart, अङ्गुष्ठमात्रपुरुषोन्तरात्मा Śvet.; नास्य प्रत्यक- रोद्वीर्यं विक्लवेनान्तरात्मना Rām.6.13.28. गतिमस्यान्तरात्मनः Ms.6.73; जीवसंज्ञोन्तरात्मान्यः सहजः सर्वदेहिनाम् 12.13; मद्- गतेनान्तरात्मना Bg.6.47 with the heart fixed on me; जातो ममायं विशदः प्रकामं ...... अन्तरात्मा Ś.4.22, U.3.38, प्रायः सर्वो भवति करुणावृत्तिरार्द्रान्तरात्मा Me.95. -2 (In phil.) the inherent supreme spirit or soul (residing in the interior of man); अन्तरात्मासि देहिनाम् Ku.6.21. -आपणः a market in the heart (inside) of a town. -आय, -आल; See s. v. -आराम a. rejoicing in oneself, finding pleasure in his soul or heart; यो$न्तःसुखोन्तरारामस्तथान्तर्जर्यो- तिरेव सः Bg.5.24. -इन्द्रियम् an internal organ or sense. -उष्यम् Ved. a secret abode. -करणम् the internal organ; the heart, soul; the seat of thought and feeling, thinking faculty, mind, conscience; प्रमाणं ˚प्रवृत्तयः Ś.1.22; सबाह्य ˚णः अन्तरात्मा V.4 the soul in all its senses external and internal, the inner and outer man; दयार्द्रभावमाख्यातमन्तःकरणैर्विशङ्कैः R.2.11. According to the Vedānta अन्तःकरण is of four kinds : मनो बुद्धिरहङ्कार- श्चित्तं करणमान्तरम् । संशयो निश्चयो गर्वः स्मरणं विषया इमे ॥ अन्तःकरणं त्रिविधम् Sāṅkhya 33, i. e. बुद्धयहङ्कारमनांसि; सान्तःकरणा बुद्धिः 35, i. e. अहङ्कारमनःसहिता. -कल्पः a certain number of years (with Buddhists). -कुटिल a. inwardly crooked (fig. also); fraudulent. (-लः) a conch-shell. -कृ(क्रि)मिः a disease of worms in the body. -कोटरपुष्पी = अण्ड- कोटरपुष्पी. -कोपः 1 internal disturbance; H.3. -2 inward wrath, secret anger. -कोशम् the interior of a storeroom. -गङ्गा the secret or hidden Ganges (supposed to communicate uuderground with a secret stream in Mysore). -गडु a. [अन्तर्मध्ये गडुरिव] useless, unprofitable, unnecessary, unavailing; किमनेनान्तर्गडुना Sar. S. (ग्रीवाप्रदेश- जातस्य गलमांसपिण्डस्य गडोर्यथा निरर्थकत्वं तद्वत्). -गम् -गत &c. See under अंतर्गम्. -गर्भ a. 1 bearing young, pregnant. -2 having a गर्भ or inside; so ˚गर्भिन्. -गिरम् -रि ind. in mountains. अध्यास्तेन्तर्गिरं यस्मात् करतन्नावैति कारणम् Bk.5.87. -गुडवलयः the sphincter muscle. -गूढ a. concealed inside, being inward; ˚घनव्यथः U.3.1; R.19.57; ˚विषः with poison concealed in the heart. -गृहम्, -गेहम्, -भवनम् [अन्तःस्थं गृहम् &c.] 1 the inner apartment of a house, the interior of a house. -2 N. of a holy place in Benares; पञ्चक्रोश्यां कृतं पापमन्तर्गेहे विनश्यति. -घणः -णम् [अन्तर्हन्यते क्रोडीभवत्यस्मिन्, निपातः] the open space before the house between the entrance-door and the house (= porch or court); तस्मिन्नन्तर्घणे पश्यन् प्रघाणे सौधसद्मनः Bk.7.62 द्वारमतिक्रम्य यः सावकाशप्रदेशः सो$न्तर्घणः). (-नः -णः) N. of a country of Bāhīka (or Bālhīka) (P.III.3.78 बाहीकग्रामविशेषस्य संज्ञेयम् Sk.). -घातः striking in the middle Kāsi. on P.III.3.78. -चर a. pervading the body. internally situated, internal, inward अन्तश्चराणां मरुतां निरोधात् Ku.3.48; U.7. -ज a. born or bred in the interior (as a worm &c.). -जठरम् the stomach. (ind.) in the stomach. -जम्भः the inner part of the jaws (खादनस्थानं जम्भः, दन्तपङ्क्त्यो- रन्तरालम्). -जात a. inborn, innate. -जानु ind. between the knees. -जानुशयः One sleeping with hands between the knees; अन्तर्जानुशयो यस्तु भुञ्जते सक्तभाजनः Mb.3.2.75. -ज्ञानम् inward or secret knowledge. -ज्योतिस् a. enlightened inwardly, with an enlightened soul. यो$न्तःसुखो$न्तरारामस्तथान्तर्ज्योतिरेव यः Bg.5.24. (-स् n.) the inward light, light of Brahman. -ज्वलनम् inflammation. (-नः) inward heat or fire; mental anxiety. -ताप a. burning inwardly (-पः) internal fever or heat Ś.3.13. -दधनम् [अन्तर्दध्यते आधीयते मादकतानेन] distillation of spirituous liquor, or a substance used to produce fermentation. -दशा a term in astrology, the time when a particular planet exercises its influence over man's destiny (ज्योतिषोक्तः महादशान्तर्गतो ग्रहाणां स्वाधिपत्यकालभेदः). -दशाहम् an interval of 1 days; ˚हात् before 1 days. Ms.8.222; ˚हे 5.79. -दहनम् -दाहः 1 inward heat; ज्वलयति तनूमन्तर्दाहः U.3.31; ˚हेन दहनः सन्तापयति राघवम् Rām. -2 inflammation. -दुःख a. sad or afflicted at heart; -दुष्ट a. internally bad, wicked or base at heart. -दृष्टिः f. examining one's own soul, insight into oneself. -देशः an intermediate region of the compass. -द्वारम् private or secret door within the house (प्रकोष्ठद्वारम्). -धा-धि, -हित &c. See. s. v. -नगरम् the palace of a king (being inside the town); cf. ˚पुरम्; दशाननान्तर्नगरं ददर्श Rām. -निवेशनम् inner part of the house; यथा चारोपितो वृक्षो जातश्चान्तर्निवेशने Rām.6.128.6. -निहित a. being concealed within; अङ्गैरन्तर्निहितवचनैः सूचितः सम्यगर्थः M.2.8. -निष्ठ a. engaged in internal meditation. -पटः, -टम् a screen of cloth held between two persons who are to be united (as a bride and bridegroom, or pupil and preceptor) until the acctual time of union arrives. -पथ a. Ved. being on the way. -पदम् ind. in the interior of an inflected word. -पदवी = सुषुम्णामध्यगतः पन्थाः -पिरधानम् the innermost garment. -पर्शव्य a. being between the ribs (as flesh). -पवित्रः the Soma when in the straining vessel. -पशुः [अन्तर्गाममध्ये पशवो यत्र] the time when the cattle are in the village or stables (from sunset to sunrise); अन्तःपशौ पशुकामस्य सायं प्रातः Kāty; (सायं पशुषु ग्राममध्ये आगतेषु प्रातश्च ग्रामादनिःसृतेषु com.). -पातः, पात्यः 1 insertion of a letter (in Gram.). -2 a post fixed in the middle of the sacrificial ground (used in ritual works); अन्तःपूर्वेण यूपं परीत्यान्तःपात्यदेशे स्थापयति Kāty. -पातित, -पातिन् a. 1 inserted. -2 included or comprised in; falling within; दण्डकारण्य˚ ति आश्रमपदम् K.2. -पात्रम् Ved. interior of a vessel. -पालः one who watches over the inner apartments of a palace. -पुरम् [अन्तः अभ्यन्तरं पुरं गृहम्, or पुरस्यान्तःस्थितम्] 1 inner apartment of a palace (set apart for women); female or women's apartments, seraglio, harem (so called from their being situated in the heart of the town, for purposes of safety); व्यायम्याप्लुत्य मध्याह्ने भोक्तुमन्तःपुरं विशेत् Ms.7.216,221,224; कन्यान्तःपुरे कश्चित्प्रविशति Pt.1. -2 inmates of the female apartments, a queen or queens, the ladies taken collectively; अन्तःपुराणि सर्वाणि रुदमानानि सत्वरम् Rām.6.111.111. ˚विरहपर्युत्सुकस्य राजर्षेः Ś.3; K.58; ततो राजा सान्तःपुरः स्वगृह- मानीयाभ्यर्चितः Pt.1; कस्यचिद्राज्ञो$न्तःपुरं जलक्रीडां कुरुते ibid. ˚प्रचारः gossip of the harem Ms.7.153; ˚समागतः Ś.4; also in pl.; कदाचिदस्मत्प्रार्थनामन्तःपुरेभ्यः कथयेत् Ś.2.; न ददाति वाचमुचितामन्तःपुरेभ्यो यदा Ś.6.5. ˚जन women of the palace; inmates of the female apartments; ˚चर, -अध्यक्षः-रक्षकः, -वर्ती guardian or superintendent of the harem, chamberlain; वृद्धः कुलोद्रतः शक्तः पितृपैतामहः शुचिः । राज्ञामन्तःपुरा- ध्यक्षो विनीतश्च तथेष्यते ॥ (of these five sorts are mentioned :- वामनक, जघन्य, कुब्ज, मण्डलक and सामिन् see Bṛi. S.) ˚सहायः one belonging to the harem. -पुरिकः [अन्तःपुरे नियुक्तः, ठक्] a chamberlain = ˚चर. (-कः, -का) a woman in the harem; अस्मत्प्रार्थनामन्तःपुरिके(का) भ्यो निवेदय Chaṇḍ. K. -पुष्पम् [कर्म.] the menstrual matter of women, before it regularly begins to flow every month; वर्षद्वादशकादूर्ध्वं यदि पुष्पं बहिर्न हि । अन्तःपुष्पं भवत्येव पनसोदुम्बरादिवत् Kāśyapa; ˚ष्पम् is therefore the age between 12 and the menstruation period. -पूय a. ulcerous. -पेयम् Ved. drinking up. -प्रकृतिः f. 1 the internal nature or constitution of man. -2 the ministry or body of ministers of a king. -3 heart or soul. ˚प्रकोपः internal dissensions or disaffection; अणुरप्युपहन्ति विग्रहः प्रभुमन्तःप्रकृतिप्रकोपजः Ki.2.51. -प्रको- पनम् sowing internal dissensions, causing internal revolts; अन्तःप्रकोपनं कार्यमभियोक्तुः स्थिरात्मनः H.3.93. -प्रज्ञ a. knowing oneself, with an enlightened soul. -प्रतिष्ठानम् residence in the interior. -बाष्प a. 1 with suppressed tears; अन्तर्बाष्पश्चिरमनुचरो राजराजस्य दध्यौ Me.3. -2 with tears gushing up inside, bedimmed with tears; कोपात्˚ ष्पे स्मरयति मां लोचने तस्याः V.4.15. (-ष्पः) suppressed tears, inward tears; निगृह्य ˚ष्पम् Bh.3.6; Māl.5. -भावः, भावना see under अन्तर्भू separately. -भिन्न a. split or broken inside, perforated, bored (said of a pearl) Pt.4 (also torn by dissensions). -भूमिः f. interior of the earth. -भेदः discord, internal dissensions; ˚जर्जरं राजकुलम् Mk.4 torn by internal dissensions; अन्तर्भेदाकुलं गेहं न चिराद्विनशिष्यति 'a house divided against itself cannot stand long.' -भौम a. subterranean, underground. -मदावस्थ a. having the rutting state concealed within; आसीदनाविष्कृतदानराजि- रन्तर्मदावस्थ इव द्विपेन्द्रः R.2.7. -मनस् a. 1 sad, disconsolate, dejected, distracted. -2 one who has concentrated and turned his mind inward, lost in abstract meditation. -मुख a. (-खी f.) 1 going into the mouth, pointing or turned inward; प्रचण्डपरिपिण्डितः स्तिमितवृत्तिरन्तर्मुखः Mv. 5.26. -2 having an inward entrance of opening (बाह्यवस्तुपरिहारेण परमात्मविषयकतया प्रवेशयुक्तं चित्तादि). -3 an epithet of the soul called प्राज्ञ, when it is enjoying the sweet bliss of sleep (आनन्दभुक् चेतोमुखः प्राज्ञः इति श्रुतेः). -4 Spiritual minded, looking inwardly into the soul; 'अन्तर्मुखाः सततमात्मविदो महान्तः' Viś. Guṇā.139. (-खम्) a sort of surgical scissors (having an opening inside), one of the 2 instruments mentioned by Suśruta in chapter 8 of Sūtrasthāna. -मातृका [अन्तःस्थाः ष़ट्चक्रस्थाः मातृकाः अकारादिवर्णाः] a name given in the Tantras for the letters of the alphabet assigned to the six lotuses (पद्म) of the body; ˚न्यासः a term used in Tantra literature for the mental assignment of the several letters of the alphabet to the different parts of the body. -मुद्र a. sealed inside; N. of a form of devotion. -मृत a. still-born. -यागः mental sacrifice or worship, a mode of worship referred to in the Tantras. -यामः 1 suppression of the breath and voice. -2 ˚पात्रम्, a sacrificial vessel (ग्रहरूपं सामापराख्यं यज्ञियपात्रम्); according to others, a Soma libation made during the suppression of breath and voice; सुहवा सूर्यायान्तर्याममनु- मन्त्रयेत् Ait. Br. -यामिन् m. 1 regulating the soul or internal feelings, soul; Providence, Supreme Spirit as guiding and regulating mankind. Brahman; (according to the Bṛi. Ār. Up. अन्तर्यामिन 'the internal check' is the Supreme Being and not the individual soul; who standing in the earth is other than the earth, whom the earth knows not, whose body the earth is, who internally restrains and governs the earth; the same is thy soul (and mine, the internal check अन्तर्यामिन्, &c. &c.); अन्तराविश्य भूतानि यो बिभर्त्यात्मकेतुभिः । अन्तर्या- मीश्वरः साक्षाद्भवेत् &c. -2 wind; ˚ब्राह्मणम् N. of a Brāhmaṇa included in the Bṛi. Ār. Up. -योगः deep meditation, abstraction -लम्ब a. acute-angular. (-बः) an acute-angled triangle (opp. बहिर्लम्ब) (the perpendicular from the vertex or लम्ब falling within अन्तर् the triangle). -लीन a. 1 latent, hidden, concealed inside; ˚नस्य दुःखाग्नेः U.3.9; ˚भुजङ्गमम् Pt.1. -2 inherent. -लोम a. (P.V.4.117) covered with hair on the inside; (-मम्) [अन्तर्गतमाज्छाद्यं लोम अच्] the hair to be covered. -वंशः = ˚पुरम् q. v. -वंशिकः, -वासिकः [अन्तर्वंशे वासे नियुक्तः ठक्] a superintendent of the women's apartment.; Pt.3, K.93. Ak.2.8.8. -वण (वन) a. situated in a forest; ˚णो देशः P.VI.2.179 Sk. (-णम्) ind. within a forest. P.VIII.4.5. -वत् a. being in the interior; having something in the interior. -वती (वत्नी) Ved. [अन्तरस्त्यस्यां गर्भः] a pregnant woman; अन्तर्वत्नी प्रजावती R.15.13. -वमिः [अन्तः स्थित एव उद्गारशब्दं कारयति, वम्-इन्] indigestion, flatulence; belching. -वर्तिन्, -वासिन् a. being or dwelling inside, included or comprised in -वसुः N. of a Soma sacrifice (for राज्यकाम and पशुकाम). -वस्त्रम्, -वासस् n. an undergarment; गृहीत्वा तत्र तस्यान्तर्वस्त्राण्याभरणानि च । चेलखण्डं तमेकं च दत्वान्तर्वाससः कृते ॥. Ks.4.52. -वा a. [अन्तः अन्तरङ्गभावं अन्तःकरणं वा वाति गच्छति स्निग्धत्वेन, वा-विच् Tv.] forming part of oneself such as children, cattle &c. ˚वत् a. (अस्त्यर्थे मतुप् मस्य वः) having progeny, cattle &c; अन्तर्वावत्क्षयं दधे Rv.1.4.7; abounding with precious things inside. -adv. inwardly. -वाणि a. [अन्तःस्थिता शास्त्रवाक्यात्मिका वाणी यस्य] skilled or versed in scriptures, very learned (शास्त्रविद्). -विगाहः, -हनम् entering within, penetration. -विद्वस् a. Ved. (विदुषी f.) knowing correctly or exactly (knowing the paths between heaven and earth) Rv.1.72.7. -वेगः inward uneasiness or anxiety, inward fever. -वेदि a. pertaining to the inside of the sacrificial ground. -adv. within this ground. (-दिः -दी f.) [अन्तर्गता वेदिर्यत्र देशे] the tract of land (the Doab) between the rivers Gaṅgā and Yamunā, regarded as a sacred region and the principal seat of Āryan Brāhmaṇas; cf. एते भगवत्यौ भूमिदेवानां मूलमायतनमन्तर्वेदिपूर्वेण कलिन्दकन्यामन्दाकिन्यौ संगच्छेते A.R.7; it is supposed to have extended from Prayāga to Haradvāra and is also known by the names of शशस्थली and ब्रह्मावर्त. -m. (pl.) inhabitants of this land. -वेश्मन् n. the inner apartments, interior of a house. -वेश्मिकः n. a chamberlain. -वैशिकः Officer in charge of the harem. समुद्रमुपकरणमन्तर्वैशिकहस्तादादाय परिचरेयुः Kau. A.1.21. -शरः internal arrow or disease. -शरीरम् internal and spiritual part of man; the interior of the body. -शल्य a. having in the interior an arrow, pin or any such extraneous matter; rankling inside. -शीला N. of a river rising from the Vindhya mountain. -श्लेषः, -श्लेषणम् Ved. internal support (scaffolding &c.) एतानि ह वै वेदानामन्तः- श्लेषणानि यदेता व्याहृतयः Ait. Br. -संज्ञ a. inwardly conscious (said of trees &c.); ˚ज्ञा भवन्त्येते सुखदुःखसमन्विताः Ms.1.49. -सत्त्व a. having inward strength &c. (˚त्त्वा) 1 a pregnant woman. -2 the marking nut. -सन्तापः internal pain, sorrow, regret. -सरल a. upright at heart, or having Sarala trees inside; K.51. -सलिल a. with water (flowing) underground; नदीमिवान्तःसलिलां सरस्वतीम् R.3.9. -सार a. having inward strength and vigour, full of strong inside; powerful, strong, heavy or ponderous; ˚रैर्मन्त्रिभिर्घार्यते राज्यं सुस्तम्भैरिव मन्दिरम् Pt.1. 126; साराणि इन्धनानि Dk.132; ˚रं घन तुलयितुं नानिलः शक्ष्यति त्वाम् Me.2. (-रः) internal treasure or store, inner store or contents; वमन्त्युच्चैरन्तःसारम् H.2.13 internal matter or essence (and pus). -सुख a. whose delight is in self, inwardly happy यो$न्तःसुखो$न्तरारामः Bg. 5.24 -सेनम् ind. into the midst of armies. -स्थ a. (also written अन्तःस्थ) being between or in the midst. (-स्थः, -स्था) a term applied to the semivowels, य्, र्, ल्, व् as standing between vowels and consonants and being formed by a slight contact of the vocal organs (ईषत्स्पृष्टं अन्तस्थानाम्); or they are so called because they stand between स्पर्श (क-म) letters and ऊष्मन् (श, ष, स, ह). -स्था 1 a deity of the vital organs. -2 N. of one of the Ṛigveda hymns. ˚मुद्गरः the malleus of the ear. -स्वेदः [अन्तः स्वेदो मदजलस्यन्दनं यस्य] an elephant (in rut). -हणनम् striking in the middle. -हननम् N. of a country बाहीक P.VIII.4.24 Sk. -हस्तम् ind. in the hand, within reach of the hand. -हस्तीन a. being in the hand or within reach of the hand. -हासः laughing inwardly (in the sleeves), a secret or suppressed laugh; सान्तर्हासं कथितम् Me.113 with a suppressed laugh, with a gentle smile. -हृदयम् the interior of the heart. |
| |
| apravṛtta | अप्रवृत्त a. 1 Not acting, not engaged in. -2 Not instigated. -3 Not proper; अप्रवृत्तं सुदुर्बुद्धे यस्मादेतत्त्वया कृतम् Mb.5.192.47. |
| |
| apravṛttiḥ | अप्रवृत्तिः f. 1 Not engaging in action or proceeding, not taking place. -2 Inertia, inactively, non-excitement, absence of incentive or stimulus. -3 (In medic.) Suppression of the natural evacuations, constipation ischuria &c. |
| |
| abhiniveśaḥ | अभिनिवेशः 1 (a) Devotion, attachment, intentness, being occupied with, adherence to close application, with loc. or in comp,; कतमस्मिंस्ते भावाभिनिवेशः V.3; अहो निरर्थकव्यापारेष्वभिनिवेशः K.12.146, Dk.81; Māl.7. (b) Firm attachment, love, fondness, affection; बलीयान् खलु मे$भिनिवेशः Ś.3; अनुरूपो$स्या ˚शः ibid., V.2; असत्यभूते वस्तुन्यभिनिवेशः Mit. -2 Earnest desire, ardent longing or expectation; wish, desire; Māl.5.27. -3 Resolution, determined resolve, determination of purpose, firmness of resolve, perseverance; जनकात्मजायां नितान्तरूक्षाभिनिवेशमीशम् R.14.43; अनुरूप˚ शतोषिणा Ku.5.7; Śi.3.1. (b) Idea, thought; Ms.12.5; Y.3.155. -4 (In Yoga Phil.) A sort of ignorance causing fear of death; instinctive clinging to worldly life and bodily enjoyments and the fear that one might be cut off from all of them by death; अविद्या- स्मितारागद्वेषाभिनिवेशाः पञ्चक्लेशाः Yoga S.; cf. also Sāṅkhya K.15 and Malli. on Śi.4.55. -5 Pride; भयं द्वितीया- भिनिवेशतः स्यात् Bhāg.11.2.37. |
| |
| ādeśin | आदेशिन् a. 1 Ordering, commanding. -2 Causing, producing. -3 Exciting, instigating; कपोलपाटलादेशि बभूव रघुचेष्टितम् R.4.68. m. 1 A commander, director. -2 An astrologer, fortune-teller. |
| |
| ādāraḥ | आदारः Ved. 1 Allurement, attraction, an instigator (Sāy.). -2 N. of a plant used instead of Soma (when it is not available). |
| |
| ānaddha | आनद्ध p. p. 1 Bound, tied, fastened; -2 Costive (as stomach). -द्धः 1 A drum in general. -2 Dressing, putting on clothes, ornaments &c., accoutring. -Comp. -बस्तिता retention of urine or constipation. |
| |
| ānāhaḥ | आनाहः 1 Binding. -2 Suppression of urine, constipation, epistasis; ततो रुद्धे शकृन्मूत्रे सैन्यमानाहदुःखितम् Mb. 3.122.15. -3 Length (especially of cloth). |
| |
| ānāhika | आनाहिक a. [आनाह-ठक्] To be used in cases of constipation. |
| |
| āma | आम a. [आम्यते ईषत् पच्यते; आ अम् कर्मणि घञ् Tv.] 1 Raw, uncooked, undressed (opp. पक्व) (oft. applied to the cow in the Veda; Rv.3.3.14.); आमान्नम् Ms.4.223; Y.1.287. -2 Unripe, immature; तुदन्त्या- मत्वचं दंशा मशका मत्कुणादयः Bhāg.3.31.27. -3 Unbaked, unannealed (as a jar); आमकुम्भ इवाम्भःस्थो विशीर्णः H.4.66. -4 Undigested. -म् 1 State of being raw; शनैः शनैर्जहुः पङ्कं स्थलान्यामं च वीरुधः Bhāg.1.2.39. -2 Constipation, passing hard excretion. -3 Grain freed from chaff. -मः 1 Disease; sickness. -2 Indigestion; आहारस्य रसः सारः यो न पक्वो$ग्निलाघवात् । आमसंज्ञां स लभते महाव्याधिसमाश्रयः ॥ Suśr. -Comp. -अतिसारः dysentery or diarrhœa caused by vitiated mucus in the abdomen (the excretion being in this case mixed with hard and fetid matter). आमातिसारे नो कार्य- मादौ संग्रहणं नृणाम् Suśr. -अद् a. eating raw flesh or food; आमादः क्ष्विङ्कास्त मदन्त्वेनीः Rv.1.87.7. -अन्नम् undressed rice. -आशयः [आमस्यापक्वान्नस्याशयः] 'receptacle of undigested food', the upper part of the belly to the navel, stomach. -कुम्भः a jar of unbaked clay; H.4.66. -गन्धि n. smelling of raw meat of a burning corpse. -गन्धिकम् the smell of raw meat. -ज्वरः a kind of fever; cf. स्वेद्यमामज्वरं प्राज्ञः को$म्भसा परिषिञ्चति Śi.2.54. -त्वच् a. of tender skin. -पाकः1 a preliminary stage of the disease called dropsy. -2 A method of mellowing or ripening a tumour; Suśr.. -पात्रम् an unannealed vessel; Av.8.1.28; विनाशं व्रजति क्षिप्रमाम- पात्रमिवाम्भसि Ms.3.179. -पीनसम् running at the nose, defluxion. -पेशाः Grains pounded in a raw condition. -मांसाशिन् m. a cannibal, an eater of raw flesh. -रक्तम् dysentery. -रसः imperfect chyme. -वातः constipation, torpor of the bowels attended with flatulence and intumescence. -शूलः pain of indigestion, colic. -श्राद्धम् a Śrāddha performed with uncooked food; आपद्यनग्नौ तीर्थे च चन्द्रसूर्यग्रहे तथा । आमश्राद्धं द्विजैः कार्यं शूद्रेण च सदैव हि ॥ Prāchetasa. |
| |
| āvapanam | आवपनम् 1 The act of sowing, throwing, scattering. -2 Sowing seed. -3 Wearing; भूमिरावपने प्रभुः Mb.1. 88.13. -4 Shaving. -5 A vessel, jar, ewer. -6 Instilling, inserting. -7 Place of origin, birth; यस्य छन्दोमयं ब्रह्म देह आवपनं विभो Bhāg.1.8.45. -8 A hempen cloth. -नी Ved. A vessel, jar; त्वमस्यावपनी जनानामदितिः Av.12.1.61. आवपन्तक āvapantaka आवपन्तिक āvapantika आवपन्तक आवपन्तिक a. Ved. Scattering. |
| |
| āsura | आसुर a. (-री f.) [असुरस्येदं अण् opp. दैव] 1 Belonging to Asuras. -2 Belonging to evil spirits; आसुरी माया, आसुरी रात्रिः &c. -3 Infernal, demoniacal; आसुरं भावमाश्रितः Bg.7.15 (for a full exposition of what constitutes आसुर conduct, see Bg.16.7-24). -4 Not performing sacrifices. -5 Divine, spiritual. -रः 1 A demon [स्वार्थे अण्]. -2 One of the eight forms of marriage, in which the bridegroom purchases the bride from her father or other paternal kinsmen; (see उद्वाह); आसुरो द्रविणादानात् Y.1.61; Ms.3.31. -3 (pl.) The stars of the southern hemisphere. -4 A prince of the warrior-tribe Asura. -री 1 Surgery, curing by cutting by instruments. -2 A female demon, demoness; संभ्रमादासुरीभिः Ve.1.3. -3 N. of a plant Sinapis Ramosa Roxb. (Mar. मोहरी; राई) -रम् 1 Blood. -2 Black salt. |
| |
| irin | इरिन् a. Ved. 1 Instigating. -2 Powerful, violent, an instigator; न येषामिरी सधस्थ ईष्ट आँ Rv.5.87.3. -3 A proud or overbearing fellow. |
| |
| irya | इर्य a. Ved. 1 Instigating (प्रेरक). -2 Destroying the enemies. -3 A lord, master. -4 Active, powerful, an epithet of Pūṣan and of the Aśvins. |
| |
| īrma | ईर्म a. [ईर्-मक्] 1 Agitated. -2 Going constantly or instigating everything (Sāy.) -ind. Here, in or to this place. -र्मः The arm; the fore-quarter of an animal; ईर्माभ्यामयनं जातम् Av.1.1.21; तस्य प्राची दिक्छिरो$सौ चासौ चेर्मौ Bṛi. Up.1.2.3. -र्मम् A wound, sore (m. also.). |
| |
| uttij | उत्तिज् Caus. P. To excite, stimulate, instigate, stir up, animate, provoke. |
| |
| uttejaka | उत्तेजक a. 1 Instigating, stirring up. -2 Exciting, stimulating; क्षुध˚, काम˚ &c. |
| |
| uttejanam | उत्तेजनम् ना 1 Excitement, instigation, animating, stirring up; ˚समर्थः श्लोकैः Mu.4; Mv.2. -2 Urging on, driving. -3 Sending, despatching. -4 Whetting, sharpening, furbishing, polishing (weapons &c.); मन्दरकूटकोटिव्याघट्टनोत्तेजना Śi.3.6. -5 An exciting speech. -6 An inducement, incentive, stimulant. |
| |
| uttejita | उत्तेजित p. p. 1 Instigated, excited. -2 Animated. -3 Sent. -4 Sharpened, polished &c. -तम् 1 An inducement. -2 One of the five paces of a horse, sidling; moderate velocity in a horse's pace; उत्तेजितं मध्य- वेगं योजनं श्लथवल्गया । |
| |
| utthā | उत्था 1 P. [उद्-स्था] 1 To get up, stand, rise, raise oneself; उत्तिष्ठेत्प्रथमं चास्य Ms.2.194; R.9.59; Śi.9.39. -2 To get up from, leave, give up or cease from; अनाशनादुत्तिष्ठति Pt.4. -3 To rise, come up (as the sun &c.). -4 To rebound (as a ball); कराभिघातोत्थितकन्दुकेयम् R.16.83, -5 To come forth, arise, spring or originate from, accrue from; ग्रामाच्छतमुत्तिष्ठति Mbh; यदुत्तिष्ठति वर्णेभ्यो नृपाणां क्षयि तत्फलम् Ś.2.14; अन्यदमृतादुत्थितम् K.136; उदतिष्ठन् प्रशंसावाचः Dk.49 shouts of applause burst forth (were heard); असंशयं सागरभागुदस्थात् N.22.44. -6 To rise, increase in strength or power, grow, (as an enemy, disease &c.); (Ātm.) उत्तिष्ठमानस्तु परो नोपेक्ष्यः पथ्यमिच्छता Śi.2.1 (= Pt.1.234.) -7 To become animated, rise (from the dead) मृतोत्थिता; Ku.7.4. -8 To be active or brave, rise up; हृदयदौर्बल्यं त्यक्त्वोत्तिष्ठ Bg.2.3,37; Mv.2; Pt.3.21. -9 To make efforts; take pains, strive, try; उत्तिष्ठमानं मित्रार्थे कस्त्वां न बहु मन्यते Bk.8.12; 2.18; Mv.4.6; मुक्तावुत्तिष्ठते जनः Ki.11.13; उदस्थित ऋतौ Śi.14.17. -1 To excel, surpass. -Caus. (उत्थापयति) 1 To cause to stand up, raise, lift up; उत्थाप्यते ग्रावा H.3.35; R.14.59; raise or throw up (as dust); R.7.39. -2 To instigate, excite, rouse to action; त्वामुत्थापयति द्वयम् Śi.2.57,12; Kām.5.4; H.3.85; Dk.17. -3 To arouse, awaken, raise to life, make alive; प्राणो हीदं सर्वमुत्थापयति Śat. Br. -4 To support, feed, aid; अत्र परिकरोत्थापितो$र्थान्तरन्यासालङ्कारः Malli. on Ki.8.4. |
| |
| utthāpaka | उत्थापक a. 1 Raising up, causing to get up. -2 Exciting, instigating, animating. -कः 1 Awaiting man; Charaka. -2 A particular composition. |
| |
| utthāpanam | उत्थापनम् 1 Causing to rise, come up, or get up. -2 Raising, elevating. -3 Causing to leave (a house). -4 Exciting, instigating. -5 Awakening, rousing (fig. also). -6 Vomiting. -7 Finishing, completing. -8 Bringing about. -9 Bringing forth. -1 (In Math.) Finding the quantity sought, an answer to the question, substitution of a value (Colebr.). -नी The concluding verse (ऋच्). |
| |
| utsah | उत्सह् 1 Ā. 1 To be able, have power or energy; (expressed by 'can'); dare, venture (with inf.); तवानुवृत्तिं न च कर्तुमुत्सहे Ku.5.65; Ś.5; Mu.4.14; Śi.14.83; Bk.3.54,5.59,14.89, sometimes with acc. and dat. also; Pt.1. -2 To attempt, be prompted or incited; Ki.1.36; to cheer up, not to sink or give way; अज्ञवन्नोत्सहेथास्त्वम् Bk.19.16. -3 To feel at ease, enjoy pleasure; क्षणमप्युत्सहते न मां विना Ku.4.36. -4 To go forward, march on; K.249. -Caus. To encourage, excite, instigate, incite; वरुणोत्साहितेन वेधसा K.22; Bk.9.69. |
| |
| udyāmata | उद्यामत a. Instigated to action. आत्मनो मधुमदोद्यमितानाम् Ki.9.66. |
| |
| unmardanam | उन्मर्दनम् A rubbing down of the sacrificer with sweet-smelling substances before sprinkling him with fat. cf. सर्वसुरभ्युन्मर्दनं भवति Śat. Br.12.8.3.16. and Sāyaṇa says उन्मर्दनं उद्वर्तनं भवति । (For details read Dr. Gode's paper on, 'Massage in Ancient and Medieval India', Annals of Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute XXXVI, parts I-II, pp. 85.113). |
| |
| upajap | उपजप् 1 P. 1 To whisper into the ears of (another), win over to one's party by secretly suggesting anything in the ear; अङ्गारवर्षं राजवधायोपजप्य Dk.14; क्षत्तारं कुरुराजस्तु शनैः कर्णमुपाजपत् Mb. -2 (Hence) to instigate to rebellion or treachery, conspire with; उपजप्यानुपजपेत् Ms.7.197. -3 To commit mischief. |
| |
| upajapya | उपजप्य a. To be brought over or instigated to rebellion by whispering into the ear; उपजप्यानुपजपेत् Ms.7.197. |
| |
| upajāpaḥ | उपजापः 1 Secretly whispering into the ear or communicating; परकृत्य˚ Mu.2. -2 Secret overtures or negotiations (with the enemy's friends), sowing the seeds of dissension, treachery, treason instigating to rebellion; उपजापः कृतस्तेन तानाकोपवतस्त्वयि Śi.2.99; उप- जापसहान् विलङ्घयन् स विधाता नृपतीन्मदोद्धतः Ki.2.47,16.42; अपि सहन्ते अस्मदुपजापं प्रजाः Mu.2. -3 Disunion, separation. उपलब्धस्य उपजापमुपेयात् Kau. A.1.16. |
| |
| upajāpaka | उपजापक a. 1 Whispering into the ears of, instigating to rebellion; घातयेद्विविधैर्दण्डैररीणां चोपजापकान् Ms. 9.275. -2 Treacherous, traitor. |
| |
| upahita | उपहित p. p. 1 Placed in or upon, deposited; Ś.1; ˚मध्यमस्वर M.1.21 taken as a basis. -2 Preceded by. -3 Joined, mixed, connected with. -4 Possessed of; अर्थोपहितया वाचा मधुरं रघुनन्दनः (अब्रवीत्) Rām.6.128.43; विनयोपहितः Śi.16.7. -5 Ready; deputed to act as a spy. -6 Given, bestowed. -7 Brought over, instigated to rebellion (उपजप्त); व्यक्तं त्वमप्युपहितः पाण्डवैः पापदेशज Mb.8.4.46. -8 Somewhat good; Mb.12. |
| |
| ojman | ओज्मन् a. An instigator. -m. 1 Speed; velocity; अपामोज्मानं परि गोभिरावृतम् Rv.6.47.27. -2 Strength. |
| |
| kalañjaḥ | कलञ्जः 1 A bird. -2 A deer or any other animal struck with a poisoned weapon. -3 Tobacco. -4 A particular weight (= 1 Rūpakas). -ञ्जम् Flesh of such an animal. -Comp. -न्यायः the rule according to which a negation connected with an act constitutes prohibition of that act. This is discussed and established by जैमिनि (6.2.19) and शबर in connection with texts like न कलञ्जं भक्षयेत् in MS.6.2.19-2. ŚB. 1.1.4. |
| |
| kāraṇam | कारणम् [कृ-णिच् ल्युट्] 1 A cause, reason; कारणकोपाः कुटुम्बिन्यः M.1.18; R.1.74; Bg.13.21; oft. with loc. of the effect; Bh.2.84. -2 Ground, motive, object; प्रव्राज्य चीरवसनं किं नु पश्यसि कारणम् Rām.2.73. 12. किं पुनः कारणम् Mbh.; Y.2.23; Ms.8.347; कारण- मानुषीं तनुम् R.16.22. -3 An instrument, means; गर्भस्रावे मासतुल्या निशाः शुद्धेस्तु कारणम् Y.3.2,65. -4 (In Nyāya phil.) A cause, that which is invariably antecedent to some product and is not otherwise constituted; or, according to Mill, 'the antecedent or concurrence of antecedents on which the effect is invariably and unconditionally consequent'; according to Naiyāyikas it is of three kinds; (1) समवायि (intimate or inherent); as threads in the case of cloth; (2) असमवायि (non-intimate or non-inherent), as the conjunction of the threads in the case of cloth; (3) निमित्त (instrumental) as the weaver's loom. -5 The generative cause, creator, father; Ku.5.81. -6 An element, elementary matter; Y.3.148; Bg.18. 13. -7 The origin or plot of a play, poem &c. -8 An organ of sense; हित्वा तनुं कारणमानुषीं ताम्. -9 The body. -1 A sign, document, proof or authority; प्रमाणं चैव लोकस्य ब्रह्मात्रैव हि कारणम् Ms.11.84. -11 That on which any opinion or judgment is based. -12 Action; आत्मना कारणैश्चैव समस्येह महीक्षितः Mb.12.59.13. -13 A legal instrument or document. -14 Agency, instrumentality. -15 A deity (as the proximate or remote cause of creation) -16 Killing, injuring. -17 A desire (वासना) created formerly (as पूर्ववासना); पूर्वं नित्यं सर्वगतं मनोहेतुम- लक्षणम् । अज्ञानकर्मनिर्दिष्टमेतत्कारणलक्षणम् ॥ Mb.12.211.6. -णा 1 Pain, agony. -2 Casting into hell. -3 Urging, instigation. (-कारणात् for the reason that; द्वेष˚ on account of hatred; मत्कारणात् for my sake; Pt.1.22.) -4 Action; निमित्ते कारणात्मके Mb.12.289.7. -Comp. -अन्तरम् 1 a particular reason; प्रविष्टो$स्मि दुराधर्षं वालिनः कारणान्तरे Rām.4.1.28; -2 instrumental cause; येन वैश्रवणो भ्राता वैमात्राः कारणान्तरे Rām.3.48.4. -अन्वित a. having a cause or reason. -आख्या a. N. of the organ of perception and action, of बुद्धि, अहंकार and मनस्. -उत्तरम् a special plea, denial of the cause of complaint; admission of the charge generally, but denial of the actual issue (in law). -कारणम् an elementary or primary cause; an atom; त्वं कारणं कारणकारणानाम् Ki.18. 35. -कारितम् ind. in consequence of; यदि प्रव्राजितो रामो लोभकारणकारितम् Rām.2.58.28. -गत a. referred to its cause, resolved into its principles. -गुणः a quality of the cause; Sāṅ. K.14. -बलवत् a. strong by motives; Pt.5.29. -भूत a. 1 caused. -2 forming the cause. -माला a figure of speech, 'a chain of causes'; यथोत्तरं चेत् पूर्वस्य पूर्वस्यार्थस्य हेतुता । तदा कारणमाला स्यात् K. P.1; e. g. Bg.2.62,63; also S. D.728. -मूलम् (in Rhet.) a law of causation. -वादिन् m. a complainant, plaintiff. -वारि n. the original water produced at the beginning of the creation. -विहीन a. without a cause. -शरीरम् (in Vedānta phil.) the inner rudiment of the body, causal frame. |
| |
| kil | किल् I. 6. P. (किलति, किलित) 1 To be or become white. -2 To freeze. -3 To play, sport. -II. 1 P. 1 To urge, instigate. -2 To throw, cast, send. |
| |
| kṛṣiḥ | कृषिः f. [कृष्-इक्; cf. P.III.3.18 Vārt.8] 1 Ploughing. -2 Agriculture, husbandry; चीयते बालिशस्यापि सत्क्षेत्रपतिता कृषिः Mu.1.3; कृषिः क्लिष्टा$वृष्ट्या Pt.1.11; Ms.1.9,3.64,1.79; Bg.18.44. -3 The harvest (कृषिफल); Y.1.276. -4 The earth; Mb.5. -Comp. -कर्मन् n. agriculture. -जीविन् a. living by husbandry. -द्विष्टः a kind of sparrow. -पराशरः, -संग्रहः N. of a treatise on agriculture (see Annals of the Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute Vol.XXXVI Nos. 1-2.) -फलम् agricultural produce or profit; Me.16. -सेवा agriculture, husbandry. |
| |
| kauṭumbika | कौटुम्बिक a. (-की f.) [कुटुम्बे तद्भरणे प्रसृतः ठक्] Constituting a family; अथ च कौटुम्बिका दारापत्यादयः Bhāg. 5.14.3. -कः The father or master of a family; paterfamilias; पदेपदे$भ्यन्तरवह्निनार्दितः कौटुम्बिकः क्रुध्यति वै जनाय Bhāg.5.13.8. |
| |
| gāḍha | गाढ p. p. [गाह्-क्त] 1 Dived or plunged into, bathed in, deeply entered. -2 Frequently plunged into, resorted to, thickly crowded or inhabited; तपस्विगाढां तमसां प्राप नदीं तुरङ्गमेण R.9.72. -3 Closely pressed together, tightly drawn, fast, close, tight; गाढाङ्गदै- र्बाहुभिः R.16.6; गाढालिङ्गन Amaru.4, a close embrace; Ch. P.6. -4 Thick, dense. -5 Deep, impervious. -6 Strong, vehement, excessive, intense; गाढनिद्रामवाप fell fast asleep; 2. ˚उद्वेग excessively tormented; U.3.31; Māl.9.12; गाढोत्कण्ठाललितलुलितैरङ्ग- कैस्ताम्यतीति Māl.1.15; Me.85; प्राप्तगाढप्रकम्पा Ś. Til.12; Amaru.74; so also गाढतप्तेन तप्तम् Me.14. -ढम् ind. Closely, fast, much, excessively, heavily, vehemently, powerfully. -Comp. -अङ्गद a. having closely fitting armlets; R.16.6. -आलिङ्गनम् a close embrace. -कर्णः an attentive ear; ता ये पिबन्त्यवितृषो नृप गाढकर्णैः Bhāg.4.29.41. -तरम् ind. 1 more tightly, closely. -2 more intensely. -मुष्टि a. close-fisted, avaricious, miserly. (-ष्टिः) a sword. -वचस् m. a frog. -वर्चस् a. costive, constipated. |
| |
| guṇaḥ | गुणः [गुण्-अच्] 1 A quality (good or bad); सुगुण, दुर्गुण; यदङ्गनारूपसरूपतायाः कञ्चिद्गुणं भेदकमिच्छतीभिः Śi.3.42. -2 (a) A good quality, merit, virtue, excellence; कतमे ते गुणाः Māl.1; वसन्ति हि प्रेम्णि गुणा न वस्तुनि Ki.8.37; R.1.9,22; साधुत्वे तस्य को गुणः Pt.4.18. (b) Eminence. -3 Use, advantage, good (with instr. usually), Pt. 5.; कः स्थानलाभे गुणः 2.21; H.1.49; Mu.1.15. -4 Effect, result, efficacy, good result; संभावनागुणमवेहि तमीश्वराणाम् Ś.7.4; गुणमहतां महते गुणाय योगः Ki.1.25;6. 7. -5 (a) A single thread or string. (b) Thread, string, rope, cord, मेखलागुणैः Ku.4.8;5.1; तृणैर्गुणत्व- मापन्नैर्वध्यन्ते मत्तदन्तिनः H.1.32; यतः परेषां गुणग्रहीतासि Bv.1. 9 (where गुण also means 'a merit'). -6 The bow- string; गुणकृत्ये धनुषो नियोजिता Ku.4.15,29; कनकपिङ्गतडिद्- गुणसंयुतम् R.9.54. -7 The string of a musical instrument; कलवल्लकीगुणस्वानमानम् Śi.4.57. -8 A sinew. -9 A quality, attribute, property in general; यादृग्गुणेन भर्त्रा स्त्री संयुज्येत यथाविधि Ms.9.22. -1 A quality, characteristic or property of all substances, one of the seven categories of padārthas of the Vaiśeṣikas, (the number of these properties is 24). -11 An ingredient or constituent of nature, any one of the three properties belonging to all created things; (these are स्त्व, रजस् and तमस्); गुणत्रयविभागाय Ku.2.4; सत्त्वं रजस्तम इति गुणाः प्रकृतिसंभवाः Bg.14.5; R.3.27. -12 A wick, cotton thread; नृपदीपो धनस्नेहं प्रजाभ्यः संहरन्नपि । अन्तर- स्थैर्गुणैः शुभ्रैर्लक्ष्यते नैव केनचित् ॥ Pt.1.221. -13 An object of sense, (these are five रूप, रस, गन्ध, स्पर्श, and शब्द); गुणैर्गुणान्स भुञ्जान आत्मप्रद्योतितैः प्रभुः Bhāg.11.3.5. -14 Repetition, multiplication, denoting 'folds' or 'times', usually at the end of comp. after numerals; आहारो द्विगुणः स्त्रीणां बुद्धिस्तासां चतुर्गुणा । ष़ड्गुणो व्यवसायश्च कामश्चाष्टगुणः स्मृतः ॥ Chāṇ.78; so त्रिणुण; शतगुणीभवति becomes a hundred-fold, अध्यर्धगुणमाहुर्यं बले शौर्ये च केशव Mb.11.2.1. -15 A secondary element, a subordinate part (opp. मुख्य); न च गुणानुग्रहार्थं प्रधानस्यावृत्तिर्युक्ता ŚB. on MS.12.1.4. -16 Excess, abundance, superfluity; पराङ्मुखवधं कृत्वा को$त्र प्राप्तस्त्वया गुणः Rām.4.17.16. -17 An adjective, a word subordinate to another in a sentence. -18 The substitution of ए, ओ, अर् and अल् for इ, उ, ऋ (short or long) and लृ, or the vowels अ, ए, ओ and अर् and अल्. -19 (In Rhet.) Quality considered as an inherent property of a Rasa or sentiment. Mammaṭa thus defines गुण. --ये रहस्याङ्गिनो धर्माः शौर्यादय इवात्मनः । उत्कर्ष- हेतवस्ते स्युरचलस्थितयो गुणाः ॥ K. P.8. (Some writers on rhetoric, such as Vāmana, Jagannātha Paṇḍita, Daṇḍin and others, consider Guṇas to be properties both of शब्द and अर्थ, and mention ten varieties under each head. Mammaṭa, however, recognises only three, and, after discussing and criticizing the views of others, says : माधुर्यौजःप्रसादाख्यास्त्रयस्ते न पुनर्दश K. P.8); Ki.17.6. -2 (In gram. and Mīm.) Property considered as the meaning of a class of words; e. g. grammarians recognise four kinds of the meaning of words; जाति, गुण, किया and द्रव्य, and give गौः, शुक्लः, चलः and डित्थः as instances to illustrate these meanings. -21 (In politics) A proper course of action, an expedient. (The expedients to be used by a king in foreign politics are six :-- 1 सन्धि peace or alliance; 2 विग्रह war; 3 यान march or expedition; 4 स्थान or आसन halt; 5 संश्रय seeking shelter; 6 द्वैध or द्वैधीभाव duplicity; सन्धिर्ना विग्रहो यानमासनं द्वैधमाश्रयः Ak.) see Y.1.346; Ms.7.16; Śi.2.26; R.8.21. -22 The number 'three' (derived from the three qualities). -23 The chord of an arc (in geom.). -24 An organ of sense. -25 A subordinate dish; Ms. 3.226,233. -26 A cook. -27 An epithet of Bhīma as in युधिष्टिरो$पि गुणप्रियः Vas. -28 Leaving, abandonment. -29 A multiplier, coefficient (in math.) -3 Division, subdivision, species, kind. -31 The peculiar property of letters which are pronounced with external utterance (बाह्यप्रयत्न); they are eleven. -Comp. -अग्ऱ्यम् a principal quality; ˚वर्तिन्; स्वमूर्तिभेदेन गुणाग्ऱ्यवर्तिना पतिः प्रजानामिव सर्गमात्मनः R.3.27. -अगुणः merit and demerit Ms.3.22;9.331; अनपेक्ष्य गुणागुणौ जनः स्वरुचिं निश्चयतो$नु- धावति Si.16.44. -अतीत a. freed from all properties, being beyond them; सर्वारम्भपरित्यागी गुणातीतः स उच्यते Bg.14.25. (-तः) the Supreme Being. -अधिष्ठानकम् the region of the breast where the girdle is fastened. -अनुबन्धित्वम् connection or association with virtues; गुणा गुणानुबन्धित्वात्तस्य सप्रसवा इव R.1.22. -अनुरागः love or appreciation of the good qualities of others; गुणा- नुरागादिव सख्यमीयिवान्न बाधते$स्य त्रिगणः परस्परम् Ki.1.11. -अनुरोधः conformity or suitableness to good qualities. -अन्तरम् a different (higher) quality; गुणान्तरं व्रजति शिल्पमाधातुः M.1.6. -अन्वित, -उपपन्न, -युक्त, -संपन्न a. endowed with good qualities, meritorious, worthy, good, excellent. -अपवादः, -निन्दा disparagement, detraction. -अभिधानम् A subsidiary injunction; द्रव्योपदेशाद्वा गुणा- भिधानं स्यात् M.8.4.5. -आकरः 1 'a mine of merits', one endowed with all virtues; सृजति तावदशेषगुणाकरं पुरुषरत्न- मलङ्करणं मुवः Bh.2.92. -2 N. of Śiva. -आढ्य a. rich in virtues. -आत्मन् a. having qualities. -आधारः 'a receptacle of virtues', a virtuous or meritorious person. -आश्रय a. virtuous, excellent. -ईश्वरः 1 the Supreme Being. -2 the Chitrakūṭa mountain. -उत्कर्षः excellence of merit, possession of superior qualities. -उत्कीर्तनम् panegyric, eulogium. -उत्कृष्ट a. superior in merit; Ms.8.73. -उपेत a. endowed with good qualities; पुत्रमेवङ्गुणोपेतं चक्रवर्तिनमाप्नुहि Ś.1.12. -ओघः, -घम् superior or abundant merits. -कथनम् extolling, praising. -2 a condition or state of mind of the hero of a drama to which he is reduced by Cupid. -कर्तृत्वम् the state of an agent of properties; गुणकर्तृत्वे$पि तथा कर्तेव भवत्युदासीनः Sāṅ. K.2. -कर्मन् n. 1 an unessential or secondary action. -2 (in gram.) the secondary or less immediate (i. e. indirect) object of an action; e. g. in the example नेता$श्वस्य स्रुघ्नं स्रुघ्नस्य वा, स्रुघ्नम् is a गुणकर्मन्. ˚विभाग a. distinguishing an action and an attribute. -कल्पना f. imputing a figurative meaning, one of the modes of interpreting a sentence. According to it an expression may be understood as conveying not what is actually expressed by it but the quality or qualities thereof. e. g. सिंहो देवदत्तः means प्रसह्यकरी देवदत्तः; ŚB. on MS.1.2.1. -काण्डः a series of subsidiary (details); एवमेक उत्कृष्यमाणः सर्वं गुणकाण्डमुत्कर्षति ŚB. on MS.5. 1.24. -कार a. productive of good qualities, profitable, salutary. (-रः) 1 a cook who prepares sidedishes or any secondary articles of food. -2 an epithet of Bhīma. -3 (in math.) the multiplier. -कीर्तनम्, -श्लाघा, -स्तुतिः f. praise, extolling. -कृत्यम् the function of a bow-string; गुणकृत्ये धनुषो नियोजिता Ku.4.15. -गणः a number or series of good qualities; Bhāg.5.3.11. -गानम् singing of merits, panegyric, praise. -गृध्नु a. 1 desiring good qualities; ये चान्ये गुणगृध्नवः Bhāg.3.14.2. -2 possessing enviable or good qualities. -गृह्य a. appreciating or admiring merits (wherever they may be), attached to merits; appreciative; ननु वक्तृविशेषनिःस्पृहा गुणगृह्या वचने विपश्चितः Ki.2.5. -गौरी a woman chaste by virtuous conduct; अनृतगिरं गुणगौरि मा कृथा माम् Śi. -ग्रहणम् appreciating merits. -ग्रहीतृ, -ग्राहक, -ग्राहिन् a. appreciating the merits (of others); श्रीहर्षो निपुणः कविः परिषदप्येषा गुणग्राहिणी Ratn.1.4; Śi.2.82; Bv.1.9. -ग्रामः a collection of virtues or merits; गुरुतरगुणग्रामांभोजस्फुटोज्ज्वलचन्द्रिका Bh.3.116; गणयति गुणग्रामम् Gīt.2; Bv.1.13. -घातिन् a. detractor, envious, censorious. -ज्ञ a. knowing how to admire or appreciate merits, appreciative; भगवति कमलालये भृशमगुणज्ञासि Mu.2; गुणा गुणज्ञेषु गुणा भवन्ति H. Pr.47. -त्रयम्, -त्रितयम् the three constituent properties of nature; i. e. सत्त्व, रजस् and तमस्. ˚आभासः life. -दोषौ (du.) virtue and vice; ˚कथा; Pt.2.67. -धर्मः the virtue or duty incidental to the possession of certain qualities. -निधिः a store of virtues. -पदी a woman having feet as thin as cords. -पूगम् great merits; भवद्गुणपूगपूरितम् (श्रवणम्) Śi.9.64. -प्रकर्षः excellence of merits, great merit; गुणप्रकर्षादुडुपेन शम्भोरलङ्- घ्यमुल्लङ्घितमुत्तमाङ्गम् Mk.4.23. -भावः being subsidiary to something else; परार्थता हि गुणभावः । ŚB. on MS.4.3.1. -भोक्तृ a. perceiving the properties of things; निर्गुणं गुणभोक्तृ च Bg.13.14. -महत् a superior quality. -मुष्टिः f. a particular method of stringing the bow; cf. पताका वज्रमुष्टिश्च सिंहकर्णस्तथैव च । मत्सरी काकतुण्डी च योजनीया यथा- क्रमम् ॥ Dhanur.84. -रागः delighting in the merits of others; गुणरागगतां तस्य रूपिणीमिव दुर्गतिम् Ks.2.51. -राशिः an epithet of Śiva -लक्षणम् mark or indication of an internal property. -लयनिका, -लयनी a tent. -लुब्ध a. 1 desirous of merits. -2 attached to merits. -वचनम्, -वाचकः a word which connotes an attribute or quality, an adjective, or substantive used attributively; as श्वेत in श्वेतो$श्वः. -वादः 1 pointing out good merits. -2 a statement in a secondary sense; गुणवादस्तु MS. 1.2.1 (Śabara explains this as : गौण एष वादो भवति यत् सम्बन्धिनि स्तोतव्ये सम्बन्ध्यन्तरं स्तूयते । ŚB. on ibid.). -3 a statement contradictory to other arguments; Madhusūdana. -विवेचना discrimination in appreciating the merits of others, a just sense of merit. -विशेषाः external organs, mind and spiritual ignorance; परस्पर- विलक्षणा गुणविशेषाः (बाह्येन्द्रियमनो$हङ्काराश्च) Sāṅ. K.36. -षः a different property. -वृक्षः, -वृक्षकः a mast or a post to which a ship or boat is fastened. -वृत्तिः f. 1 a secondary or unessential condition or relation (opp. मुख्यवृत्ति). -2 the character or style of merits. -वैशेष्यम् pre-eminence of merit; अन्योन्यगुणवैशेष्यान्न किंचिदतिरिच्यते Ms.9.296. -शब्दः an adjective. -संख्यानम् 'enumeration of the three essential qualities', a term applied to the Sāṅkhya (including the Yoga) system of philosophy; ज्ञानं कर्म च कर्ता च त्रिधैव गुणभेदतः प्रोच्यते गुणसंख्याने Bg.18.19. -संगः 1 association with qualities or merits. -2 attachment to objects of sense or worldly pleasures. -संग्रहः a collection of merits or properties; कथं गुणज्ञो विरमेद्विना पशुं श्रीर्यत्प्रवव्रे गुणसंग्रहेच्छया Bhāg.4.2.26. -संपद् f. excellence or richness of merits, great merit, perfection; गुणसंपदा समधिगम्य Ki.5.24. -सागरः 1 'an ocean of merit, a very meritorious man. -2 an epithet of Brahmā. -हीन a. 1 void of merit', meritless; काममामरणात्तिष्ठेद्- गृहे कन्यर्तुमत्यपि । न चैवैनां प्रयच्छेत्तु गुणहीनाय कर्हिचित् Ms.9. 89. -2 poor (as food). |
| |
| guṇamaya | गुणमय a. 1 Consisting of single threads. -2 Consisting of the three constituent properties of nature. -3 Possessed of merits, meritorious. |
| |
| gudam | गुदम् The anus; intestine; rectum; आन्त्रेभ्यस्ते गुदाभ्यो वनिष्ठोर्हृदयादधि Rv.1.163.3; Y.3.93; Ms.5.136; 8.262. -दा The anus; vein (नाडी); सिन्धवो द्रुगुदा Bṛi. Up.1.1.1. -Comp. -अङ्कुरः piles. -आवर्तः obstruction of the bowels. -उद्भवः piles. -ओष्ठः the opening of the anus. -कीलः, -कीलकः piles. -ग्रहः constipation, flatulence, spasm of the rectum. -निर्गमः see गुदभ्रंश. -पाकः inflammation of the anus. -भ्रंशः prollapsus ani. -वर्त्मन् n. the anus. -स्तम्भः constipation. |
| |
| ghaṭaka | घटक a. [घटयति घट्-णिच् ण्वुल्] 1 Exerting oneself, striving for; एते सत्पुरुषाः परार्थघटकाः स्वार्थं परित्यज्य ये Bh. 2.74. -2 Bringing about, accomplishing. -3 Forming a constituent part, constituent, component. -कः 1 A tree that produces fruit without apparent flowers. -2 A match-maker, an agent who ascertains genealogies and negotiates matrimonial alliances. -3 A genealogist. |
| |
| camakasūktam | चमकसूक्तम् 1 The hymn containing च मे. -2 N. of the Vājasaneyī saṁhitā (part 18.1-27). चमत्करणम् camatkaraṇam चमत्कारः camatkārḥ चमत्कृतिः camatkṛtiḥ चमत्करणम् चमत्कारः चमत्कृतिः f. 1 Admiration, surprise; एवं सकलजगत्त्रयहृदयचमत्कारकारिचरितानाम् Ks. 22.257. -2 Show, spectacle. -3 Poetical charm, that which constitutes the essence of poetry; चेतश्चमत्कृतिपदं कवितेव रम्या Bv.3.16; तदपेक्षया वाच्यस्यैव चमत्कारित्वात् K. P.1. -4 Riot, festive or angry riot. |
| |
| caritram | चरित्रम् [चर् इत्र] 1 Behaviour, habit, conduct, practice, acts, deeds. -2 Performance, observance. -3 History, life, biography, account, adventures. -4 Nature, disposition. -5 Duty, established or instituted observance; Ms.2.2,9.7. -6 A foot, leg. -7 Going. -त्रा The tamarind tree. -Comp. -बन्धकः a friendly pledge. |
| |
| janamejayaḥ | जनमेजयः N. of a celebrated king of Hastināpura, son of Parīkṣit, the grandson of Arjuna. [His father died, being bitten by a serpent; and Janamejaya, determined to avenge the injury, resolved to exterminate the whole serpent-race. He accordingly instituted a serpent sacrifice, and burnt down all serpents except Takṣaka, who was saved only by the intercession of the sage Astika, at whose request the sacrifice was closed.. It was to this king that Vaiśampāyana related the Mahābhārata, and the king is said to have listened to it to expiate the sin of killing a Brāhmaṇa.]. |
| |
| jātiḥ | जातिः f. [जन्-क्तिन्] 1 Birth, production, सङ्कुलं जल- जातिभिः Rām.3.11.6; Pt.1.38; Ms.2.148; also 'the time of birth'; cf. जातौ बाल्ये च कौमारे यौवने चापि मानवाः Mb.12.158.11. -2 The form of existence fixed by birth. -3 Race, family, lineage, rank. -4 A caste, tribe or class (of men); अरे मूढ जात्या चेदवध्यो$हं एषा सा जातिः परित्यक्ता Ve.3; (the primary castes of the Hindus are only four :-- ब्राह्मण, क्षत्रिय, वैश्य and शूद्र). -5 A class, genus, kind, species; पशुजातिः, पुष्पजातिः &c. -6 The properties which are peculiar to a class and distinguish it from all others, the essential characteristics of a species; as गोत्व, अश्वत्व of cows, horses &c; see गुण, क्रिया and द्रव्य; जातिक्रियागुणैः Śi.2.47; and cf. K. P.2. -7 A fire-place. -8 Nutmeg. -9 The Jasmine plant or its flower; नागपुन्नागजातिभिः Bhāg.8.2.18; पुष्पाणां प्रकरः स्मितेन रचितो नो कुन्दजात्यादिभिः Amaru.4 (written also as जाती in the last two senses). -1 (In Nyāya) Futile answer. -11 (In music) The seven primary notes of the Indian gamut; जातिभिः सप्तभिर्युक्तं तन्त्रीलयसमन्वितम् Rām.1.4.8. -12 Reduction of fractions to a common denominator. -13 False generalization. -14 A figure of speech (in rhetoric) which consists in so arranging words that they may read the same in Sanskṛit as well as in Prākṛita (संस्कृतप्राकृतयोः समा जातिः); cf. Vb.1.3. -15 A class of metres; see App. -Comp. -अन्ध a. born blind; Bh.1.9. -कोशः, -षः, -षम् nutmeg. -कोशी, -षी the outer skin of the nutmeg. -क्षयः (= जन्मोच्छेदः) the end of birth, spiritual release. जातिक्षयस्यासुलभस्य बोद्धा Bu. Ch.1.74. -गृद्धिः f. to take birth; जातिगृद्धयाभिपन्नाः Mb.5.6.9. -जानपद a. belonging to the castes and to the country; जातिजानपदान् धर्मान् Ms.8.41. -धर्मः 1 the duties of a caste. -2 a generic property. -ध्वंसः loss of caste or its privileges. -पत्री the outer skin of the nutmeg. -फलम् (sometimes जातीफलम् also) a nutmeg; जातीफलं मातुलानीमहिफेनं च पत्रकम् Śiva. B.3.15. -ब्राह्मणः a Brāhmaṇa only by birth, but not by knowledge or religious austerities, an ignorant Brāhmaṇa; (तपः श्रुतं च योनिश्च त्रयं ब्राह्मण्यकारणम् । तपःश्रुताभ्यां यो हीनो जातिब्राह्मण एव सः ॥ --शब्दार्थचिन्तामणि) -भ्रंशः loss of caste; Ms.11.67. -भ्रष्ट a. outcaste. -महः birth-day festival. -मात्रम् 1 'mere birth', position in life obtained by mere birth. -2 caste only (but not the performance of duties pertaining to it); Ms.8.2; 12.114. -3 species, genus. -लक्षणम् generic distinction, a characteristic of a class. -वाचक a. expressing a genus, generic (as a word); गौरश्वः पुरुषो हस्ती. -वैरम् instinctive or natural hostility. -वैरिन् m. a born enemy. -वैलक्षण्यम् inconsistency, incompatibility in kind. -शब्दः a name conveying the idea of a genus, a generic word, common noun; गौः, अश्वः, पुरुषः, हस्ती &c. -संकरः admixture of castes; mixed blood. -संपन्न a. belonging to a noble family. -सारम् nutmeg. -स्मर a. remembering one's condition in a former life; जातिस्मरो मुनिरस्मि जात्या K.355. -स्वभावः generic character or nature. -हीन a. of low birth, outcaste; रूपद्रव्यविहीनांश्च जातिहीनांश्च नाक्षिपेत् Ms.4.141;1.35. |
| |
| jīrṇa | जीर्ण p. p. [जॄ-क्त] 1 Old, ancient. -2 Worn out, ruined, wasted, decayed, tattered (as clothes); वासांसि जीर्णानि यथा विहाय Bg.2.22; U.6.38; Māl.5.3. -3 Digested; सुजीर्णमन्नं सुविचक्षणः सुतः H.1.22. -र्णः 1 An old man. -2 A tree. -3 Cumin-seed. -णा Large cuminseed. -र्णम् 1 Benzoin. -2 Old age, decrepitude. -Comp. -उद्धारः 'renewing the old', repairs, especially of a temple or any charitable or religious institution. -उद्यानम् ruined or neglected garden. -ज्वरः lingering fever. -पर्णः the Kadamba tree. -वज्रम् a particular gem (वैक्रान्त). -वस्त्र a. wearing old clothes. -वाटिका a ruined house. |
| |
| jūtiḥ | जूतिः f. 1 Going on, proceeding, moving; जूतिमिच्छथ चेत्तूर्णम् ...... Bk.7.69. -2 Quickness, speed. -3 Uninterrupted flow or motion. -4 Impulse, incitement, instigation. -5 Inclination, propensity, tendency. -6 N. of the author of Rv.1.136.1. -7 Concentration of mind ...... जूतिः स्मृतिः संकल्पः क्रतुरसुः कामो वश इति Ait. Up.5.2. |
| |
| tattvam | तत्त्वम् (Sometimes written as तत्वम्) 1 True state or condition, fact; वयं तत्त्वान्वेषान्मधुकर हतास्त्वं खलु कृती Ś.1. 23. -2 Truth, reality; न तु मामभिजानन्ति तत्त्वेनातश्च्यवन्ति ते Bg.9.24. -3 True or essential nature; संन्यासस्य महाबाहो तत्त्वमिच्छामि वेदितुम् Bg.18.1;3.28; Ms.1.3;3.96; 5.42. -4 The real nature of the human soul or the material world as being identical with the Supreme Spirit pervading the universe. -5 A true or first principle. -6 An element, a primary substance; तत्त्वान्य- बुद्धाः प्रतनूनि येन, ध्यानं नृपस्तच्छिवमित्यवादीत् Bk.1.18. -7 The mind. -8 Sum and substance. -9 Slow time in music. -1 An element or elementary property. -11 The Supreme Being. -12 A kind of dance. -13 The three qualities or constituents of every thing in nature (सत्त्व, रजस् and तमस्). -14 The body; तत्त्वाभेदेन यच्छास्त्रं तत्कार्यं नान्यथाविधम् Mb.12.267.9. -Comp. -अभियोगः a positive charge or declaration. -अभ्यासः The study of the reality; एवं तत्त्वाभ्यासात् Sān. K.64. -अर्थः truth, reality, the exact truth, real nature. -ज्ञ, -विद् a. 1 a philosopher. -2 knowing the true nature of Brahman. -3 knowing the true nature of anything; Ms.12.12. -4 acquainted with the true principles of science. (-ज्ञः) a Brāmaṇa. -ज्ञानम् 1 knowledge of the truth. -2 a thorough knowledge of the principles of a science. -3 philosophy. -दर्शिन्, दृश् perceiving truth. -निकषग्रावन् m. the touch-stone of truth. -न्यासः N. of a ceremony performed in honour of Viṣṇu consisting in the application of mystical letters or other marks to different parts of the body while certain prayers are repeated. -भावः true being or nature; Kaṭh.6. -शुद्धिः ascertainment of truth; Ks.75.194. -संख्यानम् Sāṅkhya philosophy; तत्त्वसंख्यानविज्ञप्त्यै जातं विद्वानजः स्वराट् Bhāg.3.24.1. तत्त्वतः tattvatḥ तत्त्वेन tattvēna तत्त्वतः तत्त्वेन ind. Truly, really, accurately; तत्त्वत एनामुपलप्स्ये Ś.1; Ms.7.1. |
| |
| tamas | तमस् n. [तम्-असुन्] 1 Darkness; किं वा$भविष्यदरुण- स्तमसां विभेत्ता तं चेत्सहस्रकिरणो धुरि नाकरिष्यत् Ś.7.4.; V.1.7; Me.39. -2 The gloom or darkness of hell; धर्मेण हि सहायेन तमस्तरति दुस्तरम् Ms.4.242. -3 Mental darkness, ignorance, illusion, error, मुनिसुताप्रणयस्मृतिरोधिना मम च मुक्त- मिदं तमसा मनः Ś.6.8. -4 (In Sāṅ. phil.) Darkness or ignorance, as one of the three qualities or constitutents of every thing in nature (the other two being सत्त्व and रजस्); अन्तर्गतमपास्तं मे रजसो$पि परं तमः Ku.6.6; Ms. 12.24. -5 Grief, sorrow; Bhāg.5.14.33. -6 Sin; Bhāg.1.15.5. -7 Stupefaction, swoon; तथा भिन्नतनु- त्राणः प्राविशद्विपुलं तमः Rām.7.8.14. -8 Anger; Bhāg. 1.59.42. -m., -n. An epithet of Rāhu; तमश्चन्द्रमसीवेद- मुपरज्यावभासते Bhāg.4.29.7. -Comp. -अपह a. removing darkness or ignorance, illumining, enlightening; आगमादिव तमोपहादितः संभवन्ति मतयो भवच्छिदः Ki.5.22. (-हः) 1 the sun. -2 the moon. -3 fire. -4 a Buddha. -अरिः 1 the sun. -2 the moon. -3 fire. -काण्डः, -ण्डम् great or spreading darkness. -गुः an epithet of Rāhu. -गुणः see तमस् above (4). -घ्नः 1 the sun. -2 the moon -3 fire. -4 Viṣṇu. -5 Śiva. -6 Knowledge. -7 a Buddha. -ज्योतिस् m. a fire-fly. -ततिः spreading darkness. -निष्ठ a. taking to hell (नरकप्रद); Ms.12. 95. -नुद् m. 'तमोनुदो$ग्निचन्द्रार्का' इति विश्वः; 1 a shining body. -2 the sun. -3 the moon; नरेन्द्रकन्यास्तमवाप्य सत्पतिं तमोनुदं दक्षसुता इवाबभुः R.3.33. -4 fire. -5 a lamp, light. -नुदः 1 the sun. -2 the moon. -3 the Supreme Being. -प्रभा a sort of hell. -प्रवेशः 1 groping in the dark. -2 mental gloom. -भिद्, -मणिः 1 a fire-fly. -2 a sapphire. -3 a star. -4 the moon; तमोमणिस्तु खद्योते नीलमण्यामुडौ शशौ Nm. -राजः a kind of sugar; L. D. B. -विकारः sickness, disease. -विशाल a. abounding in gloom; तमोविशालश्च मूलतः सर्गः Sāṅ. K.54. -वृत a. 1 obscured, clouded. -2 affected with anger, fear &c. -हन्, -हर a. dispersing darkness. (-m.) 1 the sun. -2 the moon. |
| |
| tij | तिज् I. 1 Ā. (Strictly desid. of तिज्) (तितिक्षते, तितिक्षित) 1 To endure, bear. -2 To put up with, suffer patiently or with courage तितिक्षमाणस्य परेण निन्दाम् M.1.17; तांस्तितिक्षस्व भारत Bg.2.14; Mv.2.12; Ki.13.68; Ms. 6.47. -II. 1 U. or Caus. (तेजयति-ते, तेजित) 1 To sharpen, whet; कुसुमचापमतेजयदंशुभिः R.9.39. -2 To stir up, excite, instigate. |
| |
| tuj | तुज् तुञ्ज् 1 P. (तुञ्जति; also Ā. and 1 P.) Ved. 1 To reach, extend, convey. -2 To kill, hurt, injure. -3 To guard, protect. -4 To clothe. -5 To live. -6 To strike, hit. -7 To push. -8 To emit, send forth. -9 To incite, instigate, urge onwards. -1 To give. -11 To press out. -12 To flow forth; सुरेतसा श्रवसा तुञ्जमाना Rv.3.1.16. |
| |
| tri | त्रि num. a. [Uṇ.5.66] (declined in pl. only, nom. त्रयः m., तिस्त्रः f., त्रीणि n.) Three; त एव हि त्रयो लोकास्त एव त्रय आश्रमाः &c. Ms.2.229; प्रियतमाभिरसौ तिसृभिर्बभौ R.9.18; त्रीणि वर्षाण्युदीक्षेत कुमार्यृतुमती सती Ms.9.9 [cf. L. tres; Gr. treis; A. S., Zend thri; Eng. three]. -Comp. -अंशः 1 a three-fold share; त्र्यंशं दायाद्धरेद्विप्रः Ms.9.151. -2 a third part. -3 three-fourths. -अक्ष a. triocular. -अक्षः, -अक्षकः an epithet of Śiva; शुष्कस्नायु- स्वराह्लादात्त्र्यक्षं जग्राह रावणः Pt.5.57. -अक्षरः 1 the mystic syllable ओम् consisting of three letters; see under अ. आद्यं यत्त्र्यक्षरं ब्रह्म Ms.11.265. -2 a matchmaker or घटक (that word consisting of three syllables). -3 a genealogist. (-री) knowledge, learning; see विद्या. -अङ्कटम्, -अङ्गटम् 1 three strings suspended to either end of a pole for carrying burdens. -2 a sort of collyrium. (-टः) N. of Śiva. -अङ्गम् (pl.) a tripartite army (chariots, cavalry and infantry). -अङ्गुलम् three fingers' breadth. -अञ्जनम् the three kinds of collyrium; i. e. कालाञ्जन, रसाञ्जन and पुष्पाञ्जन. -अञ्जलम्, -लिः three handfuls taken collectively. -अधिपतिः (the lord of the 3 guṇas or worlds), an epithet of Viṣṇu; Bhāg.3.16.24. -अधिष्ठानः the soul. (नम्) spirit, life (चैतन्य). -a. having three stations; Ms.12.4. -अध्वगा, -मार्गगा, -वर्त्मगा epithets of the river Ganges (flowing through the three worlds). -अनीक a. having the three properties of heat, rain and cold; त्यनीकः पत्यते माहिनावान् Rv.3.56.3. (-का) an army consisting of horses, elephants and chariots. -अब्द a. three years old. -ब्दम् three years taken collectively. -अम्बकः (also त्रियम्बक in the same sense though rarely used in classical literature) 'having three eyes', N. of Śiva.; त्रियम्बकं संयमिनं ददर्श Ku.3.44; जडीकृतस्त्र्यम्बकवीक्षणेन R.2. 42;3.49. ˚सखः an epithet of Kubera; कुबेरस्त्र्यम्बकसखः Ak. -अम्बका an epithet of Pārvatī -अशीत a. eighty-third. -अशीतिः f. eighty-three. -अष्टन् a. twenty-four. -अश्र, -अस्र a. triangular. (-स्रम्) a triangle. -अहः 1 a period of three days. -2 a festival lasting three days. -आर्षेयाः deaf, dumb and blind persons. -आहिक a. 1 performed or produced in three days. -2 recurring after the third day, tertian (as fever). -3 having provision for three days कुशूलकुम्भीधान्यो वा त्र्याहिको$श्वस्तनो$पि वा Y.1.128. -ऋचम् (तृचम् also) three Riks taken collectively; Ms.8.16. -ऐहिक a. having provision for three days. -ककुद् m. 1 N. of the mountain Trikūṭa. -2 N. of Viṣnu or Kṛiṣṇa. -3 the highest, chief. -4 a sacrifice lasting for ten nights. -ककुभ् m. Ved. 1 Indra. -2 Indra's thunderbolt. -कटु dry ginger, black pepper and long pepper taken together as a drug; शिरामोक्षं विधायास्य दद्यात् त्रिकटुकं गुडम् Śālihotra 62. -कण्टः, -कण्टकः a kind of fish. -करणी the side of a square 3 times as great as another. -कर्मन् n. the chief three duties of a Brāhmaṇa i. e. sacrifice, study of the Vedas, and making gifts or charity. (-m.) one who engages in these three duties (as a Brāhmaṇa). -काण्डम् N. of Amarsiṁha's dictionary. -कायः N. of Buddha. -कालम् 1 the three times; the past, the present, and the future; or morning, noon and evening. -2 the three tenses (the past, present, and future) of a verb. (-लम् ind. three times, thrice; ˚ज्ञ, ˚दर्शिन् a. omniscient (m.) 1 a divine sage, seer. -2 a deity. -3 N. of Buddha. ˚विद् m. 1 a Buddha. -2 an Arhat (with the Jainas). -कूटः N. of a mountain in Ceylon on the top of which was situated Laṅkā, the capital of Rāvaṇa.; Śi.2.5. -कूटम् sea-salt. कूर्चकम् a knife with three edges. -कोण a. triangular, forming a triangle. (-णः) 1 a triangle. -2 the vulva. -खम् 1 tin. -2 a cucumber. -खट्वम्, -खट्वी three bedsteads taken collectively. -क्षाराणि n. (pl.) salt-petre, natron and borax. -गणः an aggregate of the three objects of worldly existence; i. e. धर्म, अर्थ and काम; न बाधते$स्य त्रिगणः परस्परम् Ki.1.11; see त्रिवर्ग below. -गत a. 1 tripled. -2 done in three days. -गर्ताः (pl.) 1 N. of a country, also called जलन्धर, in the northwest of India. -2 the people or rulers of that country. -3 a particular mode of calculation. -गर्ता 1 a lascivious woman, wanton. -2 a woman in general. -3 a pearl. -4 a kind of cricket. -गुण a. 1 consisting of three threads; व्रताय मौञ्जीं त्रिगुणां बभार याम् Ku.5.1. -2 three-times repeated, thrice, treble, threefold, triple; सप्त व्यतीयुस्त्रिगुणानि तस्य (दिनानि) R.2. 25. -3 containing the three Guṇas सत्त्व, रजस् and तमस्. (-णम्) the Pradhāna (in Sāṅ. phil.); (-ind.) three times; in three ways. -णाः m. (pl.) the three qualities or constituents of nature; त्रयीमयाय त्रिगुणात्मने नमः K.1. (-णा) 1 Māyā or illusion (in Vedānta phil.). -2 an epithet of Durgā. -गुणाकृतम् ploughed thrice. -चक्षुस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -चतुर a. (pl.) three or four; गत्वा जवात्त्रिचतुराणि पदानि सीता B.R.6.34. -चत्वा- रिंश a. forty-third. -चत्वारिंशत् f, forty-three. -जगत् n. -जगती the three worlds, (1) the heaven, the atmosphere and the earth; or (2) the heaven, the earth, and the lower world; त्वत्कीर्तिः ...... त्रिजगति विहरत्येवमुर्वीश गुर्वी Sūkti.5.59. -जटः an epithet of Śiva. -जटा N. of a female demon, one of the Rākṣasa attendants kept by Rāvaṇa to watch over Sītā, when she was retained as a captive in the Aśoka-vanikā. She acted very kindly towards Sītā and induced her companions to do the same; सीतां मायेति शंसन्ति त्रिजटा समजीवयत् R.12.74. -जातम्, जातकम् The three spices (mace, cardamoms, cinnamon). -जीवा, -ज्या the sine of three signs or 9˚, a radius. -णता a bow; कामुकानिव नालीकांस्त्रिणताः सहसामुचन् Śi.19.61. -णव, -णवन् a. (pl.) three times nine; i. e. 27. -णाकः the heaven; तावत्त्रिणाकं नहुषः शशास Bhāg.6.13.16. -णाचिकेतः 1 a part of the Adhvaryu-sacrifice or Yajurveda, or one who performs a vow connected therewith (according to Kull. on Ms.3.185); Mb.13.9.26. -2 one who has thrice kindled the Nāchiketa fire or studied the Nāchiketa section of Kāṭhaka; त्रिणाचिकेत- स्त्रिभिरेत्य सन्धिम् Kaṭh.1.17. -णीता a wife ('thrice married'; it being supposed that a girl belongs to Soma, Gandharva and Agni before she obtains a human husband). -णेमि a. with three fellies; विचिन्वतो$भूत् सुमहांस्त्रिणेमिः Bhāg.3.8.2. -तक्षम्, तक्षी three carpenters taken collectively. -दण्डम् 1 the three staves of a Saṁnyāsin (who has resigned the world) tied togethar so as to form one. -2 the triple subjection of thought, word, and deed. (-ण्डः) the state of a religious ascetic; ज्ञानवैराग्यरहितस्त्रिदण्डमुपजीवति Bhāg.11.18.4. -दण्डिन् m. 1 a religious mendicant or Saṁnyāsin who has renounced all worldly attachments, and who carries three long staves tied together so as to form one in his right hand; तल्लिप्सुः स यतिर्भूत्वा त्रिदण्डी द्वारका- मगात् Bhāg.1.86.3. -2 one who has obtained command over his mind, speech, and body (or thought, word, and deed); cf. वाग्दण्डो$थ मनोदण्डः कायदण्डस्तथैव च । यस्यैते निहिता बुद्धौ त्रिदण्डीति स उच्यते ॥ Ms.12.1. -दशाः (pl.) 1 thirty. -2 the thirty-three gods:-- 12 Ādityas, 8 Vasus, 11 Rudras and 2 Aśvins. (-शः) a god, an immortal; तस्मिन्मघोनस्त्रिदशान्विहाय सहस्रमक्ष्णां युगपत्पपात Ku.3.1. ˚अङ्कुशः (-शम्) the heaven. ˚आयुधम् Indra's thunderbolt; R.9.54. ˚आयुधम् rainbow; अथ नभस्य इव त्रिदशायुधम् R.9.54. ˚अधिपः, ˚ईश्वरः, ˚पतिः epithets of Indra. ˚अधिपतिः N. of Śiva. ˚अध्यक्षः, ˚अयनः an epithet of Viṣṇu. ˚अरिः a demon. ˚आचार्यः an epithet of Bṛihaspati. ˚आधार Nectar. ˚आलयः, ˚आवासः 1 heaven. -2 the mountain Meru. -3 a god. ˚आहारः 'the food of the gods', nectar. ˚इन्द्रः 1 Indra. -2 Śiva. -3 Brahman. ˚गुरुः an epithet of Bṛihaspati, ˚गोपः a kind of insect; (cf. इन्द्रगोप) श्रद्दधे त्रिदशगोपमात्रके दाहशक्तिमिव कृष्णवर्त्मनि R.11.42. ˚दीर्घिका an epithet of the Ganges. ˚पतिः Indra; एषो$प्यैरावतस्थस्त्रिदशपतिः Ratn.4.11. ˚पुङ्गवः Viṣṇu; Rām.1. ˚मञ्जरी the holy basil. ˚वधू, ˚वनिता, an Apsaras or heavenly damsel; कैलासस्य त्रिदशवनितादर्पणस्यातिथिः स्याः Me.6. ˚वर्त्मन् the sky. ˚श्रेष्ठः 1 Agni. -2 Brahman. ˚दशीभूत Become divine; त्रिदशीभूतपौराणां स्वर्गान्तरमकल्पयत् R.15.12. -दिनम् three days collectively. ˚स्पृश् m. concurrence of three lunations with one solar day. -दिवम् 1 the heaven; त्रिमार्गयेव त्रिदिवस्य मार्गः Ku.1.28; Ś.7.3. -2 sky, atmosphere. -3 paradise. -4 happiness. (-वा) cardamoms. ˚अधीशः, ˚ईशः 1 an epithet of Indra. -2 a god. ˚आलयः the heaven; अश्वमेधजिताँल्लोका- नाप्नोति त्रिदिवालये Mb.13.141.53. ˚उद्भवा 1 the Ganges. -2 small cardamoms. ˚ओकस् m. a god; वपुषि त्रिदिवौकसां परं सह पुष्पैरपतत्र्छिलीमुखाः Vikr.15.72. ˚गत dead; त्रिदिवगतः किमु वक्ष्यते पिता मे Vikr.6.62. -दृश् m. an epithet of Śiva. -दोषम् vitiation or derangement of the three humours of the body, i. e. वात, पित्त and कफ. -धा ind. in 3 parts, ways or places; triply, ˚त्वम् tripartition; Ch. Up. -धातुः an epithet of Gaṇeśa; -तुम् 1 the triple world. -2 the aggregate of the 3 minerals or humours. -धामन् m. 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 of Vyāsa; -3 of Śiva. -4 of Agni. -5 death. -n. the heaven; हंसो हंसेन यानेन त्रिधाम परमं ययौ Bhāg.3.24.2. -धारा the Ganges. -नयन, -नेत्रः, -लोचनः epithets of Śiva; R.3. 66; Ku.3.66;5.72. -नवत a. ninety-third. -नवतिः f. ninety three. -नयना Pārvat&imacr. -नाभः Viṣṇu; Bhāg.8. 17.26. -नेत्रचूडामणिः the moon. -नेत्रफलः the cocoa-nut tree. -पञ्च a. three-fold five, i. e. fifteen. -पञ्चाश a. fiftythird. -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-three. -पुटः glass (काच). -पताकः 1 the hand with three fingers stretched out or erect. -2 the forehead marked naturally with three horizontal lines. -पत्रकः the Palāśa tree. -पथम् 1 the three paths taken collectively, i. e. the sky, atmosphere, and the earth, or the sky, earth and the lower world. -2 a place where three roads meet. (-था) an epithet of Mathura. ˚गा, ˚गामिनी an epithet of the Ganges; गङ्गा त्रिपथगामिनी; धृतसत्पथस्त्रिपथगामभितः स तमारुरोह पुरुहूतसुतः Ki.6.1; Amaru.99. -पद्, -पाद्, -पात् m. Ved. 1 Viṣṇu. -2 fever (personified). -पद a. three-footed. (-दम्) a tripod; त्रिपदैः करकैः स्थालैः ...... Śiva. B.22. 62. -पदिका 1 a tripod. -2 a stand with three feet. -पदी 1 the girth of an elephant; नास्रसत्करिणां ग्रैवं त्रिपदी- च्छेदिनामपि R.4.48. -2 the Gāyatrī metre. -3 a tripod. -4 the plant गोधापदी. -परिक्रान्त a. one who walks thrice round a sacred fire. -पर्णः Kiṁśuka tree. -पाटः 1 intersection of a prolonged side and perpendicular (in a quadrangular figure). -2 the figure formed by such intersection. -पाटिका a beak. पाठिन् a. 1 familiar with Saṁhitā, Pada, and Krama. -2 one who learns a thing after three repetitions. -पादः 1 the Supreme Being. -2 fever. -पाद् a. 1 having three feet. -2 consisting of three parts, having three fourths; राघवः शिथिलं तस्थौ भुवि धर्मस्त्रिपादिव R.15.96. -3 trinomial. (-m.) 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu in his dwarf incarnation. -2 the Supreme Being. -पिटकम् the 3 collections of Buddhistic sacred writings (सुत्त, विनय and अभिधम्म). -पुट a. triangular. (-टः) 1 an arrow. -2 the palm of the hand. -3 a cubit. -4 a bank or shore. -पुटकः a triangle. -पुटा an epithet of Durgā. -पुटिन् m. the castor-oil plant. -पुण्ड्रम्, -पुण्ड्रक a mark on the forehead consisting of three lines made with cowdung ashes. -पुरम् 1 a collection of three cities. -2 the three cities of gold, silver, and iron in the sky, air and earth built for demons by Maya; (these cities were burnt down, along the demons inhabiting them, by Śiva at the request of the gods); Ku.7.48; Amaru.2; संरक्ताभिस्त्रिपुरविजयो गीयते किन्नरीभिः Me.56; Bh.3.123; (-रः) N. of a demon or demons presiding over these cities. ˚अधिपतिः N. of Maya, ˚अन्तकः, ˚अरिः, ˚घ्नः, ˚दहनः, ˚द्विष् m., हरः &c. epithets of Śiva; अये गौरीनाथ त्रिपुरहर शम्भो त्रिनयन Bh.3.123; R.17.14. ˚दाहः burning of the three cities; मुहुरनुस्मरयन्तमनुक्षपं त्रिपुरदाहमुमापतिसेविनः Ki.5.14. ˚सुन्दरी Durgā. (-री) 1 N. of a place near Jabalpura, formerly capital of the kings of Chedi. -2 N. of a country. -पुरुष a 1 having the length of three men. -2 having three assistants. (-षम्) the three ancestorsfather, grand-father and great-grand-father. -पृष्ठम् the highest heaven; Bhāg.1.19.23. (ष्ठः) Viṣṇu. -पौरुष a. 1 belonging to, or extending over, three generations of men. 2 offered to three (as oblations). -3 inherited from three (as an estate). -प्रस्रुतः an elephant in rut. -फला (1) the three myrobalans taken collectively, namely, Terminalia Chebula, T. Bellerica, and Phyllanthus (Mar. हिरडा, बेहडा and आंवळकाठी). Also (2) the three sweet fruits (grape, pomegranate, and date); (3) the three fragrant fruits (nutmeg, arecanut, and cloves). -बन्धनः the individual soul. -बलिः, बली, -वलिः, -वली f. 1 the three folds or wrinkles of skin above the navel of a woman (regarded as a mark of beauty); क्षामोदरोपरिलसत्त्रिवलीलतानाम् Bh.1.93,81; cf. Ku.1.39. -2 the anus. -बलीकम् the anus. -बाहुः a kind of fighting with swords. -ब्रह्मन् a. with ब्रह्मा, विष्णु and महेश. -भम् three signs of the zodiac, or ninety degrees. -भङ्गम् a pose in which the image is bent at three parts of the body. -भद्रम् copulation, sexual union, cohabitation. -भागः 1 the third part; त्रिभागं ब्रह्महत्यायाः कन्या प्राप्नोति दुष्यती Mb.12.165.42. -2 the third part of a sign of the zodiac. -भुक्ल a. one possessed of learning, good conduct and good family-descent (Dānasāgara, Bibliotheca Indica,274, Fasc.1, p.29). -भुजम् a triangle. -भुवनम् the three worlds; पुण्यं यायास्त्रिभुवन- गुरोर्धाम चण्डीश्वरस्य Me.35; Bh.1.99. ˚गुरु Śiva. ˚कीर्तिरसः a patent medicine in Āyurveda. ˚पतिः Viṣṇu. -भूमः a palace with three floors. -मद the three narcotic plants; the three-fold haughtiness; Bhāg.3.1.43. -मधु n. -मधुरम् 1 sugar, honey, and ghee. -2 three verses of the Ṛigveda (1.9.6-8; मधु वाता ऋतायते˚). -3 a ceremony based on the same; L. D. B. -4 threefold utterance of a vedic stanza ˚मधु वाता -m. a reciter and performer of the above ceremony; L. D. B. -मार्गा the Ganges; त्रिमार्गयेव त्रिदिवस्य मार्गः Ku.1.28. -मुकुटः the Trikūṭa mountain. -मुखः an epithet of Buddha. -मुनि ind. having the three sages पाणिनि, कात्यायन and पतञ्जलि; त्रिमुनि व्याकरणम्. -मूर्तिः 1 the united form of Brahmā, Viṣṇu, and Maheśa, the Hindu triad; नमस्त्रिमूर्तये तुभ्यं प्रांक्सृष्टेः केवलात्मने । गुणत्रयविभायाय पश्चाद्भेदमुपेयुषे ॥ Ku.2.4. -2 Buddha, or Jina. -मूर्धन् m. 1 a demon; त्रयश्च दूषण- खरस्त्रिमूर्धानो रणे हताः U.2.15. -2 a world called महर्लोक; G&imac;rvāṇa; cf. अमृतं क्षेममभयं त्रिमूर्ध्नो$धायि मूर्धसु Bhāg.2.6.19. -यव a. weighing 3 barley corns; Ms.8.134. -यष्टिः a necklace of three strings. -यामकम् sin. -यामा 1 night (consisting of 3 watches of praharas, the first and last half prahara being excluded); संक्षिप्येत क्षण इव कथं दीर्घयामा त्रियामा Me.11, Ku.7.21,26; R.9.7; V.3. 22. -2 turmeric. -3 the Indigo plant. -4 the river Yamuṇā. -युगः an epithet of Viṣṇu; धर्मं महापुरुष पासि युगानुवृत्तं छन्नः कलौ यदभवस्त्रियुगो$थ सत्त्वम् Bhāg.7.9.38; the god in the form of यज्ञपुरुष; Bhāg.5.18.35. -योनिः a law-suit (in which a person engages from anger, covetousness, or infatuation). -रसकम् spirituous liquor; see त्रिसरकम्. -रात्र a. lasting for three nights. (-त्रः) a festival lasting for three nights. (-त्रम्) a period of three nights. -रेखः a conch-shell. -लिङ्ग a. having three genders, i. e. an adjective. -2 possessing the three Guṇas. (-गाः) the country called Telaṅga. (-गी) the three genders taken collectively. -लोकम् the three worlds. (-कः) an inhabitant of the three worlds; यद्धर्मसूनोर्बत राजसूये निरीक्ष्य दृक्स्वस्त्ययनं त्रिलोकः Bhāg.3. 2.13. ˚आत्मन् m. the Supreme Being. ˚ईशः the sun. ˚नाथः 'lord of the three worlds', an epithet of 1 Indra; त्रिलोकनाथेन सदा मखद्विषस्त्वया नियम्या ननु दिव्यचक्षुषा R.3.45. -2 of Śiva; Ku.5.77. ˚रक्षिन् a. protecting the 3 worlds; त्रिलोकरक्षी महिमा हि वज्रिणः V.1.6. -लोकी the three worlds taken collectively, the universe; सत्यामेव त्रिलोकीसरिति हरशिरश्चुम्बिनीविच्छटायाम् Bh.3.95; Śānti.4.22. -लोचनः Śiva. (-ना) 1 an unchaste woman. -2 an epithet of Durgā. -लोहकम् the three metals:-- gold, silver, and copper. -वर्गः 1 the three objects of wordly existence, i. e. धर्म, अर्थ, and काम; अनेन धर्मः सविशेषमद्य मे त्रिवर्गसारः प्रतिभाति भाविनि Ku.5.38; अन्योन्यानुबन्धम् (त्रिवर्गम्) Kau. A.1.7; प्राप त्रिवर्गं बुबुधे$त्रिवर्गम् (मोक्षम्) Bu. Ch.2.41. -2 the three states of loss, stability, and increase; क्षयः स्थानं च वृद्धिश्च त्रिवर्गो नीतिवेदिनाम् Ak. -3 the three qualities of nature, i. e. सत्त्व, रजस्, and तमस्. -4 the three higher castes. -5 the three myrobalans. -6 propriety, decorum. -वर्णकम् the first three of the four castes of Hindus taken collectively. -वर्ष a. three years old; Ms.5.7. -वलिः, -ली f. (in comp.) three folds over a woman's navel (regarded as a mark of beauty) -वली the anus. -वारम् ind. three times, thrice. -विक्रमः Viṣṇu in his fifth or dwarf incarnation. ˚रसः a patent medicine in Āyurveda. -विद्यः a Brāhmaṇa versed in the three Vedas. -विध a. of three kinds, three-fold. -विष्टपम्, -पिष्टपम् 1 the world of Indra, heaven; त्रिविष्टपस्येव पतिं जयन्तः R.6.78. -2 the three worlds. ˚सद् m. a god. -वृत् a. 1 threefold; मौञ्जी त्रिवृत्समा श्लक्ष्णा कार्या विप्रस्य मेखला Ms.2.42. -2 consisting of three parts (as three गुणs, विद्याs); Bhāg.3.24.33;1.23.39; (consisting of three letters- ओङ्कार); हिरण्यगर्भो वेदानां मन्त्राणां प्रणवस्त्रिवृत् Bhāg.11.16.12. (-m.) 1 a sacrifice. -2 a girdle of three strings; Mb.12.47.44. -3 an amulet of three strings. (-f.) a plant possessing valuable purgative properties. ˚करण combining three things, i. e. earth, water, and fire. -वृत्तिः livelihood through 3 things (sacrifice, study and alms). -वेणिः, -णी f. the place near Prayāga where the Ganges joins the Yamunā and receives under ground the Sarasvatī; the place called दक्षिणप्रयाग where the three sacred rivers separate. -वेणुः 1 The staff (त्रिदण्ड) of a Saṁnyāsin; केचित् त्रिवेणुं जगृहुरेके पात्रं कमण्डलुम् Bhāg.11.23.34. -2 The pole of a chariot; अथ त्रिवेणुसंपन्नं ...... बभञ्ज च महारथम् Rām.3. 51.16; Mb.7.156.83; a three bannered (chariot); Bhāg.4.26.1. -वेदः a Brāhmaṇa versed in the three Vedas. -शक्तिः a deity (त्रिकला), Māyā; Bhāg.2.6.31. -शङ्कुः 1 N. of a celebrated king of the Solar race, king of Ayodhyā and father of Hariśchandra. [He was a wise, pious, and just king, but his chief fault was that he loved his person to an inordinate degree. Desiring to celebrate a sacrifice by virtue of which he could go up to heaven in his mortal body, he requested his family-priest Vasiṣṭha to officiate for him; but being refused he next requested his hundred sons who also rejected his absurd proposal. He, therefore, called them cowardly and impotent, and was, in return for these insults, cursed and degraded by them to be a Chāṇḍāla. While he was in this wretched condition, Viśvāmitra, whose family Triśaṅku had in times of famine laid under deep obligations, undertook to celebrate the sacrifice, and invited all the gods to be present. They, however, declined; whereupon the enraged Viśvāmitra. by his own power lifted up Triśaṅku to the skies with his cherished mortal body. He began to soar higher and higher till his head struck against the vault of the heaven, when he was hurled down head-foremost by Indra and the other gods. The mighty Viśvāmitra, however, arrested him in his downward course, saying 'Stay Triśaṅku', and the unfortunate monarch remained suspended with his head towards the earth as a constellation in the southern hemisphere. Hence the wellknown proverb:-- त्रिशङ्कुरिवान्तरा तिष्ठ Ś.2.] -2 the Chātaka bird. -3 a cat. -4 a grass-hopper. -5 a firefly. ˚जः an epithet of Hariśchandra. ˚याजिन् m. an epithet of Viśvāmitra. -शत a. three hundred. (-तम्) 1 one hundred and three. -2 three hundred. -शरणः a Buddha. -शर्करा three kinds of sugar (गुडोत्पन्ना, हिमोत्था, and मधुरा). -शाख a. three-wrinkled; भ्रुकुट्या भीषणमुखः प्रकृत्यैव त्रिशाखया Ks.12.72. -शालम् a house with three halls or chambers. -शिखम् 1 a trident; तदापतद्वै त्रिशिखं गरुत्मते Bhāg.1.59.9. -2 a crown or crest (with three points). -शिरस् m. 1 N. of a demon killed by Rāma. -2 an epithet of Kubera. -3 fever. त्रिशिरस्ते प्रसन्नो$स्मि व्येतु ते मज्ज्वराद्भयम् Bhāg.1.63.29. -शीर्षः Śiva. -शीर्षकम्, -शूलम् a trident. ˚अङ्कः, ˚धारिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -शुक्लम् the holy combination of 'three days' viz. Uttarāyaṇa (day of the gods), the bright half of the moon (day of the manes) and daytime; त्रिशुक्ले मरणं यस्य, L. D. B. -शूलिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -शृङ्गः 1 the Trikūṭa mountain. -2 a triangle. -शोकः the soul. -षष्टिः f. sixty-three. -ष्टुभ् f. a metre of 4 x 11 syllables. -संध्यम्, -संध्यी the three periods of the day, i. e. dawn, noon, and sunset; also -त्रिसवनम् (-षवणम्); Ms.11.216. -संध्यम् ind. at the time of the three Sandhyas; सान्निध्यं पुष्करे येषां त्रिसन्ध्यं कुरुनन्दन Mb. -सप्तत a. seventy-third. -सप्ततिः f. seventy-three. -सप्तन्, -सप्त a. (pl.) three times 7, i. e. 21. -सम a. (in geom.) having three equal sides, equilateral. -सरः milk, sesamum and rice boiled together. -सरकम् drinking wine thrice ('सरकं शीधुपात्रे स्यात् शीधुपाने च शीधुनि' इति विश्वः); प्रातिभं त्रिसरकेण गतानाम् Śi.1.12. -सर्गः the creation of the 3 Guṇas; Bhāg.1.1.1. -साधन a. having a threefold causality; R.3.13. -सामन् a. singing 3 Sāmans (an उद्गातृ); उद्गाता तत्र संग्रामे त्रिसामा दुन्दुभिर्नृप Mb.12.98.27. -साम्यम् an equilibrium of the three (qualities); Bhāg.2.7.4. -सुपर्णः, -र्णम् 1 N. of the three Ṛigvedic verses (Rv.1.114.3-5). -2 N. of T. Ār.1.48-5; -a. familiar with or reciting these verses; Ms.3.185. -स्थली the three sacred places : काशी, प्रयाग, and गया. -स्थानम् the head, neck and chest together; तन्त्रीलयसमायुक्तं त्रिस्थानकरणान्वितम् Rām.7.71.15. -a. 1 having 3 dwelling places. -2 extending through the 3 worlds. -स्रोतस् f. an epithet of the Ganges; त्रिस्रोतसं वहति यो गगनप्रतिष्ठाम् Ś.7.6; R.1.63; Ku.7.15. -सीत्य, -हल्य a. ploughed thrice (as a field). -हायण a. three years old. |
| |
| dakṣiṇā | दक्षिणा ind. 1 On the right or south of. -2 In the southern direction (with abl.) -णा 1 A present or gift to Brāhmaṇas (at the completion of a religious rite, such as a sacrifice). -2 Dakṣiṇā regarded as a daughter of Prajāpati and as the wife of Sacrifice personified; पत्नी सुदक्षिणेत्यासीदध्वरस्येव दक्षिणा R.1.31. -3 A gift, offering or donation in general, fee, remuneration; प्राणदक्षिणा, गुरुदक्षिणा &c.; cf. also दक्षिणाशब्दश्च परिक्रयार्थो भवति ŚB. on Ms.1.2.38; परिक्रयार्थे हि दक्षिणा- शब्दो भवति ŚB. on MS.1.2.48. Etymologically दक्षिणा is so called because it imparts power or strength to the receiver; दक्षकरणी हि दक्षिणा । दक्षश्च बलम् ŚB. on MS. 1.3.45; दक्षिणा नाम दक्षतेरुत्साहकर्मणः । दक्षिणा उत्साहिका इति । ŚB. on MS.1.3.57. -4 A good milch-cow, prolific cow. -5 The south. -6 The southern country, the Deccan. -7 Fame. -8 A kind of heroine thus defined:-- या गौरवं भयं प्रेम सद्भावं पूर्वनायके । न मुञ्चत्यन्यसक्तापि सा ज्ञेया दक्षिणा बुधैः ॥. -9 Completion of any rite. -Comp. -अर्ह a. deserving or worthy of a gift. -आवर्त a. 1 curved to the right (a conch-shell &c.); Bhāg.5.23.5. -2 turned towards the south. (-र्तः) 1 the Deccan. -2 a conch-shell opening to the right; Divyāvadāna 56.71. -कालः the time of receiving Dakṣiṇā. -पथः 1 the southern part of India, the south or Deccan; अस्ति दक्षिणापथे विदर्भेषु पद्मपुरं नाम नगरम् Māl.1. -2 'the path of the दक्षिणा', i. e. the cow, constituting the sacrificial cow. -प्रत्यच् a. south-western. -प्रतीची south-west. -पथिक a. belonging to the Deccan. -प्रवण a. inclining to the south. -बन्धः (in Sāṅ. phil.) the bondage of ritual or cermonial observances. -मूर्तिः m. a Tāntric form of Śiva. -युग्यः the right yoke-horse. |
| |
| daśan | दशन् Num. a. (pl.) Ten; स भूमिं विश्वतो वृत्वा अत्य- तिष्ठद्दशाङ्गुलम् Rv.1.9.1. -Comp. -अङ्गुल a. ten fingers long; Ms.8.271. (-लम्) 1 a length of 1 fingers; Rv.1.9.1. -2 a water-melon. -अधिपतिः a commander of ten men. Mb.12. -अर्ध a. five, (-र्धम्) five; अण्व्यो मात्रा विनाशिन्यो दशार्धानां तु याः स्मृताः Ms.1.27. (-र्धः) an epithet of Buddha. -अर्हः 1 an epithet of Krisna or Visnu. -2 Buddha. -अवताराः m. (pl.) the ten incarnations of Viṣṇu; see under अवतार. -अवर a. consisting of at least ten; दशावरा वा परिषद्यं धर्मं परिकल्पयेत् Ms.12.11. -अश्वः the moon. -आननः, -आस्यः epithets of Rāvaṇā; दशाननकिरीटेभ्यस्तत्क्षणं राक्षसप्रियः R.1.75. -आमयः an epithet of Rudra. -इन्द्रियाणि The five कर्मेन्द्रियs and five ज्ञानेन्द्रियs. -ईशः a superintendent of 1 villages; Ms.7.116. -एकादशिक a. who lends 1 and receives 11 in return; i. e. who lends money at ten per cent. -कण्ठः, -कन्धरः epithets of Rāvaṇa; सप्तलोकैकवीरस्य दशकण्ठ- कुलद्विषः U.4.27. ˚अरिः, ˚जित् m., ˚रिपुः epithets of Rāma; दशकण्ठारिगुरुं विदुर्बुधाः R.8.29. -कर्मन् n. the ten ceremonies prescribed to the three twice-born classes. -कुमार- चरितम् a prose work by Dandin. -क्षीर a. mixed with 1 parts of milk. -गुण a. ten-fold, ten times larger. -गुणित a. multiplied by 1; दशगुणितमिव प्राप्तवान् वीरधर्मम B. R.9.53. -ग्रन्थाः (pl.) संहिता, ब्राह्मण, आरण्यक, शिक्षा, कल्प, व्याकरण, निघण्टु, छन्द and निरुक्त; hence दशग्रन्थिन् = A person who has learnt by heart all these ten books. -ग्रामपतिः, -ग्रामिकः, -ग्रामिन् m., -पः a superintendent of ten villages. -ग्रामी a collection or corporation of ten villages. -ग्रीवः = दशकण्ठ q.v. -चतुष्कम् N. of a sport; Sinhās.27. -धर्मः unfavourable condition, distress; अभ्यस्तो बहुभिर्बाणैर्दशधर्मगतेन वै Mb.7.147.2. (see com.). -पारमिताध्वरः 'possessing the ten perfections', an epithet of Buddha. -पुरम् N. of an ancient city, capital of king Rantideva; पात्रीकुर्वन्दशपुरवधूनेत्रकौतू- हलानाम् Me.49. -बन्धः a tenth part; Ms.8.17; also ˚बन्धक; Y.2.76. -बलः, -भूमिगः epithets of Buddha. -बाहुः an epithet of Śiva. -भुजा, -महाविद्या N. of Durgā. -मालिकाः (pl.) 1 N. of a country. -2 the people or rulers of this country. -मास्य a. 1 ten months old; एवा ते गर्भ एजतु निरैतु दशमास्यः Rv.5.78.7-8. -2 ten months in the womb (as a child before birth). -मुखः an epithet of Rāvaṇa. ˚रिपुः an epithet of Rāma; सीतां हित्वा दशमुखरिपुर्नोपयेमे यदन्याम् R.14.87. -मूत्रकम् The urine of 1 (elephant, buffalo, camel, cow, goat, sheep, horse, donkey, man and woman). -मूलम् a tonic medicine prepared from the roots of ten plants; (Mar. सालवण, पिटवण (पृष्टिपर्णी), रिंगणी, डोरली, गोखरूं, बेल, ऐरण, टेंटू, पहाडमूळ, शिवण). -योजनम् a distance of 1 Yojanas; पादाङ्गुष्ठेन चिक्षेप संपूर्णं दशयोजनम् Rām.1.1.65; also दशयोजनी; मोहितेन्द्रियवृत्तिं तं व्यतीत्य दशयोजनीम् Ks.94.14. -रथः N. of a celebrated king of Ayodhyā, son of Aja, and father of Rāma and his three brothers. [He had three wives Kausalyā, Sumitrā, and Kaikeyī, but was for several years without issue. He was therefore recommended by Vasiṣṭha to perform a sacrifice which he successfully did with the assistance of Ṛiṣyaśṛiṅga. On the completion of this sacrifice Kausalyā bore to him Rāma, Sumitrā Laksmana and Śatrughna, and Kaikeyī Bharata. Daśaratha was extremely fond of his sons, but Rāma was his greatest favourite 'his life, his very soul.' Thus when Kaikeyī at the instigation of Mantharā demanded the fulfilment of the two boons he had previously promised to her, the king tried to dissuade her mind from her wicked resolve by threats, and, failing these, by the most servile supplications. But Kaikeyī remained inexorable, and the poor monarch was obliged to send his beloved son into exile. He soon afterwards died of a broken heart]. Bhāg.9.1.1 ˚ललिता The fourth day of the dark fortnight of Āśvina. -रश्मिशतः the sun; दशरश्मिशतोपमद्युतिम् R.8.29. -रात्रम् a period of ten nights. (-त्रः) a particular sacrifice lasting for ten days. -रूपकम् the 1 kinds of drama. -रूपभृत् m. an epithet of Viṣṇu. -लक्षण a. relating to 1 objects; इदं भागवतं पुराणं दक्षलक्षणम् Bhāg.2.9.43. -णम् ten marks or attributes. -लक्षणकः religion; cf. धृतिः क्षमा दमो$स्तेयं शौचमिन्द्रियनिग्रहः । धीर्विद्या सत्यमक्रोधो दशकं धर्मलक्षणम् ॥ Ms.7. 92. -वक्त्रः, -वदनः see दशमुख; Bk.9.137. -वर्गः the double five classes of अमात्य, राष्ट्र, दुर्ग, कोश and दण्ड; वेत्ता च दशवर्गस्य स्थानवृद्धिक्षयात्मनः Mb.12.57.18 (com. 'अमात्यराष्ट्रदुर्गाणि कोशो दण्डश्च पञ्चमः' इति प्रकृतिपञ्चकं स्वपक्षे परपक्षे चेति दशको वर्गः). -वाजिन् m. the moon. -वार्षिक a. happening after, or lasting for, ten years; Y.2.24. -विध a. of ten kinds. -शतम् 1 a thousand; ये सहस्रम- राजन्नासन् दशशता उत Av.5.18.1. -2 one hundred and ten. ˚रश्मिः the sun. ˚अक्षः, ˚नयनः Indra; दशशताक्षककुब्दरि- निःसृतः Mb 7.184.47. -शती a thousand. -स (सा)- हस्रम् ten thousand. -हरा 1 an epithet of the Ganges (taking away the 1 sins). -2 a festival in honour of the Ganges held on the 1th day of Jyeṣṭha. -3 a festival in honour of Durgā held on the tenth of Āśvina. |
| |
| dākaḥ | दाकः 1 A giver, donor. -2 An institutor of a sacrifice (who employs and pays the priests.). |
| |
| deśaḥ | देशः [दिश्-अच्] 1 A place or spot in general; देशः को नु जलावसेकशिथिलः Mk.3.12 (often used after words like कपोल, स्कन्ध, अंस, नितम्ब &c., without any meaning; स्कन्धदेशे Ś.1.19 'on the shoulder'). -2 A region, country, province, land, territory; यं देशं श्रयते तमेव कुरुते बाहुप्रतापार्जितम् H.1.15. -3 A department, part, side, portion (as of a whole); as in एकदेश, एकदेशीय q. v. -4 An institute, an ordinance. -5 Range, compass; दृष्टिदेशः Pt.2. -Comp. -अटनम् roaming through a country, travelling. -अतिथिः a foreigner. -अन्तरम् 1 another country, foreign parts; Ms.5.78. -2 longitude. -अन्तरिन् m. a foreigner. -आचारः, -धर्मः a local law or custom, the usage or custom of any country; देश- धर्मान् जातिधर्मान् कुलधर्मांश्च शाश्वतान् Ms.1.118. -कष्टकः a public calamity. -कारी N. of a Rāgiṇī. -कालौ m. (du.) time and place; न देशकालौ हि यथार्थधर्माववेक्षते कामरतिर्मनुष्यः Rām.4.33.55. (-लम्) ind. according to time and place; सत्पात्रं महती श्रद्धा देशकालं यथोचितम् Pt.2.72. -कालज्ञ a. knowing the proper place and time. -च्युतिः banishment or flight from one's country. -ज, -जात a. 1 native, indigenous. -2 produced in the right country. -3 genuine, of genuine descent. -दृष्ट a. 1 seen in a country. -2 customary in a place; Ms.8.3. -भाषा the dialect of a country; आलोच्य लक्ष्यमधिगम्य च देशभाषाः Kāvyāl.4.35. -रूपम् propriety, fitness; Mb.12. -विद्ध a. properly perforated (pearl); Kau. A.2.11. -वृत्तम् a circle depending upon its relative position to the place of the observer. -व्यवहारः a local usage, custom of the country. |
| |
| dharmaḥ | धर्मः [ध्रियते लोको$नेन, धरति लोकं वा धृ-मन्; cf. Uṇ 1. 137] 1 Religion; the customary observances of a caste, sect, &c. -2 Law, usage, practice, custom, ordinance, statue. -3 Religious or moral merit, virtue, righteousness, good works (regarded as one of the four ends of human existence); अनेन धर्मः सविशेषमद्य मे त्रिवर्ग- सारः प्रतिभाति भाविनि Ku.5.38, and see त्रिवर्ग also; एक एव सुहृद्धर्मो निधने$प्यनुयाति यः H.1.63. -4 Duty, prescribed course of conduct; षष्ठांशवृत्तेरपि धर्म एषः Ś.5.4; Ms.1.114. -5 Right, justice, equity, impartiality. -6 Piety, propriety, decorum. -7 Morality, ethics -8 Nature. disposition, character; उत्पत्स्यते$स्ति मम को$पि समानधर्मा Māl.1.6; प्राणि˚, जीव˚. -9 An essential quality, peculiarity, characteristic property, (peculiar) attribute; वदन्ति वर्ण्यावर्ण्यानां धर्मैक्यं दीपकं बुधाः Chandr.5.45; Pt.1.34. -1 Manner, resemblance, likeness. -11 A sacrifice. -12 Good company, associating with the virtuous -13> Devotion, religious abstraction. -14 Manner, mode. -15 An Upaniṣad q. v. -16 N. of Yudhiṣṭhira, the eldest Pāṇḍava. -17 N. of Yama, the god of death. -18 A bow. -19 A drinker of Soma juice. -2 (In astrol.) N. of the ninth lunar mansion. -21 An Arhat of the Jainas. -22 The soul. -23 Mastery, great skill; दिव्यास्त्रगुणसंपन्नः परं धर्मं गतो युधि Rām.3.31.15. -र्मम् A virtuous deed. -Comp. -अक्षरम् (pl.) holy mantras; a formula of faith; धर्माक्षराण्युदाहरामि Mk.8.45-46. -अङ्गः (-ङ्गा f.) the Indian crane. -अधर्मौ m. (du.) right and wrong, religion and irreligion; धर्माधर्मौ सपदि गलितौ पुण्यपापे विशीर्णे. ˚विद् m. a Mīmāṁsaka who knows the right and wrong course of action. -अधिकरणम् 1 administration of the laws. 1 a court of justice. (-णः) a judge. -अधिकरणिकः, -अधिकारिन् m. a judge, magistrate, any judicial functionary. -अधिकरणिन् m. a judge, magistrate. -अधिकारः 1 superintendence of religious affairs; Ś1. -2 administration of justice. -3 the office of a judge. -अधि- ष्ठानम् a court of justice. -अध्यक्षः 1 a judge. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -अनुष्ठानम् acting according to religion, virtuous or moral conduct. -अनुसारः conformity to virtue or justice. -अपेत a. deviating from virtue, wicked, immoral, irreligious. (-तम्) vice, immorality, injustice. -अयनम् course of law, law-suit. -अरण्यम् a sacred or penance grove, a wood inhabited by ascetics; धर्मारण्यं प्रविशति गजः Śi.1.32. -अर्थौः religious merit and wealth; धर्मार्थौ यत्र न स्याताम् Ms.2.112. -अर्थम् ind. 1 for religious purposes. -2 justly, according to justice or right. -अलीक a. having a false character. -अस्तिकायः (with Jainas) the category or predicament of virtue; cf. अस्तिकाय. -अहन् Yesterday. -आगमः a religious statute, lawbook. -आचार्यः 1 a religious teacher. -2 a teacher of law or customs. -आत्मजः an epithet of Yudhiṣṭhira q. v. -आत्मता religiousmindedness; justice, virtue. -आत्मन् a. just righteous, pious, virtuous. (-m.) a saint, a pious man. -आश्रय, -आश्रित a. righteous, virtuous; धर्माश्रयं पापिनः (निन्दन्ति) Pt.1.415. -आसनम् the throne of justice, judgmentseat, tribunal; न संभावितमद्य धर्मासनमध्यासितुम् Ś.6; धर्मासनाद्विशति वासगृहं नरेन्द्रः U.1.7. -इन्द्रः, -ईशः an epithet of Yama; पितॄणामिव धर्मेन्द्रः Mb.7.6.6. -ईप्सु a. wishing to gain religious merit; Ms.1.127. -उत्तर a. 'rich in virtue,' chiefly characterized by justice, eminently just and impartial; धर्मोत्तरं मध्यममाश्रयन्ते R.13.7. -उपचायिन् a. religious; यच्च वः प्रेक्षमाणानां सर्व- धर्मोपचायिनाम् Mb.5.137.16. -उपदेशः 1 instruction in law or duty, religious or moral instruction. आर्षं धर्मोपदेशं च वेदशास्त्राविरोधिना । यस्तर्केणानुसंधत्ते स धर्मं वेद नेतरः ॥ Ms.12.16. -2 the collective body of laws. -उपदेशकः 1 a teacher of the law. -2 a spiritual teacher, a Guru. -कथकः an expounder of law. -कर्मन् n., -कार्यम्, -क्रिया 1 any act of duty or religion, any moral or religious observance, a religious act or rite. -2 virtuous conduct. -कथादरिद्रः the Kali age. -काम a. 1 devoted to virtue. -2 observing duty or right. -कायः 1 an epithet of Buddha. -2 a Jaina saint. -कारणम् Cause of virtue. -कीलः 1 a grant, royal edict or decree. -2 husband. -कृत् a. observing duty, acting justly. (-m.) 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 a pious man. धर्मा- धर्मविहीनो$पि धर्ममर्यादास्थापनार्थं धर्ममेव करोतीति धर्मकृत् Bhāg. -केतुः an epithet of Buddha. -कोशः, -षः the collective body of laws or duties; धर्मकोषस्य गुप्तये Ms.1.99. -क्रिया, -कृत्यम् any act of religion, any moral or religious rite. -क्षेत्रम् 1 Bhāratavarṣa (the land of religion). -2 N. of a plain near Delhi, the scene of the great battle between the Kauravas and Pāṇḍavas; धर्मक्षेत्रे कुरुक्षेत्रे समवेता युयुत्सवः Bg.1.1. (-त्रः) a virtuous or pious man. -गुप्त a. observing and protecting religion. (-प्तः) N. of Viṣṇu. -ग्रन्थः a sacred work or scripture. -घटः a jar of fragrant water offered daily (to a Brāhmaṇa) in the month of Vaiśākha; एष धर्मघटो दत्तो ब्रह्माविष्णुशिवात्मकः । अस्य प्रदानात् सफला मम सन्तु मनोरथाः ॥ -घ्न a. immoral, unlawful. -चक्रः 1 The wheel or range of the law; Bhddh. Jain. -2 a Buddha. ˚मृत् m. a Buddha or Jaina. -चरणम्, -चर्या observance of the law, performance of religious duties; शिवेन भर्त्रा सह धर्मचर्या कार्या त्वया मुक्तविचारयेति Ku.7.83; वयसि प्रथमे, मतौ चलायां बहुदोषां हि वदन्ति धर्मचर्याम् Bu. Ch.5.3. चारिन् a. practising virtue, observing the law, virtuous, righteous; स चेत्स्वयं कर्मसु धर्मचारिणां त्वमन्त- रायो भवसि R.3.45. (-m.) an ascetic. चारिणी 1 a wife. -2 a chaste or virtuous wife. cf. सह˚; इयं चोर्वशी यावदायुस्तव सहधर्मचारिणी भवत्विति V.5.19/2. -चिन्तक a. 1 studying or familiar with duty. -2 reflecting on the law. -चिन्तनम्, चिन्ता study of virtue, consideration of moral duties, moral reflection. -च्छलः fraudulent transgression of law or duty. -जः 1 'duly or lawfully born', a legitimate son; cf. Ms.9.17. -2 N. of युधिष्ठिर; Mb.15.1.44. -जन्मन् m. N. of युधिष्ठिर. -जिज्ञासा inquiry into religion or the proper course of conduct; अथातो धर्मजिज्ञासा Jaimini's Sūtra. -जीवन a. one who acts according to the rules of his caste or fulfils prescribed duties. (-नः) a Brāhmaṇa who maintains himself by assisting other men in the performance of their religious rites; यश्चापि धर्मसमयात्प्रच्युतो धर्मजीवनः Ms.9.273. -ज्ञ a. 1 knowing what is right, conversant with civil or religious law; Ms.7.141;8.179;1.127. -2 just, righteous, pious. -त्यागः abandoning one's religion, apostacy. -दक्षिणा a fee for instruction in the law. -दानम् a charitable gift (made without any self-interest.) पात्रेभ्यो दीयते नित्यमनपेक्ष्य प्रयोजनम् । केवलं धर्मबुद्ध्या यद् धर्मदानं प्रचक्षते ॥ Ms.3.262. -दुघा a cow milked for religious purposes only. -द्रवी N. of the Ganges. -दारा m. (pl.) a lawful wife; स्त्रीणां भर्ता धर्मदाराश्च पुंसाम् Māl. 6.18. -द्रुह् a. voilating the law or right; निसर्गेण स धर्मस्य गोप्ता धर्मद्रुहो वयम् Mv.2.7. -द्रोहिन् m. a demon. -धातुः an epithet of Buddha. -ध्वजः -ध्वजिन् m. a religious hypocrite, an impostor; Bhāg.3.32.39. -नन्दनः an epithet of युधिष्ठिर. -नाथः a legal protector, rightful master. -नाभः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -निबन्धिन् a. pious, holy. -निवेशः religious devotion. -निष्ठ a. devoted to religion or virtue; श्रीमन्तः पान्तु पृथ्वीं प्रशमित- रिपवो धर्मनिष्ठाश्च भूपाः Mk.1.61. -निष्पत्तिः f. 1 discharge or fulfilment of duty. -2 moral or religious observance; -पत्नी a lawful wife; R.2.2,2,72;8.7; Y.2.128. -पथः the way of virtue, a virtuous course of conduct. -पर a. religious-minded, pious, righteous. -परिणामः rise of righteous conduct in the heart (Jainism); cf. also एतेन भूतेन्द्रियेषु धर्मलक्षणावस्थापरिणामा व्याख्याताः Yoga-darśana. -पाठकः a teacher of civil or religious law; Ms.12.111. -पालः 'protector of the law', said metaphorically of (दण्ड) 'punishment or chastisement', or 'sword'. -पाडा transgressing the law, an offence against law. -पुत्रः 1 a lawful son, a son begotten from a sense of duty and not from mere lust or sensual pleasure. -2 an epithet of युधिष्ठिर. -3 any one regarded as a son for religious purposes, a spiritual son. -प्रचारः (fig.) sword. -प्रतिरूपकः a counterfeit of virtue; Ms.11.9. -प्रधान a. eminent in piety; धर्मप्रधानं पुरुषं तपसा हतकिल्बिषम् Ms.4.243. -प्रवक्तृ m. 1 an expounder of the law, a legal adviser. -2 a religious teacher, preacher. -प्रवचनम् 1 the science of duty; U.5.23. -2 expounding the law. (-नः) an epithet of Buddha. -प्रेक्ष्य a. religious or virtuous (धर्मदृष्टि); Rām.2.85.16. -बाणिजिकः, -वाणिजिकः 1 one who tries to make profit out of his virtue like a merchant. -2 one who performs religious rites with a view to reward, like a merchant dealing in transactions for profit. -बाह्यः a. contrary to religion or what is right. -भगिनी 1 a lawful sister. -2 a daughter of the spiritual preceptor. -3 a spiritual sister, any one regarded as a sister or discharging the same religious duties एतस्मिन्विहारे मम धर्मभगिनी तिष्ठति Mk.8.46/47. -भागिनी a virtuous wife. -भाणकः a lecturer or public reader who reads and explains to audiences sacred books like the Bhārata, Bhāgavata, &c. -भिक्षुकः a mendicant from virtuous motives; Ms. 11.2. -भृत् m. 1 'a preserver or defender of justice,' a king. -2 a virtuous person. -भ्रातृ m. 1 a fellow religious student, a spiritual brother. -2 any one regarded as a brother from discharging the same religious duties. वानप्रस्थयतिब्रह्मचारिणां रिक्थभागिनः । क्रमेणाचार्यसच्छिष्य- धर्मभ्रात्रेकतीर्थिनः ॥ Y.2.137. -महामात्रः a minister of religion, a minister in charge of religious affairs. -मूलम् the foundation of civil or religious law, the Vedas. -मेघः a particular Samādhi. -युगम् the Kṛita age; अथ धर्मयुगे तस्मिन्योगधर्ममनुष्ठिता । महीमनुचचारैका सुलभा नाम भिक्षुकी Mb.12.32.7. -यूपः, -योनिः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -रति a. 'delighting in virtue or justice', righteous, pious, just; तस्य धर्मरतेरासीद् वृद्धत्वं जरसा विना R.1.23. -रत्नम् N. of a Jaina स्मृतिग्रन्थ prepared by Jīmūtavāhana. -राज् -m. an epithet of Yama. -राज a. धर्मशील q. v.; धर्मराजेन जनकेन महात्मना (विदेहान् रक्षितान्) Mb.12.325 19. -राजः an epithet of 1 Yama. -2 Jina. -3 युधिष्ठिर. -4 a king. -राजन् m. N. of युधिष्ठिर. -राजिका a monument, a stūpa (Sārnāth Inscrip. of Mahīpāla; Ind. Ant. Vol.14, p.14.) -रोधिन् a. 1 opposed to law, illegal, unlawful. -2 immoral. -लक्षणम् 1 the essential mark of law. -2 the Vedas. (-णा) the Mīmāṁsā philosophy. -लोपः 1 irreligion, immorality. -2 violation of duty; धर्मलोपभयाद्राज्ञीमृतुस्नातामिमां स्मरन् R. 1.76. -वत्सल a. loving piety or duty. -वर्तिन् a. just, virtuous. -वर्धनः an epithet of Śiva. -वादः discussion about law or duty, religious controversy; अनुकल्पः परो धर्मो धर्मवादैस्तु केवलम् Mb.12.165.15. -वासरः 1 the day of full moon. -2 yesterday. -वाहनः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 a buffalo (being the vehicle of Yama). -विद् a. familiar with the law (civil or religious). ˚उत्तमः N. of Viṣṇu. -विद्या knowledge of the law or right. -विधिः a legal precept or injunction; एष धर्मविधिः कृत्स्नश्चातुर्वर्ण्यस्य कीर्तितः Ms.1.131. -विप्लवः violation of duty, immorality. -विवेचनम् 1 judicial investigation; यस्य शूद्रस्तु कुरुते राज्ञो धर्मविवेचनम् । तस्य सीदति तद्राष्ट्रं पङ्के गौरिव पश्यतः ॥ Ms.8.21. -2 dissertation on duty. -वीरः (in Rhet.) the sentiment of heroism arising out of virtue or piety, the sentiment of chivalrous piety; the following instance is given in R. G.:-- सपदि विलयमेतु राज्यलक्ष्मीरुपरि पतन्त्वथवा कृपाणधाराः । अपहरतुतरां शिरः कृतान्तो मम तु मतिर्न मनागपैतु धर्मात् ॥ स च दानधर्मयुद्धैर्दयया च समन्वितश्चतुर्धा स्यात् S. D. -वृद्ध a. advanced in virtue or piety; न धर्मवृद्धेषु वयः समीक्ष्यते Ku.5.16. -वैतंसिकः one who gives away money unlawfully acquired in the hope of appearing generous. -व्यवस्था m. judicial decision, decisive sentence. -शाला 1 a court of justice, tribunal. -2 any charitabla institution. -शासनम्, शास्त्रम् a code of laws, jurisprudence; न धर्मशास्त्रं पठतीति कारणम् H.1.17; Y.1.5. [मनुर्यमो वसिष्ठो$त्रिः दक्षो विष्णुस्तथाङ्गिराः । उशना वाक्पतिर्व्यास आपस्तम्बो$ थ गौतमः ॥ कात्यायनो नारदश्च याज्ञवल्क्यः पराशरः । संवर्तश्चैव शङ्खश्च हारीतो लिखितस्तथा ॥ एतैर्यानि प्रणीतानि धर्मशास्त्राणि वै पुरा । तान्येवातिप्रमाणानि न हन्तव्यानि हेतुभिः ॥] -शील a. just, pious, virtuous. -शुद्धिः a correct knowledge of the law; प्रत्यक्षं चानुमानं च शास्त्रं च विविधागमम् । त्रयं सुविदितं कार्यं धर्मशुद्धिमभीप्सता ॥ Ms.12.15. -संहिता a code of laws (especially compiled by sages like Manu, Yājñavalkya, &c.). -संगः 1 attachmet to justice or virtue. -2 hypocrisy. -संगीतिः 1 discussion about law. -2 (with Buddhists) a council. -सभा a court of justice. -समयः a legal obligation; यश्चापि धर्मसमयात्प्रच्युतो धर्मजीवनः Ms.9.273. -सहायः a partner or companion in the discharge of religious duties. -सूः m. the fork-tailed shrike. -सूत्रम् a book on पूर्वमीमांसा written by Jaimini. -सेतुः an epithet of Śiva. -सेवनम् fulfilment of duties. -स्थः a judge; धर्मस्थः कारणैरेतैर्हीनं तमिति निर्दिशेत् Ms.8.57. -स्थीय a. Concerning law; धर्मस्थीयं तृतीयं प्रकरणम् Kau. A.3. -स्वामिन् m. an epithet of Buddha. |
| |
| dhātuḥ | धातुः [धा-आधारे तुन्] 1 A constituent or essential part, an ingredient. -2 An element, primary or elementary substance, i. e. पृथिवी, अप्, तेजस्, वायु and आकाश; Bhāg.7.15.6. -3 A secretion, primary fluid or juice, essential ingredients of the body (which are considered to be 7:-- रसासृङ्मांसमेदो$स्थिमज्जाशुक्राणि धातवः, or sometimes ten if केश, त्वच् and स्नायु be added); Mb.3.213.1. -4 A humour or affection of the body, (i.e. वात, पित्त and कफ); यस्यात्मबुद्धिः कुणपे त्रिधातुके Bhāg.1.84.13. -5 A mineral, metal, metallic ore; न्यस्ताक्षरा धातुरसेन यत्र Ku.1.7; त्वामालिख्य प्रणयकुपितां धातुरागैः शिलायाम् Me.17; R.4.71; Ku.6.51. -6 A verbal root; भूवादयो धातवः P.I.3.1; पश्चादध्ययनार्थस्य धातोरधिरिवाभवत् R.15.9. -7 The soul. -8 The Supreme Spirit; धातुप्रसादान्महिमानमात्मनः Kaṭha. -9 An organ of sense. -1 Any one of the properties of the five elements, i. e. रूप, रस, गन्ध, स्पर्श and शब्द; तत्र तत्र हि दृश्यन्ते धातवः पाञ्चभौतिकाः । तेषां मनुष्यास्तर्केण प्रमाणानि प्रचक्षते Mb.6.5.11. -11 A bone. -12 A part, portion. -13 A fluid mineral of a red colour. -14 Ved. A supporter. -15 Anything to be drunk, as milk &c. -f. A milch cow. -Comp. -उपलः chalk. -काशीशम्, -कासीसम् red sulphate of iron. -कुशल a. skilful in working in metals, metallurgist. -क्रिया metallurgy, mineralogy -क्षयः waste of the bodily humours, a wasting disease, a kind of consumption. -गर्भः, -स्तपः a receptacle for ashes, Dagoba; Buddh. ˚कुम्भः a relic urn. -ग्राहिन् m. calamine. -घ्नम्, -नाशनम् sour gruel (prepared from the fermentation of rice-water). -चूर्णम् mineral powder. -जम् bitumen -द्रावकः borax. -पः the alimentary juice, the chief of the seven essential ingredients of the body. -पाठः a list of roots arranged according to Pāṇini's grammatical system (the most important of these lists called धातुपाठ being supposed to be the work of Pāṇini himself, as supplementary to his Sūtras). -पुष्टिः f. nutrition of the bodily humours. -प्रसक्त a. devoted to alchemy; -भृत् m. a mountain. -मलम् 1 impure excretion of the essential fluids of the body; कफपित्तमलाः केशः प्रस्वेदो नखरोम च । नेत्रविट् चक्षुषः स्नेहो धातूनां क्रमशो मलाः ॥ Suśruta. -2 lead. -माक्षिकम् 1 sulphuret of iron. -2 a mineral substance. -मारिणी borax. -मारिन् m. sulphur. -रसः a mineral or metalic fluid; न्यस्ताक्षरा धातुरसेन यत्र (भूर्जत्वचः) Ku.1.7. -राजकः, -कम् semen. -वल्लभम् borax. -वादः 1 mineralogy, metallurgy. -2 alchemy. -वादिन् m. a mineralogist. -विष् f. lead. -वैरिन् m. sulphur. -शेखरन् green sulphate of iron, green vitriol. -शोधनम्, -संभवम् lead. -साम्यम् good health, (equilibrium of the three humours). -हन् m. sulphur. |
| |
| nāhaḥ | नाहः [नह् भावे घञ्] 1 Binding, confinement. -2 A trap or snare. -3 Costiveness, constipation. |
| |
| nicita | निचित p. p. 1 Covered, overcast, overspread; बभौ चिरं निचित इवासृजां लवैः Śi.17.14. -2 Full of, filled. -3 Raised up. -4 Piled or heaped up. -5 Constipated (as the bowels). |
| |
| nitya | नित्य a. [नियमेन नियतं वा भवं नि-त्य-प्; cf. P.IV.2.14. Vārt.] 1 (a.) Continual, perpetual, constant, everlasting, eternal, uninterrupted; यथा त्वमसि दुर्धर्षो धर्मनित्यः प्रजाहितः Rām.7.37.8; यदि नित्यमनित्येन लभ्यते H.1.48; नित्यज्योत्स्नाः प्रतिहततमोवृत्तिरम्याः प्रदोषाः Me. (regarded by Malli. as an interpolation); Ms.2.26. (b) Imperishable, indestructible; पृथिवी द्विविधा नित्या$नित्या च Tarka K. -2 Invariable, regular, fixed, not optional, regularly prescribed (opp. काम्य). -3 Necessary, obligatory, essential. -4 Ordinary, usual (opp. नौमित्तिक). -5 (At the end of comp.) Constantly dwelling in, perpetually engaged in or busy with; जाह्नवीतीर˚, अरण्य˚, आदान˚, ध्यान˚ &c. -त्यः The ocean. -स्या 1 An epithet of the goddess Durgā. -2 A plough-share. -त्यम् An indispensable or inevitable act. -त्यम् ind. Daily, constantly, always, ever, perpetually, enternally. -Comp. -अनध्यायः invariable suspension of Vedic studies; नित्यानध्याय एव स्याद् ग्रामेषु नगरेषु च Ms.4.17. -अनित्य a. eternal and perishable. -अनुबद्ध a. always approached or resorted to. -अनुवादः a bare statement of fact; स्याज्जुह्वप्रतिषेधान्नित्यानुवादः MS.4.1.45. -अभियुक्त a. One who is completely absorbed in yogic practices. -ऋतु a. regularly recurring at the seasons. -कर्मन् n., -कृत्यम्, क्रिया any daily and necessary rite, a constant act or duty, as the five daily Yajñas. -कालम् ind. always, at all times; ब्राह्मेण विप्रस्तीर्थेन नित्यकालमुपस्पृशेत् Ms.2.58,73. -गतिः air, wind. -जात a. constantly born; अथ चैनं नित्यजातं नित्यं वा मन्यसे मृतम् Bg.2.26. -दानम् daily alms-giving. -नियमः an invariable rule. -नैमित्तिकम् an occasional act regularly recurring, or any ceremony constantly performed to accomplish a particular object, e. g. (a पर्वश्राद्ध). -पुष्ट a. always well-supplied. -प्रलयः 1 the constant dissolution of living beings. -2 sleep. -बुद्धिः a. considering anything as constant or eternal. -भावः eternity. -मुक्तः the Supreme Spirit. -युक्त a. always busy or intent upon. -युज् a. having the mind always fixed upon one object; दृग्भिर्हृदीकृतमलं परिरभ्य सर्वास्तद्भावमापुरपि नित्ययुजां दुरापम् Bhāg.1.82.4. -यौवना (ever youthful) an epithet of Draupadī. -व्रतम् a perpetual observance (lasting for life). -शङ्कित a. perpetually alarmed, ever suspicious. -समः the assertion that all things remain the same; Sarva. S. -समासः 'a necessary compound', a compund the meaning of which cannot be expressed by its constituent members used separately (the separate ideas having merged in one); e. g. जमदग्नि, जयद्रथ &c.; इवेन नित्यसमासः &c. |
| |
| niyojita | नियोजित a. Directed, ordered. -2 Appointed. -3 Joined to. -4 Instigated, incited. -5 Used, employed. |
| |
| niṣikta | निषिक्त p. p. 1 Sprinkled upon. -2 Infused, instilled, poured into, impregnated. -3 Irrigated. |
| |
| pañcīkaraṇam | पञ्चीकरणम् A philosophical term meaning the action by which anything is constituted of the five elements; (1/2 of one and 1/8 of other four elements) द्विधा द्विधा चेकैकं चतुर्धा पञ्चमं पुनः । स्वस्वेतरद्वितीयांशैर्योजनात् पञ्च पञ्च ते ॥ Vedāntasāra 39.42. |
| |
| padam | पदम् [पद्-अच्] 1 A foot (said to be m. also in this sense); पदेन on foot; शिखरिषु पदं न्यस्य Me.13; अपथे पदमर्पयन्ति हि R.9.74 'set foot on (follow) a wrong road'; 3.5;12.52; पदं हि सर्वत्र गुणैर्निधीयते 3.62 'good qualities set foot everywhere' i. e. command notice or make themselves felt; जनपदे न गदः पदमादधौ 9.4. 'no disease stepped into the country'; यदवधि न पदं दधाति चित्ते Bv.2.14; पदं कृ (a) to set foot in, on or over (lit.); शान्ते करिष्यसि पदं पुनराश्रमे$स्मिन् Ś.4.2. (b) to enter upon or into, take possession of, occupy (fig.); कृतं वपुषि नवयौवनेन पदम् K.137; कृतं हि मे कुतूहलेन प्रश्नाशया हृदि पदम् 133; so Ku.5.21; Pt.1.24; कृत्वा पदं नो गले Mu.3.26 'in defiance of us'; (lit. planting his foot on our neck); मूर्ध्नि पदं कृ 'to mount on the head of', 'to humble'; पदं मूर्ध्नि समाधत्ते केसरी मत्तदन्तिनः Pt.1.327; आकृतिविशेषेष्वादरः पदं करोति M.1 'good forms attract attention (command respect); जने सखी पदं कारिता Ś.4; 'made to have dealings with (to confide in)'; धर्मेण शर्वे पार्वतीं प्रति पदं कारिते Ku.6.14. -2 A step, pace, stride; तन्वी स्थिता कतिचिदेव पदानि गत्वा Ś.2.13; पदे पदे 'at every step'; अक्षमालामदत्त्वा पदात् पदमपि न गन्तव्यम् or चलितव्यम् 'do not move even a step' &c.; पितुः पदं मध्यममुत्पतन्ती V.1.19 'the middle pace or stride of Viṣṇu.'; i. e. the sky (for mythologically speaking, the earth, sky, and lower world are considered as the three paces of Viṣṇu in his fifth or dwarf incarnation वामनावतार); so अथात्मनः शब्दगुणं गुणज्ञः पदं विमानेन विगाहमानः R.13.1. -3 A foot-step, footprint, foot-mark; पदपङ्क्तिः Ś.3.7; or पदावली foot-prints; पदमनुविधेयं च महताम् Bh.2.28 'the foot-steps of the great must be followed'; पदैगृर्ह्यते चौरः Y.2.286. -4 A trace, mark, impression, vestige; रतिवलयपदाङ्के चापमासज्य कण्ठे Ku.2.64; Me.37,98; M.3. -5 A place, position, station; अधो$धः पदम् Bh.2.1; आत्मा परिश्रमस्य पदमुपनीतः Ś.1, 'brought to the point of or exposed to trouble'; तदलब्धपदं हृदि शोकघने R.8.91, 'found no place in (left no impression on) the heart'; अपदे शङ्कितो$स्मि M.1, 'my doubts were out of place', i. e. groundless; कृशकुटुम्बेषु लोभः पदमधत्त Dk.162; Ku.6.72;3.4; R.2.5;9.82; कृतपदं स्तनयुगलम् U.6.35, 'brought into relief or bursting forth'. -6 Dignity, rank, office, station or position; भगवत्या प्रश्निकपदमध्यासितव्यम् M.1; यान्त्येवं गृहिणीपदं युवतयः Ś.4.18, 'attain to the rank or position, &c.; स्थिता गृहिणीपदे 4.19; so सचिव˚, राज˚ &c. -7 Cause, subject, occasion, thing, matter, business, affair; व्यवहारपदं हि तत् Y.2.5; 'occasion or matter of dispute, title of law, judicial proceeding'; Ms.8.7; सतां हि सन्देहपदेषु वस्तुषु Ś.1.22; वाञ्छितफलप्राप्तेः पदम् Ratn.1.6. -8 Abode, object, receptacle; पदं दृशः स्याः कथमीश मादृशाम् Śi.1.37; 15.22; अगरीयान्न पदं नृपश्रियः Ki.2.14; अविवेकः परमापदां पदम् 2.3; के वा न स्युः परिभवपदं निष्फलारम्भयत्नाः Me.56; संपदः पदमापदाम् H.4.65. -9 A quarter or line of a stanza, verse; विरचितपदम् (गेयम्) Me.88,15; M.5.2; Ś.3.14. -1 A complete or inflected word; सुप्तिडन्तं पदम् P.I. 4.14. वर्णाः पदं प्रयोगार्हानन्वितैकार्थबोधकाः S. D.9; R.8.77; Ku.4.9. -11 A name for the base of nouns before all consonantal case-terminations except nom. singular. -12 Detachment of the Vedic words from one another, separation of a Vedic text into its several constituent words; वेदैः साङ्गपदक्रमोपनिषदैर्गायन्ति यं सामगाः Bhāg.12.13.1. -13 A pretext; अनिभृतपदपातमापपात प्रियमिति कोपपदेन कापि सख्या Śi.7.14. -14 A sqare root. -15 A part, portion or division (as of a sentence); as त्रिपदा गायत्री. -16 A measure of length. -17 Protection, preservation; ते विंशतिपदे यत्ताः संप्रहारं प्रचक्रिरे Mb.7.36.13. -18 A square or house on a chessboard; अष्टापदपदालेख्यैः Rām. -19 A quadrant. -2 The last of a series. -21 A plot of ground. -22 (In Arith.) Any one in a set of numbers the sum of which is required. -23 A coin; माता पुत्रः पिता भ्राता भार्या मित्रजनस्तथा । अष्टापदपदस्थाने दक्षमुद्रेव लक्ष्यते ॥ Mb.12.298.4. (com. अष्टापदपदं सुवर्णकार्षापणः). -24 A way, road; षट्पदं नवसंख्यानं निवेशं चक्रिरे द्विजाः Mb.14.64.1. -25 Retribution (फल); ईहोपरमयोर्नॄणां पदान्यध्यात्मचक्षुषा Bhāg.7.13.2. -दः A ray of light. -Comp. -अङ्कः, चिह्नम् a foot-print. -अङ्गुष्ठः the great toe, thumb (of the foot). -अध्ययनम् study of the Vedas according to the पदपाठ q. v. -अनुग a. 1 following closely, being at the heels of (gen.). -2 suitable, agreeable to. (-गः) a follower, companion; एतान्निहत्य समरे ये चृ तस्य पदानुगाः । तांश्च सर्वान् विनिर्जित्य सहितान् सनराधिपान् ॥ Mb.3.12.6. -अनुरागः 1 a servant. -2 an army. -अनुशासनम् the science of words, grammar. -अनुषङ्गः anything added to a pada. -अन्तः 1 the end of a line of a stanza. -2 the end of a word. -अन्तरम् another step, the interval of one step; पदान्तरे स्थित्वा Ś.1; अ˚ closely, without a pause. -अन्त्य a. final. -अब्जम्, -अम्भोजम्, -अरविन्दम्, -कमलम्, -पङ्कजम्, -पद्मम् a lotus-like foot. -अभिलाषिन् a. wishing for an office. -अर्थः 1 the meaning of a word. -2 a thing or object. -3 a head or topic (of which the Naiyāyikas enumerate 16 subheads). -4 anything which can be named (अभिधेय), a category or predicament; the number of such categories, according to the Vaiśeṣikas, is seven; according to the Sāṅkhyas, twentyfive (or twenty-seven according to the followers of Patañjali), and two according to the Vedāntins. -5 the sense of another word which is not expressed but has to be supplied. ˚अनुसमयः preforming one detail with reference to all things or persons concerned; then doing the second, then the third and so on (see अनुसमय). Hence पदार्थानुसमयन्याय means: A rule of interpretation according to which, when several details are to be performed with reference to several things or persons, they should be done each to each at a time. -आघातः 'a stroke with the foot', a kick. -आजिः a foot-soldier. -आदिः 1 the beginning of the line of a stanza. -2 the beginning or first letter of a word. ˚विद् m. a bad student (knowing only the beginnings of stanzas). -आयता a shoe. -आवली a series of words, a continued arrangement of words or lines; (काव्यस्य) शरीरं तावदिष्टार्थव्यवच्छिन्नापदावली Kāv. 1.1; मधुरकोमलकान्तपदावलीं शृणु तदा जयदेवसरस्वतीम् Gīt.1. -आसनम् a foot-stool. -आहत a. kicked. -कमलम् lotus-like foot. -कारः, -कृत् m. the author of the Padapāṭha. -क्रमः 1 walking, a pace; न चित्रमुच्चैः श्रवसः पदक्रमम् (प्रशशंस) Śi.1.52. -2 a particular method of reciting the Veda; cf. क्रम. -गः a foot-soldier. -गतिः f. gait, manner of going. -गोत्रम् a family supposed to preside over a particular class of words. -छेदः, -विच्छेदः, -विग्रहः separation of words, resolution of a sentence into its constituent parts. -च्युत a. dismissed from office, deposed. -जातम् class or group of words. -दार्ढ्यम् fixedness or security of text. -न्यासः 1 stepping, tread, step. -2 a foot-mark. -3 position of the feet in a particular attitude. -4 the plant गोक्षुर. -5 writing down verses or quarters of verses; अप्रगल्भाः पदन्यासे जननीरागहेतवः । सन्त्येके बहुलालापाः कवयो बालका इव ॥ Trivikramabhaṭṭa. -पङ्क्तिः f. 1 a line of foot-steps; द्वारे$स्य पाण्डुसिकते पदपङ्क्तिर्दृश्यते$भिनवा Ś.3.7; V.4.6. -2 a line or arrangement of words, a series of words; कृतपदपङ्क्तिरथर्वणेव वेदः Ki.1.1. -3 an iṣtakā or sacred brick. -4 a kind of metre. -पाठः an arrangement of the Vedic text in which each word is written and pronounced in its original form and independently of phonetic changes (opp. संहितापाठ). -पातः, विक्षेपः a step, pace (of a horse also). -बन्धः a foot-step, step. -भञ्जनम् analysis of words, etymology. -भञ्जिका 1 a commentary which separates the words and analyses the compounds of a passage. -2 a register, journal. -3 a calendar. -भ्रंशः dismissal from office. -माला a magical formula. -योपनम् a fetter for the feet (Ved.). -रचना 1 arrangement of words. -2 literary composition. -वायः Ved. a leader. -विष्टम्भः a step, footstep. -वृत्तिः f. the hiatus between two words. -वेदिन् a linguist, philologist. -व्याख्यानम् interpretation of words. -शास्त्रम् the science of separately written words. -संघातः (टः) 1 connecting the words which are separated in the संहिता. -2 a writer, an annotator. -संधिः m. the euphonic combination of words. -स्थ a. 1 going on foot. -2 being in a position of authority or high rank. -स्थानम् a foot-print. |
| |
| piś | पिश् 6 U. (पिंशति-ते) To shape, fashion, form; त्वष्टा रूपाणि पिंशतु Rv.1.184.1. -2 To be organised. -3 To light, irradiate. -4 To be reduced to one's constituent parts. -5 Ved. To adorn, decorate. -6 To make ready, prepare. |
| |
| prakṛtiḥ | प्रकृतिः f. 1 The natural condition or state of anything, nature, natural form (opp. विकृति which is a change or effect); तं तं नियममास्थाय प्रकृत्या नियताः स्वया Bg. 7.2. प्रकृत्या यद्वक्रम् Ś1.9; उष्णत्वमग्न्यातपसंप्रयोगात् शैत्यं हि यत् सा प्रकृतिर्जलस्य R.5.54; मरणं प्रकृतिः शरीरिणां विकृति- र्जीवितमुच्यते बुधैः R.8.87; U.7.19; अपेहि रे अत्रभवान् प्रकृतिमापन्नः Ś.2. 'has resumed his wonted nature'; प्रकृतिम् आपद् or प्रतिपद् or प्रकृतौ स्था 'to come to one's senses', 'regain one's consciousness.' -2 Natural disposition, temper, temperament, nature, constitution; प्रकृतिः खलु सा महीयसः सहते नान्यसमुन्नतिं यया Ki.2.21; कथं गत एव आत्मनः प्रकृतिम् Ś.7. 'natural character'; अपश्यत् पाण्डवश्रेष्ठो हर्षेण प्रकृतिं गतः Mb.39.66 (com. प्रकृतिं स्वास्थ्यम्); so प्रकृतिकृपण, प्रकृतिसिद्ध; see below. -3 Make, form, figure; महानुभावप्रकृतिः Māl.1. -4 Extraction, descent; गोपालप्रकृतिरार्यको$स्मि Mk.7. -5 Origin, source, original or material cause, the material of which anything is made; नार्थानां प्रकृतिं वेत्सि Mb.4.49.1; प्रकृतिश्चोपादानकारणं च ब्रह्माभ्युपगन्तव्यम् Ś. B. (see the full discussion on Br. Sūt.1.4.23); यामाहुः सर्वभूतप्रकृतिरिति Ś.1.1; Bhāg.4.28.24. -6 (In Sāṅ. phil.) Nature (as distinguished from पुरुष,) the original source of the material world, consisting of the three essential qualities सत्त्व, रजस् and तमस्. It is also mentioned as one of the four contentments; प्रकृत्युपादानकालभागाख्याः Sāṅ. K.5. -7 (In gram.) The radical or crude form of a word to which case-terminations and other affixes are applied; प्रकृतिप्रत्यययोरिवानुबन्धः Ki.13.19. -8 A model, pattern, standard, (especially in ritualistic works); Bhāg.5.7.5. -9 A woman. -1 The personified will of the Supreme Spirit in the creation (identified with माया or illusion); मयाध्यक्षेण प्रकृतिः सूयते सचराचरम् Bg.9.1. -11 The male or female organ of generation. -12 A mother. -13 (In arith.) A coefficient, or multiplier. -14 (In anatomy) Temperament of the humours; प्रकृतिं यान्ति भूतानि निग्रहः किं करिष्यति Bg.3.33. -15 An animal. -16 An artisan. -17 The Supreme Being; न ह्यस्ति सर्वभूतेषु दुःख- मस्मिन् कुतः सुखम् । एवं प्रकृतिभूतानां सर्वसंसर्गयायिनाम् ॥ Mb.12. 152.16. -18 Eight forms of the Supreme Being; भूमि- रापो$नलो वायुः खं मनो बुद्धिरेव च । अहंकार इतीयं मे भिन्ना प्रकृति- रष्टधा ॥ Bg.7.4. -19 The way of life (जीवन); सतां वै ददतो$न्नं च लोके$स्मिन् प्रकृतिर्ध्रुवा Mb.12.18.27. (pl.) 1 A king's ministers, the body of ministers or counsellors, ministry; अथानाथाः प्रकृतयो मातृबन्धुनिवासिनम् R.12.12; Pt.1.48; अशुद्धप्रकृतौ राज्ञि जनता नानुरज्यते 31. -2 The subjects (of a king); प्रवर्ततां प्रकृतिहिताय पार्थिवः Ś.7.35; नृपतिः प्रकृतीरवेक्षितुम् R.8.18,1. -3 The constituent elements of the state (सप्ताङ्गानि), i. e. 1 the king; -2 the minister; -3 the allies; -4 treasure; -5 army; -6 territory; -7 fortresses &c.; and the corporations of citizens (which is sometimes added to the 7); स्वाम्यमात्य- सुहृत्कोशराष्ट्रदुर्गबलानि च Ak. -4 The various sovereigns to be considered in case of war; (for full explanation see Kull. on Ms.7.155 and 157). -5 The eight primary elements out of which everything else is evolved according to the Sāṅkhyas; see Sāṅ. K.3. -6 The five primary elements of creations (पञ्चमहाभूतानि) i. e. पृथ्वी, अप्, तेजस्, वायु and आकाश; प्रकृतिं ते भजिष्यन्ति नष्टप्रकृतयो मयि Mb.5.73.17. -Comp. -अमित्रः an ordinary foe; प्रकृत्यमित्रानुत्थाप्य Dk.2.4. -ईशः a king or magistrate. -कल्याण a. beautiful by nature. -कृपण a. naturally slow or unable to discern; Me.5. -गुणः one of the three constituent qualities of nature; see गुण. -ज a. innate, inborn, natural. -तरल a. fickle by nature, naturally inconsistent; प्रकृतितरले का नः पीडा गते हतजीविते Amaru.3. -पाठः a list of verbal roots (धातुपाठ). -पुरुषः a minister, a functionary (of the state); जानामि त्वां प्रकृतिपुरुषं कामरूपं मघोनः Me.6. -2 a standard or model of a man. -षौ nature and spirit. -भाव a. natural, usual. (-वः) natural or original state. -भोजनम् usual food. -मण्डलम् the whole territory of kingdom; अधिगतं विधिवद्यदपालयत् प्रकृतिमण्डलमात्म- कुलोचितम् R.9.2. -लयः absorption into the Prakṛiti, dissolution of the universe. -विकृतिः mutation of the original form. -श्रैष्ठ्यम् superiority of origin; Ms. 1.3. -सिद्ध a. inborn, innate, natural; सुजनबन्धुजने- ष्वसहिष्णुता प्रकृतिसिद्धमिदं हि दुरात्मनाम् Bh.2.52. -सुभग a. naturally lovely or agreeable. -स्थ a. 1 being in the natural state or condition, natural, genuine; दृष्ट्वा चाप्रकृतिस्थां ताम् Rām.7.58.17. -2 inherent, innate, incidental to nature; रघुरप्यजयद् गुणत्रयं प्रकृतिस्थं समलोष्ट- काञ्चनः R.8.21. -3 healthy, in good health. -4 recovered. -5 come to oneself. -6 stripped of everything, bare. |
| |
| pracodaḥ | प्रचोदः 1 Driving onward, urging, inciting. -2 Instigating. |
| |
| pracodanam | प्रचोदनम् 1 Driving onward, urging, inciting. -2 Instigating, setting on. -3 Ordering, enjoining, prescribing. -4 A rule, precept, order, commandment. -5 Saying. -6 Sending, despatching. |
| |
| pracodita | प्रचोदित p. p. 1 Urged, incited. -2 Instigated. -3 Directed, ordered, prescribed; चोदितो गुरुणा नित्यमप्रचोदित एव वा । कुर्यादध्ययने यत्नमाचार्यस्य हितेषु च॥ Ms.2.191. -4 Sent, despatched. -5 Decreed, determined. -6 Announced. |
| |
| praṇī | प्रणी 1 P. 1 To lead or forth (as an army), conduct; वानरेन्द्रेण प्रणीतेन (बलेन) Rām. -2 To offer, give, present; अर्घ्यं प्रणीय जनकात्मजा Bk.5.76. -3 To bring to, set (as fire); दग्धां गुहां पश्य उलूकपूर्णां काकप्रणीतेन हुताशनेन Pt.3.1. -4 To consecrate by reciting sacred Mantras, hallow, consecrate in general; त्रिधा प्रणीतो ज्वलनः Hariv. -5 To inflict (as punishment); यदि न प्रणयेद् राजा दण्डं दण्ड्येष्वतन्द्रितः Ms.7.2;8.238; Mb.1.64.15. -6 To lay down, teach, promulgate, institute, prescribe; स एव धर्मो मनुना प्रणीतः R.14.67; भवत्प्रणीतमाचारमामनन्ति हि साधवः Ku.6.31. -7 To write, compose (as a work); प्रणीतः न तु प्रकाशितः U.4; उत्तरं रामचरितं तत्प्रणीतं प्रयुज्यते U.1.3. -8 To accomplish, effect, perform, bring about; प्रणीय दारिद्र्यदरिद्रतां नृपः N.1.15.19; कण्ठाश्लेषोपगूढं तदपि च न चिरं यत् प्रियाभिः प्रणीतम् Bh.3.82. -9 To lead or reduce to any condition. -1 To show, display; यद्यद्धिया त उरुगाय विभावयन्ति तत्तद्वपुः प्रणयसे सदनुग्रहाय Bhāg.3.9.11. -11 To direct, fix or turn towards (as the eyes). -12 To show affection or love, love. -13 To throw, cast, discharge; अस्त्रं पुनः पाशमृतः प्रणिन्ये Ki.16.54. -14 To remove, destroy; द्रौपद्याश्च परिक्लेशं प्रणेष्यामि हते त्वयि Mb.6.79.4. -15 To draw in the breath (Ātm.). |
| |
| prayukta | प्रयुक्त p. p. 1 Yoked, harnessed. -2 Used, employed (as a word &c.); सप्रयुक्तस्य दम्भस्य ब्रह्माप्यन्तं न गच्छति Pt.1.22. -3 Applied. -4 Appointed, nominated, -5 Acted, represented. -6 Arising or resulting from, produced by, consequent on; मेधाविनो नीतिगुणप्रयुक्तां पुरः स्फुरन्तीमिव दर्शयन्ति Pt.1.61. -7 Endowed with. -8 Lost in meditation, abstracted. -9 Lent or put to interest (as money). -1 Prompted, instigated, urged; गुणप्रयुक्ताः परमर्मभेदिनःUdb.; अथावमानेन प्रयुक्ता Ku.1.21. -11 Directed, hurled at. -12 Shaken, set in motion. -13 Inflicted upon. -14 Connected with. -15 Thick, compact, closely united. -16 Drawn (as a sword). -17 Contrived. -18 Suitable. -क्तम् A cause. -Comp. -संस्कार a. polished (as a gem). |
| |
| prayuktiḥ | प्रयुक्तिः f. 1 Use, employment, application. -2 Incitement, instigation. -3 Motive, main object or end, occasion. -4 Consequence, result. -5 Activity, effort, exertion. |
| |
| prayoktṛ | प्रयोक्तृ a. 1 One who uses or employs (as a means, word &c.). -2 One who performs or directs, an executor. -3 One who prompts or instigates, an instigator. -4 An author, an agent; स च कुलपतिराद्यश्छन्दसां यः प्रयोक्ता U.3.48. -5 One who acts or represents (a drama). -6 One who lends money at interest, a money-lender. -7 One who shoots (an arrow). -8 The agent of an action. -9 A reciter. -1 A procurer. |
| |
| prayojaka | प्रयोजक a. Occasioning, causing, effecting, leading to, inciting, stimulating, deputing, appointing &c.; यस्मिन् कृते यन्निष्पद्यते प्रयोजनवत् तत् तस्य प्रयोजकमिति गम्यते । ŚB. on MS.4.1.22; यद्धि येन कर्तव्यं भवति तत्तस्य प्रयोजकम् ŚB. on MS.9.1.2; तत्प्रयोजको हेतुश्च Pāṇini S. -कः 1 An employer, one who uses or employs. -2 An author. -3 A founder, an institutor. -4 A money-lender. -5 A law-giver, legislator. -6 An instigator. |
| |
| pravartaka | प्रवर्तक a. (-र्तिका f.) 1 Setting on foot, founding. -2 Advancing, promoting, furthering. -3 Producing, causing, ...... कृतिसाध्यताज्ञानं वा प्रवर्तकमिति जरन्नैयायिकाः. -4 Prompting, urging, inducing, instigating (in a bad sense). -कः 1 An originator, founder, author. -2 A prompter, instigator. -3 An arbiter, umpire. -कम् The entrance of a character on the stage. |
| |
| pravartanam | प्रवर्तनम् 1 Going on, moving forward. -2 Beginning, commencement. -3 Setting on foot, founding, establishing, instituting. -4 Prompting, urging, simulating, inciting. -5 Engaging in, applying oneself to. -6 Happening, coming to pass. -7 Activity, action. -8 Behaviour, conduct, procedure. -9 Directing, superintending. -1 Employment. -11 Exhortation. -ना Inciting or prompting to action; अस्ति प्रवर्तनारूपमनुरूपं चतुर्ष्वपि Bh. |
| |
| pravartita | प्रवर्तित p. p. 1 Caused to turn, made to go or roll onwards, revolving; चमरान् परितः प्रवर्तिताश्वः R.9.66. -2 Founded, set up, established. -3 Prompted, incited, instigated. -4 Kindled; प्रवर्तितो दीप इव प्रदीपात् R.5.37. -5 Caused, made. -6 Purified, rendered pure; गोभिः प्रवर्तिते तीर्थे Ms.11.196. -7 Informed. |
| |
| prācāra | प्राचार a. Contrary to ordinary institutes and observances. |
| |
| prer | प्रेर् Caus. 1 To set in motion, move. -2 To push or urge on, propel, impel, send forth; यात्रायै प्रेरयामास तं शक्तेः प्रथमं शरत् R.4..24 (v. l.). -3 To incite, instigate, set on. -4 To cast, direct (as eyes); नयने यत् प्रेरयन्त्या तया Ś.2.2. -5 To throw, hurl. -6 To send forth, despatch, -7 To utter. -8 To ask. |
| |
| preraṇam | प्रेरणम् णा 1 Driving or urging on, impelling, inciting, instigation. -2 Impulse, passion. -3 Throwing, casting; ह्रीमूढानां भवति विफलप्रेरणा चूर्णमुष्टिः Me.7. -4 Sending, despatching. -5 Order, direction. -6 (In gram.) The sense of the causal form. -7 Activity, exertion. प्रेरयितृ prērayitṛ प्रेरितृ prēritṛ प्रेरयितृ प्रेरितृ a. 1 One who urges or sends. -2 A ruler. |
| |
| prerita | प्रेरित p. p. 1 Impelled, urged, instigated. -2 Excited, stimulated, prompted; अभक्ष्यं मन्यते भक्ष्यं स्त्रीवाक्यप्रेरितो नरः Pt.2.144. -3 Sent, despatched. -4 Ordered. -5 Directed, cast; ततस्ततः प्रेरितलोललोचना Ś.1.23. -6 Touched. -तः An envoy, a messenger. |
| |
| protsāhakaḥ | प्रोत्साहकः 1 An inciter, instigator. -2 (In law) An instigator of a crime, an abettor. |
| |
| protsāhanam | प्रोत्साहनम् Inciting, stimulating, instigating, prompting. |
| |
| baddha | बद्ध p. p. [बन्ध्-कर्मणि क्त] 1 Bound, tied, fastened. -2 Chained, fettered. -3 Captured, caught. -4 Confined, imprisoned. -5 Put or girt on. -6 Restrained, suppressed, withheld. -7 Formed, built; शरबद्धमिवाभाति द्वितीयं भास्वदम्बरम्Rām.6.17.24. -8 Cherished, entertained. -9 Combined, united. -1 Firmly rooted, firm. -11 Shut, stopped, closed. -12 Inlaid, studded. -13 Composed (as verses). -14 Formed, contracted; असूत सा नागवधूपभोग्यं मैनाकमम्भोनिधिबद्धसख्यम् Ku.1.2. -15 Manifested, displayed. -16 Entangled, involved. -17 Congealed, clotted (as blood.) -18 Effected, caused, formed, produced; बद्धं जालकम् Ś.1.29;2.6; U.6.17; Māl.3.7. -19 Possessed, preserved; बद्धं सन्तं मन्यते लब्धमर्थम् Mb.5.92.23. -Comp. -अङ्गुलित्र, अङ्गुलि- त्राण a. having as finger-guard fastened. -अञ्जलि a. folding the hands together in supplication, with the hands joined in humble entreaty or raised to the forehead as a mark of respect. ˚पुट a. forming a cup with the hollowed hands. -अनुराग a. having the affection fixed upon, feeling or manifesting love for. -अनुशय a. 1 feeling repentant. -2 of a fixed resolve. -अम्बु n. water derived from a current. -अवस्थिति a. constant. -आदर a. attaching great value to. -आनन्द a. joyful. -आयुध a. accoutred with arms. -आशङ्क a. one whose suspicions have been roused, grown suspicious. -उत्सव a. enjoying or observing a festival or holiday. -उद्यम a. making united efforts. -कक्ष, -कक्ष्य a. see बद्धपरिकर. -कदम्बक a. forming groups; छायाबद्धकदम्बकं मृगकुलं रोमन्थ- मभ्यस्यतु Ś.2.6. -कलापिन् a. one who has his quiver tied on. -केसर a. 1 forming hair. -2 having the filaments formed. -कोप, -मन्यु, -रोष a. 1 feeling anger, entertaining a feeling of anger. -2 suppressing or governing one's wrath. -गुदम् a kind of obstruction of the bowels; निरुध्यते तस्य गुदे पुरीषं, निरेति कृच्छ्रादपि चाल्पमल्पम् । हृन्नाभिमध्ये परिवृद्धिमेति तस्योदरं बद्धगुदं वदन्ति ॥ Bhāva. P. -ग्रह a. insisting on something. -चित्त, -मनस् a. having the mind intently fixed on, rivetting the mind on. -जिह्व a. tongue-tied. -तूणीर a. equipped with a quiver. -दृष्टि, -नेत्र, -लोचन a. having the eyes intently fixed on, looking with a steadfast gaze at; ग्रीवाभङ्गाभिरामं मुहुरनुपतति स्यन्दने बद्धदृष्टिः Ś.1.7. -धार a. continuously or incessantly flowing. -निश्चय a. firmly resolved, resolute. -नेपथ्य a. attired in a theatrical dress. -परिकर a. having the girdle girded on, one who has girded up his loins; i. e. ready, prepared. -पुरीष a. having the bowels constipated. -प्रतिज्ञ a. 1 one who has made a vow or promise. -2 firmly resolved. -प्रतिश्रुत् a. resonant with echoes. -भाव a. having the affection or heart fixed upon, enamoured of (with loc.); दृढं त्वयि बद्धभावो- र्बशी V.2. -भूः f. 1 the lowest floor. -2 ground prepared for the site of a house. -3 pavement. -मण्डल a. ranged in circles. -मुष्टि a. 1 having a closed fist. -2 close-fisted, covetous. -मूत्र a. obstructing the urine. -मूल a. deep-rooted, striking root firmly; बद्धमूलस्य मूलं हि महद्वैरतरोः स्त्रियः Śi.2.38. -मौन a. holding the tongue, keeping silence, silent; अदृश्यत त्वच्चरणारविन्दविश्लेषदुःखादिव बद्धमौनम् R.13.23. -राग a. having the desire fixed on, enamoured, impassioned; गल्लस्थलेषु मदवारिषु बद्धरागमत्त- भ्रमद्भ्रमरपादतलाहतो$पि Pt.1.123. -वसति a. fixing anabode. -वाच् a. tongue-tied, maintaining silence. -वेपथु a. seized with tremour. -वैर a. one who has conceived bitter hatred or contracted confirmed hostility. -शिख a. 1 one whose hair is tied up (into a knot on the crown of the head). -2 one who is still in childhood, young. -सूतः a particular preparation of quicksilver. -स्नेह a. forming an attachment, conceiving affection for. |
| |
| bis | बिस् 4 P. (बिस्यति) 1 To go, move. -2 To incite, drive or urge on, instigate. -3 To throw, cast. -4 To split. -5 To grow. |
| |
| manuḥ | मनुः [मन्-उ Uṇ.1.1] 1 N. of a celebrated personage regarded as the representative man and father of the human race (sometimes regarded as one of the divine beings). -2 Particularly, the fourteen successive progenitors or sovereigns of the earth mentioned in Ms.1.63. (The first Manu called स्वायंभुवमनु is supposed to be a sort of secondary creator, who produced the ten Prajapatis or Maharṣis and to whom the code of laws known as Manusmriti is ascribed. The seventh Manu called वैवस्वतमनु, being supposed to be born from the sun, is regarded as the progenitor of the present race of living beings and was saved from a great flood by Viṣṇu in the form of a fish; cf. मत्स्यावतार; he is also regarded as the founder of the solar race of kings who ruled at Ayodhyā; see U.6.18; R.1.11; विवस्वान् मनवे प्राह मनुरिक्ष्वाकवे$ब्रवीत् Bg.4.1. The names of the fourteen Manus in order are:-1 स्वायंभुव, 2 स्वारोचिष, 3 औत्तमि, 4 तामस, 5 रैवत, 6 चाक्षुष, 7 वैवस्वत, 8 सावर्णि, 9 दक्षसावर्णि, 1 ब्रह्मसावर्णि, 11 धर्मसावर्णि, 12 रुद्रसावर्णि, 13 रौच्य-दैवसावर्णि and 14 इंद्रसावर्णि). -3 A symbolical expression for the number 'fourteen'. -4 A man, mankind (opp. evil spirits); मनवे शासदव्रतान् Ṛv.1.13.8. -5 Thought, thinking or mental faculty (Ved.). -6 A prayer, sacred text or spell (मन्त्र); मनुं साधयतो राज्यं नाकपृष्ठमनाशके Mb.13.7.18. -7 (pl.) Mental powers; देहो$सवो$क्षा मनवो भूतमात्रा नात्मानमन्यं च विदुः परं यत् Bhāg.6.4.25. -नुः f. The wife of Manu. -Comp. -अन्तरम् the period or age of a Manu; (this period, according to Ms.1.79, comprises 4,32, human years or 1/14th day of Brahmā, the fourteen Manvantaras making up one whole day; each of these fourteen periods is supposed to be presided over by its own Manu; six such periods have already passed away; we are at present living in the seventh, and seven more are yet to come); मन्वन्तरं तु दिव्यानां युगानामेकसप्ततिः Ak. -जः a man, mankind. ˚अधिपः, ˚अधिपतिः, ˚ईश्वरः, ˚पतिः, ˚राजः a king, sovereign. ˚लोकः the world of men; i. e. the earth. -जा a woman. -जातः a man. -ज्येष्ठः a sword. -प्रणीत a. taught or expounded by Manu. -भूः a man, mankind. -राज् m. an epithet of Kubera. -श्रेष्ठः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -संहिता, -स्मृतिः the code of laws ascribed to the first Manu, the institutes of Manu. |
| |
| manthara | मन्थर a. [मन्थ्-अरच्] 1 Slow, dull, tardy, lazy, inactive; गर्भमन्थरा Ś.4; प्रत्यभिज्ञानमन्थरो$भवत् ibid; स्थाने खल्वयं प्रसवमन्थरो$भूत् M.5; दरमन्थरचरणविहारम् Gīt.11; Śi.6.4;7.18;5.62; R.19.21. -2 Stupid, foolish, silly; मन्थरकौलिकः. -3 Low, deep, hollow, having a low tone. -4 Large, broad, wide, big. -5 Bent, crooked, curved. -6 Indicating, showing (सूचक). -रः 1 A store, treasure. -2 The hair of the head. -3 Wrath, anger. -4 Fresh butter. -5 A churning-stick. -6 Hindrance, an obstacle. -7 A stronghold. -8 Fruit. -9 A spy, an informer. -1 The month Vaiśākha. -11 The mountain Mandara. -12 An antelope. -रा N. of a humpbacked nurse or slave of Kaikeyī who instigated her mistress, on the eve of Rāma's coronation as heir-apparent, to beg of her husband by the two boons formerly promised to her by him, the banishment of Rāma for fourteen years and the installation of Bharata on the throne; मन्थरां प्रविशस्वादौ कैकेयीं च ततः परम् A. Rām. -रम् Safflower. -Comp. -विवेक a. slow in judgment, void of discrimination; उन्मथ्य मन्थरविवेकमकाण्ड एव Māl.1.18. |
| |
| mala | मल a. [मृज्यते शोध्यते मृज्-कल टिलोपः Tv.] 1 Dirty, foul; आमिषं यच्च पूर्वेषां राजसं च मलं भृशम् Rām.7.74.16. -2 Mean, covetous. -3 Unbelieving, infidel, godless. -4 Wicked. -लः, -लम् 1 Dirt, filth, impurity, dust, any impure matter; मलदायकाः खलाः K.2; छाया न मूर्छति मलोपहतप्रसादे शुद्धे तु दर्पणतले सुलभावकाशा Ś.7.32. -2 Dregs, refuse, sediment, excrement, feces, dung. -3 Dross (of metals), rust, alloy. -4 Moral taint or impurity, sin; फलैधःकुसुमस्तेयमधैर्यं च मलावहम् Ms.11.7. -5 Any impure secretion of the body; (according to Manu these excretions are twelve:-- वसा शुक्रमसृङ् मज्जा मूत्रविड् घ्राणकर्णविट् । श्लेष्माश्रुदूषिका स्वेदो द्वादशैते नृणां मलाः Ms.5.135). -6 Camphor. -7 Cuttle-fish bone. -8 Tanned leather; a leather-garment. -9 The three humours of the body (वात, पित्त and कफ). -लम् A kind of base metal. -Comp. -अपकर्षणम् 1 removing the dirt, purification. -2 removal of sin. -अपहा 1 a particular preparation. -2 N. of a river; नन्दिनी नलिनी सीता मालती च मलापहा. -अयनम् the rectum. -अरिः a kind of natron. -अव- रोधः constipation of the bowels. -आकर्षिन् m. a sweeper, a scavenger. -आभ a. dirty-looking. -आवाह a. 1 causing dirt, dirtying, soiling. -2 defiling, polluting; Ms.11.7. -आशयः the stomach; bowels. -उद्भवम् the rust of iron (मण्डूर). -उत्सर्गः evacuation of the feces, voiding the excrement. -उद्वासा a woman who has put off her soiled clothes. -उपहत a. soiled, tarnished with dirt; Ś7.32. -कर्षण a. cleansing. -घ्न a. cleansing, detergent. (-घ्नः) the bulbous root of शाल्मली. (-घ्नी) N. of a plant (नागदमनी). -जम् pus, matter. -दूषित a. dirty, foul, soiled. -द्रवः purging, diarrhœa. -द्राविन् a. purging. (-m. the Jayapāla tree. -धात्री a nurse who attends to a child's necessities. -धारिन् m. a religious mendicant of the Jaina sect. -पङ्किन् a. covered with dust and mire; निराहारा कृशा रुक्षा जटिला मलपङ्किनी Mb.5.186. 2. -पूः (यूः) Ficus Oppositifolia (Mar. काळा किंवा धेड- उंबर). -पृष्ठम् the first (or outer) page of a book. -भुज् m. a crow. -मल्लकः a strip of cloth covering the privities (कौपीन); Dk.2.2. -मासः an intercalary month (so called because during that month religious ceremonies are not performed); 'अमावास्याद्वयं यत्र रवि- संक्रान्तिवर्जितम् । मलमासः स विज्ञेयः...' -मूत्रपरित्यागः evacuation of feces and urine. -वासस् f. a woman in her courses. -विशोधन a. cleansing away filth. -विष्टम्भः constipation. -विसर्गः, -विसर्जनम्, -शुद्धिः f. evacuation of the bowels. -हन्तृ m. = मलघ्नः. -हारक a. removing dirt or sin. |
| |
| mānava | मानव a. (-वी f.) [मनोरपत्यम् अण्] 1 Relating to or descended from Manu; मानवस्य राजर्षिवंशस्य प्रसवितारं सवितारम् U.3; Ms.12.17. -2 Human. -वः 1 A man, human being; मनोर्वंशो मानवानां ततो$यं प्रथितो$भवत् । ब्रह्मक्षत्रा- दयस्तस्मान्मनोर्जातास्तु मानवाः Mb.; Ms.2.9;5.35. -2 A lad, boy. -3 Mankind (pl.). -4 The subjects of a king (pl.) -वाः (m. pl.) N. of a school on Arthaśāstra; तेषामानुपूर्व्या यावानर्थोपघातस्तावानेकोत्तरो दण्डः इति मानवाः Kau. A.2.7.25. -वी 1 A woman. -2 N. of the daughter of स्वयंभू मनु; यथा ससर्ज भूतानि लब्ध्वा भार्यां च मानवीम् Bhāg.3.21.5. -3 N. of a Jain शासनदेवता. -वम् 1 A particular fine, penance. -2 A man's length (as a measure). -Comp. -इन्द्रः, -देवः, -पतिः a lord of men, king, sovereign; अन्यत्र रक्षोभवनोषितायाः परिग्रहान्मानवदेव देव्याः R.14.32. -धर्मशास्त्रम् the institutes of Manu. -राक्षसः a demon or fiend in the form of a man; ते$मी मानवराक्षसाः परहितं स्वार्थाय निघ्नन्ति ये Bh.2.74. |
| |
| mlecchaḥ | म्लेच्छः [म्लेच्छ्-घञ्] 1 A barbarian, a non-Āryan (one not speaking the Sanskṛit language, or not conforming to Hindu or Āryan institutions), a foreigner in general; ग्राह्या म्लेच्छप्रसिद्धिस्तु विरोधादर्शने सति J. N. V.; म्लेच्छान् मूर्छयते; or म्लेच्छनिवहनिधने कलयसि करवालम् Gīt.1. -2 An outcast, a very low man; (Baudhāyana thus defines the word:-- गोमांसखादको यस्तु विरुद्धं बहु भाषते । सर्वा- चारविहीनश्च म्लेच्छ इत्यभिधीयते ॥). -3 A sinner, wicked person. -4 Foreign or barbarous speech. -च्छम् 1 Copper. -2 Vermilion. -Comp. -आख्यम् copper. -आशः wheat. -आस्यम्, -मुखम् copper. -कन्दः garlic. -जातिः f. a savage or barbarian race, a mountaineer; पुलिन्दा नाहला निष्ट्याः शबरा वरुटा भटाः । माला भिल्लाः किराताश्च सर्वे$पि म्लेच्छजातयः ॥ Abh. Chin.934. -देशः, -मण्डलम् a country inhabited by non-Āryans or barbarians, a foreign or barbarous country; कृष्णसारस्तु चरति मृगो यत्र स्वभावतः । स ज्ञेयो यज्ञियो देशो म्लेच्छदेशस्त्वतः परः ॥ Ms.2.23. -द्विष्टः bdellium. -भाषा a foreign language. -भोजनः wheat. (-नम्) barley. -वाच् a. speaking a barbarous or foreign language; म्लेच्छवाचश्चार्यवाचः सर्वे ते दस्यवः स्मृताः Ms.1.45. |
| |
| yajñaḥ | यज्ञः [यज्-भावे न] 1 A sacrifice, sacrificial rite; any offering or oblation; यज्ञेन यज्ञमयजन्त देवाः; तस्माद्यज्ञात् सर्वहुतः &c.; यज्ञाद् भवति पर्जन्यो यज्ञः कर्मसमुद्भवः Bg.3.14. -2 An act of worship, any pious or devotional act. (Every householder, but particularly a Brāhmaṇa, has to perform five such devotional acts every day; their names are :-- भूतयज्ञ, मनुष्ययज्ञ, पितृयज्ञ, देवयज्ञ, and ब्रह्मयज्ञ, which are collectively called the five 'great sacrifices'; see महायज्ञ, and the five words separately.) -3 N. of Agni. -4 Of Viṣṇu; ऋषयो यैः पराभाव्य यज्ञघ्नान् यज्ञमीजिरे Bhāg.3.22.3. -Comp. -अंशः a share of sacrifice ˚भुज् m. a deity, god; निबोध यज्ञांशभुजामिदानीम् Ku.3.14. -अ(आ)गारः, -रम् a sacrificial hall. -अङ्गम् 1 a part of a sacrifice. -2 any sacrificial requisite, a means of a sacrifice; यज्ञाङ्गयोनित्वमवेक्ष्य यस्य Ku.1.17. (-गः) 1 the glomerous figtree (उदुम्बर). -2 the Khadira tree. -3 N. of Viṣṇu. -4 the black-spotted antelope. -अन्तः 1 the completion of a sacrifice. -2 an ablution at the end of a sacrifice for purification. -3 a supplementary sacrifice. ˚कृत् m. N. of Viṣṇu. -अरिः an epithet of Śiva. -अर्ह a. 1 deserving sacrifice. -2 fit for a sacrifice. (-m. dual) an epithet of the Aśvins. -अवयवः N. of Viṣṇu. -अशनः a god. -आत्मन् m. -ईश्वरः N. of Viṣṇu. -आयुधम् an implement of a sacrifice. These are said to be ten in number; स्पयश्च कपालानि च अग्निहोत्रहवणी च शूर्पं च कृष्णाजिनं च शम्या चोलूखलं च मुसलं च दृषच्चोपला एतानि वै दश यज्ञायुधानीति (quoted in ŚB. on MS.4.7.) -ईशः 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 of the sun. -इष्टम् a kind of grass (दीर्घरोहिततृण). -उपकरणम् any utensil or implement necessary for a sacrifice. -उपवीतम् the sacred thread worn by members of the first three classes (and now even of other lower castes) over the left shoulder and under the right arm; see Ms.2.63; वामांसावलम्बिना यज्ञोपवीतेनोद्भासमानः K.; कौशं सूत्रं त्रिस्त्रिवृतं यज्ञोपवीतम् ...... Baudhāyana; (originally यज्ञोपवीत was the ceremony of investiture with the sacred thread). -उपासक a. performing sacrifices. -कर्मन् a. engaged in a sacrifice. (-n.) a sacrificial rite. -कल्प a. of the nature of a sacrifice or sacrificial offering. -कालः the last lunar day of every fortnight (full-moon and newmoon). -कीलकः a post to which the sacrificial victim is fastened. -कुण्डम् a hole in the ground made for receiving the sacrificial fire. -कृत् a. performing a sacrifice. (-m.) 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 a priest conducting a sacrifice. -क्रतुः 1 a sacrificial rite; Ait. Br.7.15. -2 a complete rite or chief ceremony. -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu; ईजे च भगवन्तं यज्ञक्रतुरूपम् Bhāg.5.7.5. -क्रिया a sacrificial rite. -गम्य a. accessible by sacrifice (Viṣṇu). -गुह्यः N. of Kṛiṣṇa. -घ्नः a demon who interrupts a sacrifice. -त्रातृ m. N. of Viṣṇu. -दक्षिणा a sacrificial gift, the fee given to the priests who perform a sacrifice. -दीक्षा 1 admission or initiation to a sacrificial rite. -2 performance of a sacrifice; (जननम्) तृतीयं यज्ञदीक्षायां द्विजस्य श्रुतिचोदनात् Ms.2.169. -द्रव्यम् anything (e. g. a vessel) used for a sacrifice. -द्रुह् m. an evil spirit, a demon. -धीर a. conversant with worship or sacrifice. -पतिः 1 one who institutes a sacrifice. See यजमान. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -पत्नी the wife of the institutor of a sacrifice. -पशुः 1 an animal for sacrifice, a sacrificial victim. -2 a horse. -पात्रम्, -भाण्डम् a sacrificial vessel. -पुंस्, -पुमान् m. N. of Viṣṇu. -पुरुषः, -फलदः epithets of Viṣṇu. -बाहुः N. of Agni. -भागः 1 a portion of a sacrifice, a share in the sacrificial offerings. -2 a god, deity. ˚ईश्वरः N. of Indra. ˚भुज् m. a god, deity. -भावनः N. of Viṣṇu. -भावित a. honoured with sacrifice; इष्टान् भोगान् हि वो देवा दास्यन्ते यज्ञभाविताः Bg.3.12. -भुज् m. a god. -भूमिः f. a place for sacrifice, a sacrificial ground. -भूषणः white darbha grass. -भृत् m. an epithet of Viṣṇu. -भोक्तृ m. an epithet of Viṣṇu or Kṛiṣṇa. -महीत्सवः a great sacrificial caremony. -योगः the Udumbara tree. -रसः, -रेतस् n. Soma. -वराहः Viṣṇu in his boar incarnation. -वल्लिः, -ल्ली f. the Soma plant. -वाटः a place prepared and enclosed for a sacrifice. -वाह a. conducting a sacrifice. -वाहनः 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -2 a Brahmaṇa. -3 N. of Śiva. -वीर्यः N. of Viṣṇu. -वृक्षः the fig-tree. -वेदिः, -दी f. the sacrificial altar. -शरणम् a sacrificial shed or hall, a temporary structure under which a sacrifice is performed ; M.5. -शाला a sacrificial hall. -शिष्टम्, -शेषः -षम् the remains of a sacrifice; यज्ञशिष्टाशिनः सन्तो मुच्यन्ते सर्वकिल्बिषैः Bg.3.13; यज्ञशेषं तथामृतम् Ms.3.285. -शील a. zealously performing sacrifice; यद् धनं यज्ञशीलानां देवस्वं तद् विदुर्बुधाः Ms.11.2. -श्रेष्ठा the Soma plant. -संस्तरः the act of setting up the sacrificial bricks; यज्ञ- संस्तरविद्भिश्च Mb.1.7.42. -सदस् n. a number of people at a sarifice. -संभारः materials necessary for a sacrifice. -सारः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -सिद्धिः f. the completion of a sacrifice. -सूत्रम् see यज्ञोपवीत; अन्यः कृष्णाजिन- मदाद् यज्ञसूत्रं तथापरः Rām.1.4.21. -सेनः an epithet of king Drupada. -स्थाणुः a sacrificial post. -हन् m., -हनः epithets of Śiva. -हुत् m. a sacrificial priest. |
| |
| yajyu | यज्यु a. 1 Pious, devout. -2 Worshipping, adoring, honouring. -3 Sacrificing. -ज्युः 1 A priest familiar with the Yajurveda (अध्वर्यु). -2 The institutor of a sacrifice (यजमान). -3 An adherent to the यजुःशाखा. |
| |
| yantrita | यन्त्रित p. p. [यन्त्र्-क्त] 1 Restrained, checked, curbed, controlled, confined. -2 Fastened, bound; धन्या वयं यदस्माकं स्नेहकारुण्ययन्त्रिताः Mb.3.1.33. -3 Fettered, chained. -4 Subject to. -5 Instigated; तेनैव शत्रुं जहि विष्णु- यन्त्रितः Bhāg.6.11.2. -6 Disciplined by rules; ब्राह्मणं यन्त्रिता राजन्नुपस्थास्यामि पूजया Mb.3.34.1. -7 Drawn well (दृढाकृष्ट); ततः शरैर्दीप्तमुखैर्यन्त्रितैरनुमन्त्रितैः Mb.3.167.26. -8 Attracted; अथवा मदभिस्नेहाद् भवत्यो यन्त्रिताशयाः Bhāg. 1.29.23. -Comp. -कथ, -वाच् a. 'tongue-tied', forced to be silent. |
| |
| yājiḥ | याजिः The institutor of a sacrifice. -f. A sacrifice. |
| |
| yājya | याज्य a. 1 To be sacrificed. -2 Sacrificial. -3 One for whom a sacrifice is performed. -4 One who is allowed by Śāstras to sacrifice. -ज्यः 1 A sacrificer, the institutor of a sacrifice; याज्यात्मजमथो दृष्ट्वा Mb.13. 93.27. -2 The performer of a sacrifice for another. -ज्यम् The presents or fee received for officiating at a sacrifice. -ज्या a sacrificial text or verse, Ṛik (recited at the offering of an oblation); याज्यया यजनकर्मिणो$त्यजन् Śi.1.14.2. |
| |
| yuj | युज् I. 7 U. (युनक्ति, युङ्क्ते, युयोज, युयुजे, अयुजत्, अयौक्षीत्, अयुक्त, योक्ष्यति-ते, योक्तुम्, युक्त) 1 To join, unite, attach, connect, add; तमर्थमिव भारत्या सुतया योक्तुमर्हसि Ku.6.79; see pass. below. -2 To yoke, harness, put to; भानुः सकृद्युक्ततुरङ्ग एव Ś.5.4; ततः श्वेतैर्हयैर्युक्ते महति स्यन्दने स्थितौ Bg.1.14. -3 To furnish or endow with; as in गुणयुक्त. -4 To use, employ, apply; प्रशस्ते कर्मणि तथा सच्छब्दः पार्थ युज्यते Bg.17.26; Ms.7.24. -5 To appoint, set (with loc.); प्रजासु वृत्तिं यमयुङ्क्त वेदितुम् Ki.1.1. -6 To direct, turn or fix upon (as the mind &c.). -7 To concentrate one's attention upon; मनः संयम्य मच्चित्तो युक्त आसीत मत्परः Bg.6.14; युञ्जन्नेवं सदात्मानम् 15. -8 To put, place or fix on (with loc.). -9 To prepare, arrange, make ready, fit. -1 To give, bestow, confer; दध्यक्षताद्भिर्युयुजुः सदाशिषः Bhāg.1.25.29; आशिषं युयुजे. -11 To adhere or cleave to. -12 To enjoin, charge; उवाच चैनं मेधावी युङ्क्ष्वात्मानमिति प्रभो Mb.15.37.3. -13 To put in, insert. -14 To think or meditate upon. -Pass. (युज्यते) 1 To be joined or united with; रविपीत- जला तपात्यये पुनरोघेन हि युज्यते नदी Ku.4.44; R.8.17. -2 To get, be possessed of; इष्टैर्युज्येथाम् Mv.7; इष्टेन युज्यस्व Ś.5; R.3.65. -3 To be fit or right, be proper, to suit (with loc. or gen.); या यस्य युज्यते भूमिका तां खलु भावेन तथैव सर्वे वर्ग्याः पाठिताः Māl.1; त्रैलोक्यस्यापि प्रभुत्वं त्वयि युज्यते H.1. -4 To be ready for; ततो युद्धाय युज्यस्व Bg.2. 38,5. -5 To be intent on, be absorbed in, be directed towards; दैवकर्मणि युक्तो हि बिभर्तीदं चराचरम् Ms.3.75;14. 35; Ki.7.13. -6 To be fastened or harnessed. -7 To adhere, to be in close contact. -8 To attain to, possess, obtain. -9 To be made ready. -Caus. (योजयति-ते) 1 To join, unite, bring together; परस्परेण स्पृहणीयशोभं न वेदिदं द्वन्द्वमयोजयिष्यत् R.7.14. -2 To present, give, bestow; चरोरर्धार्धभागाभ्यां तामयोजयतामुभे R.1.56. -3 To appoint, employ, use; शत्रुभिर्योजयेच्छत्रुम् Pt.4.17. -4 To turn or direct towards; पापान्निवारयति योजयते हिताय Bh. 2.72. -5 To excite, urge, instigate. -6 To perform, achieve. -7 To prepare, arrange, equip. -8 To yoke, harness. -9 To apply, fix, set, place. -1 To furnish or endow with. -11 To surround. -12 To despise, think lightly of. -13 To appoint to. -Desid. (युयुक्षति-ते) To wish to join, yoke, give &c. -II. 1 P., 1 U. (योजति, योजयति-ते) To unite, join, yoke &c.; see युज् above. -III. 4 Ā. (युज्यते) To concentrate the mind (identical with the pass. of युज् I). -IV. 1 Ā. (योजयते) To censure. |
| |
| yoktṛ | योक्तृ m. [युज्-तृच्] 1 One who yokes, joins, unites &c. -2 A coachman. -3 An exciter, instigator. |
| |
| yojanam | योजनम् [युज्-भावादौ ल्युट्] 1 Joining, uniting, yoking. -2 Applying, fixing. -3 Preparation, arrangement. -4 Grammatical construction, construing the sense of a passage. -5 A measure of distance equal to four Krośas or eight or nine miles; स्याद् योजनं क्रोशचतुष्टयेन; प्रथममगमदह्ला योजने योजनेशः Līlā.; न योजनशतं दूरं बाह्यमानस्य तृष्णया H.1.146. -6 Exciting, instigation. -7 Concentration of the mind, abstraction (= योग q. v.). -8 Erecting, constructing (also योजना in this sense). -9 Ved. Effort, exertion. -1 A road, way. -11 The Supreme Spirit of the universe. -12 A finger. -ना 1 Junction, union, connection. -2 Grammatical construction. -3 Use, application. -Comp. -गन्धा 1 musk. -2 N. of Satyavatī, mother of Vyāsa. -3 of Sītā. |
| |
| rajas | रजस् n. [रञ्ज्-असुन् नलोपः Uṇ.4.224] 1 Dust, powder, dirt; धन्यास्तदङ्गरजसा मलिनीभवन्ति Ś.7.17; आत्मोद्धतैरपि रजोभिरलङ्घनीयाः 1.8; R.1.42;6.33. -2 The dust or pollen of flowers; भूयाद् कुशेशयरजोमृदुरेणुरस्याः (पन्थाः) Ś. 4.11; Me.35,67; Śi.7.42. -3 A mote in a sun-beam, any small particle (of matter); cf. Ms.8.132; जाल- सूर्यमरीचिस्थं त्रसरेणू रजः स्मृतम् Y.1.362. -4 A ploughed or cultivated land, arable field. -5 Gloom, darkness. -6 Foulness, passion, emotion, moral or mental darkness; अपथे पदमर्पयन्ति हि श्रुतवन्तो$पि रजोनिमीलिताः R.9. 74. -7 The second of the three Guṇas or constituent qualities of all material substances (the other two being सत्त्व and तमस्; रजस् is supposed to be the cause of the great activity seen in creatures; it predominates in men, as Sattva and Tamas predominate in gods and demons); अन्तर्गतमपास्तं मे रजसो$पि परं तमः Ku.6.6; Bg.6. 27; रजोजुषे जन्मनि K.; Māl.1.2. -8 Menstrual discharge, menses; रजसाभिप्लुतां नारी नरस्य ह्युपगच्छतः । प्रज्ञा तेजो बलं चक्षुरायुश्चैव प्रहीयते ॥ Ms.4.41;5.66. -9 Safflower. -1 Tin. -11 Ved. Air, atmosphere. -12 A division of the world. -13 Vapour. -14 Cloud or rain-water. -15 Sin (पाप); प्रायश्चित्तं च कुर्वन्ति तेन तच्छाम्यते रजः Rām.4. 18.34. -Comp. -गुणः see (7) above. -जुष् a. one who is addicted to Rajoguṇa; रजोषुजे जन्मनि सत्त्ववृत्तये K. -तमस्क a. being under the influenec of both rajas and tamas. -तोकः, -कम्, -पुत्रः 1 greediness, avarice; मुनये प्रेषयामास रजस्तोकमदौ तथा Bhāg.12.8.16. -2 'the child of passion', a term applied to a person to show that he is quite insignificant. -दर्शनम् the first appearance of the menstrual excretion, first menstrual flow. -निमीलित a. blinded by passion; अपथे पदमपयन्ति हि श्रुतवन्तो$पि रजोनिमीलिताः R.9.74. -पटलम् a coating of dust. -बन्धः suppression of menstruation. -मूर्तिः the god Brahmā. -मेघः a cloud of dust. -रसः, -व(ब)- लम् darkness. -शयः a dog; L. D. B. -शुद्धिः f. pure condition of the menses. -सारथिः wind; L. D. B. -हरः 'dirt-remover', a washerman. |
| |
| rasaḥ | रसः [रस्-अच्] 1 Sap, juice (of trees); इक्षुरसः, कुसुमरसः &c. -2 A liquid, fluid; यष्टव्यं पशुभिर्मुख्यैरथो बीजै रसैरिति Mb.14.91.21; न्यस्ताक्षरा धातुरसेन यत्र Ku.1.7. -3 Water; सहस्रगुणमुत्स्रष्टुमादत्ते हि रसं रविः R.1.18; Bv.2.144. -4 Liquor, drink; Ms.2.177. -5 A draught, potion. -6 Taste, flavour, relish (fig. also) (considered in Vaiś. phil. as one of the 24 gunas; the rasas are six; कटु, अम्ल, मधुर, लवण, तिक्त and कषाय); परायत्तः प्रीतेः कथ- मिव रसं वेत्तु पुरुषः Mu.3.4; U.2.2. -7 A sauce, condiment, -8 An object of taste; मनो बबन्धान्यरसान् विलङ्ध्य सा R.3.4. -9 Taste or inclination for a thing, liking, desire; रसवर्जं रसो$प्यस्य परं दृष्ट्वा निवर्तते Bg.2.59; इष्टे वस्तुन्युपचितरसाः प्रेमराशीभवन्ति Me.114. -1 Love, affection; जरसा यस्मिन्नहार्यो रसः U.1.39; प्रसरति रसो निर्वृतिघनः 6.11 'feeling of love'; रसादृते V.2.21; Ku. 3.37. -11 Pleasure, delight, happiness; चिरात्सुतस्पर्श- रसज्ञतां ययौ R.3.26. -12 Charm, interest, elegance, beauty. -13 Pathos, emotion, feeling. -14 (In poetic compositions) A sentiment; नवरसरुचिरां निर्मितिमादधती भारती कवेर्जयति; K. P.1. (The rasas are usually eight :-- शृङ्गारहास्यकरुणरौद्रवीरभयानकाः । भीभत्साद्भुतसंज्ञौ चेत्यष्टौ नाट्ये रसाः स्मृताः ॥ but sometimes शान्तरस is added; thus making the total number 9; निर्वेदस्थायिभावो$स्ति शान्तो$पि नवमो रसः K. P.4; sometimes a tenth, वात्सल्यरस, is also added. Rasas are more or less a necessary factor of every poetic composition, but, according to Viśvanātha, they constitute the very essence of poetry; वाक्यं रसात्मकं काव्यम् S. D.3.). -15 Essence, pith, best part; ब्रह्म तेजोमयं शुक्रं यस्य सर्वमिदं रसःMb.12.24.9. -16 A constituent fluid of the body. -17 Semen virile. -18 Mercury. -19 A poison, poisonous drink; as in तीक्ष्णरस- दायिनः; रसविधानकौशलैः Dk.2.8. -2 Any mineral metallic salt. -21 Juice of the sugar-cane. -22 Milk. -23 Melted butter. -24 Nectar; मयः कूपरसे$क्षिपत् Bhāg.7.1.59-6. -25 Soup, broth. -26 A symbolical expression for the number 'six'. -27 Green onion. -28 Myrrh. -29 Gold. -3 A metal in a state of fusion. -31 See रसातल; अनेन नूनं वेदानां कृतमाहरणं रसात् Mb.12.347.67. -32 The tongue (as the organ of taste); वाण्यां च छन्दांसि रसे जलेशम् Bhāg.8.2.27; जितं सर्वं जिते रसे 11.8.21. -33 (With Vaiṣṇavas.) Disposition of the heart or mind (the five Rasas are शान्ति, दास्य, साख्य, वात्सल्य and माधुर्य). -Comp. -अग्रजम् an ointment prepared from the calx of brass. -अञ्जनम् vitriol of copper, a sort of collyrium. -अधिक a. 1 tasty. -2 abounding in pleasures, splendid; Ś.7.2 (v. l.). (-कः) borax. -अन्तरम् 1 a different taste. -2 different feelings or sentiments. -अभिनिवेशः intentness of affection. -अम्लः 1 a kind of sorrel. -2 sour sauce. -अयनम् 1 an elixir of life (elixir vitæ), any medicine supposed to prolong life and prevent old age; निखिलरसायनमहितो गन्धेनोग्रेण लशुन इव R. G. -2 (fig.) serving as an elixir vitæ, i. e. that which gratifies or regales; आनन्दनानि हृदयैकरसायनानि Māl.6.8; मनसश्च रसायनानि U.1.37; श्रोत्र˚, कर्ण˚ &c. -3 alchemy or chemistry. -4 any medicinal compound. -5 butter-milk. -6 poison. -7 long pepper. (-नः) 1 an alchemist. -2 N. of Garuḍa. ˚श्रेष्ठः mercury. (-नी f.) 1 a channel for the fluids of the body. -2 N. of several plants :-- गुडूची, काकमाची, महाकरञ्ज, गोरक्षदुग्धा and मांसच्छदा. -आत्मक a. 1 consisting of juice or sentiment. -2 elegant, beautiful. -3 having taste or flavour. -4 ambrosial; रसात्मकस्योडुपतेश्च रश्मयः Ku.5.22. -5 fluid, liquid, watery; सोमो भूत्वा रसात्मकः Bg.15.13. -आदानम् absorption of fluid, suction. -आधारः the sun. -आभासः 1 the semblance or mere appearance of a sentiment; अनौचित्यप्रवृत्तत्वे आभासो रसभावयोः S. D. -2 an improper manifestation of a sentiment. -आश्रयः a. embodying or representing sentiments. -आस्वादः 1 tasting juices of flavours. -2 perception or appreciation of poetic sentiments, a perception of poetical charm; as in काव्यामृतरसास्वादः. -आस्वादिन् m. a bee. -आह्वः turpentine. -इक्षुः sugar-cane. -इन्द्रः 1 mercury. -2 the philosopher's stone (the touch of which is said to turn iron into gold); ˚वेधजम्, संजातम् the gold. -उत्तमम् milk. (-मः) 1 quicksilver. -2 Phaseolus Mungo (Mar. मूग). -3 milk. -उत्पत्तिः 1 production of taste. -2 development of passion or sentiment. -3 generation of the vital fluids. -उद्भवम् 1 a pearl. -2 vermilion. -उपलम् a pearl. -ऊनम् garlic; also ऊनकः. -ओदनम् rice boiled in meat-broth. -कर्पूरम् sublimate of mercury. -कर्मन् n. preparation of quicksilver. -केसरम् camphor. -क्रिया the inspissation and application of fluid remedies. -गन्धः, -न्धम् gum-myrrh. -गन्धकः 1 myrrh. -2 sulphur. -गर्भम् 1 = रसाञ्जन. -2 vermilion. -गुण a. possessing the quality of taste; ज्योतिषश्च विकुर्वाणा- दापो रसगुणाः स्मृताः Ms.1.78. -ग्रह a. 1 perceiving flavours. -2 appreciating or enjoying pleasures. (-हः) the organ of taste. -घन a. full of juice. -घ्नः borax. -जः 1 sugar, molasses. -2 an insect produced by the fermentation of liquids. -जम् blood. -a. bred in fluids; Ms.11.143. -जातम् an ointment prepared from the calx of brass. -ज्ञ a. 1 one who appreciates the flavour or excellence of, one who knows the taste of; सांसारिकेषु च सुखेषु वयं रसज्ञाः U.2.22. -2 capable of discerning the beauty of things. (-ज्ञः) 1 a man of taste or feeling, a critic, an appreciative person, a poet. -2 an alchemist. -3 a physician, or one who prepares mercurial or other chemical compounds. (-ज्ञा) the tongue; सखि मा जल्प तवायसी रसज्ञा Bv.2.59; (-रसज्ञता, त्वम् means 1 poetical skill. -2 alchemy. -3 knowledge of flavours. -4 discrimination.). -ज्ञानम् a branch of medical science. -ज्येष्ठः 1 the sweet taste. -2 the love sentiment. -तन्मात्रम् the subtle element of taste. -तेजस् n. blood. -दः 1 a physician; Mb.12.121.45. -2 a spy who administers poison; Kau. A.1.12. -द्राविन् a kind of citron. -धातु n. quicksilver. -धेनुः a cow consisting of fruit-juice. -नाथः mercury. -नायकः N. of Sacute;iva. -निवृत्तिः loss of taste. -नेत्रिका red arsenic. -पाकजः molasses. -पाचकः a cook. -प्रबन्धः any poetical composition, particularly a drama. -फलः the cocoanut tree. -भङ्गः the interruption or cessation of a sentiment. -भवम् blood. -भस्मम् n. oxide of mercury. -भेदः a preparation of quicksilver. -मलम् impure excretions. -मातृका the tongue. -योगः juices mixed scientifically. -राजः, -लोहः 1 = रसाञ्जन. -2 quick-silver. -वादः alchemy. -विक्रयः sale of liquors. -विद्धम् artificial gold. -शास्त्रम् the science of alchemy. -शोधनः borax. (-नम्) purification of mercury. -सरोरुहम् a red lotus. -सिद्ध a. 1 accomplished in poetry, conversant with sentiments; जयन्ति ते सुकृतिनो रससिद्धाः कवीश्वराः Bh.2.24. -2 skilled in alchemy. -सिद्धिः f. skill in alchemy. -सिन्दूरम् a cinnabar made of zinc, mercury, blue vitriol and nitre. -स्थानम् vermilion. |
| |
| rājyam | राज्यम् [राज्ञो भावः कर्म वा, राजन्-यत् नलोपः] 1 Royalty, sovereignty; royal authority; राज्येन किं तद् विपरीतवृत्तेः R. 2.53;4.1. -2 A kingdom, country, an empire; R. 1.58. -3 Rule, reign, government, administration of a kingdom. -Comp. -अङ्गम् a constituent member of the state, a requisite of regal administration; (these are usually said to be seven:- स्वाम्यमात्यसुहृत्कोषराष्ट्रदुर्गबलानि च Ak.). -2 a stronghold. -3 an army. -अधिकारः 1 authority over a kingdom. -2 a right to sovereignty. -अधिदेवता the tutelary deity of a kingdom. -अप- हरणम् usurpation. -अभिषेकः inauguration or coronation of a king. -आश्रममुनिः a pious king, the sage living in the hermitage in the form of the kingdom; पप्रच्छ कुशलं राज्ये राज्याश्रममुनिं मुनिः R.1.58. -उपकरणम् (pl.) the paraphernalia of government. -करः the tribute paid by a tributary prince. -कर्तृ m. 1 an administrator or officer of government. -2 a king. -खण्डम् a country. -च्युत a. deposed or dethroned. -तन्त्रम् the science of government, system of administration, the government or administration of a kingdom; Mu.1. -द्रव्यम् a requisite of sovereignty. -धुरा, -भारः the yoke or burden of government, the responsibility or administration of government. -परि- क्रिया administration. -भाज् a king. -भङ्गः subversion of sovereignty. -भोगः the possession of sovereignty. -भ्रंशः deposition from kingdom, loss of sovereignty. -लक्ष्मीः, -श्रीः the glory of sovereignty. -लोभः greed of dominion, desire of territorial aggrandizement. -विभूतिः power of royalty. -व्यवहारः administration, government business. -सुखम् the sweets of royalty. -स्थितिः government. |
| |
| rāma | राम a. [रम् कर्तरि घञ् ण वा] 1 Pleasing, delighting, rejoicing, -2 Beautiful, lovely, charming. -3 Obscure; dark-coloured, black. -4 White. -मः 1 N. of three celebrated personages; (a) Paraśurāma, son of Jamadagni; (b) Balarāma, son of Vasudeva and brother of Kṛiṣṇa, q.q.v.v.; (c) Rāmachandra or Sītārāma, son of Daśaratha and Kausalyā and the hero of the Rāmāyaṇa; (the word is thus derived in Purāṇas:-- राशब्दो विश्ववचनो मश्चापीश्वरवाचकः । विश्वाधीनेश्वरो यो हि तेन रामः प्रकीर्तितः ॥) cf. also राकारोच्चारमात्रेण मुखान्निर्याति पातकम् । पुनः प्रवेशशङ्कायां मकारो$स्ति कपाटवत् ॥ [When quite a boy, he with his brother was taken by Viśvāmitra, with the permission of Daśaratha, to his hermitage to protect his sacrifices from the demons that obstructed them. Rāma killed them all with perfect ease, and received from the sage several miraculous missiles as a reward. He then accompanied Viśvāmitra to the capital of Janaka where he married Sītā having performed the wonderful feat of bending Siva's bow, and then returned to Ayodhyā. Daśaratha, seeing that Rāma was growing fitter and fitter to rule the kingdom, resolved to install him as heir-apparent. But, on the eve of the day of coronation, his favourite wife Kaikeyī, at the instigation of her wicked nurse Mantharā, asked him to fulfil the two boons he had formerly promised to her, by one of which she demanded the exile of Rāma for fourteen years and by the other the installation of her own son Bharata as Yuvarāja. The king was terribly shocked, and tried his best to dissuade her from her wicked demands, but was at last obliged to yield. The dutiful son immediately prapared to go into exile accompanied by his beautiful young wife Sītā and his devoted brother Lakṣmana. The period of his exile was eventful, and the two brothers killed several powerful demons and at last roused the jealousy of Rāvaṇa himself. The wicked demon resolved to try Rāma by carrying off his beauteous wife for whom he had conceived an ardent passion, and accomplished his purpose being assisted by Mārīcha. After several fruitless inquiries as to her whereabouts, Hanumat ascertained that she was in Laṅkā and persuaded Rāma to invade the island and kill the ravisher. The monkeys built a bridge across the ocean over which Rāma with his numerous troops passed, conquered Laṅkā, and killed Rāvaṇa along with his whole host of demons. Rāma, attended by his wife and friends in battle, triumphantly returned to Ayodhyā where he was crowned king by Vasiṣṭha. He reigned long and righteously and was succeeded by his son Kuśa. Rāma is said to be the seventh incarnation of Viṣṇu; cf. Jayadeva:-- वितरसि दिक्षु रणे दिक्पतिकमनीयं दशमुखमौलिबलिं रमणीयम् । केशव धृतरघुपति- रूप जय जगदीश हरे Gīt.1.]. -2 A kind of deer. -3 N. of Aruṇa. -4 A lover; cf. Śi.4.59. -5 A horse. -6 Pleasure, joy. -मम् 1 Darkness. -2 Leprosy (कृष्ठम्). -3 A tamāla leaf. -Comp. -अनुजः N. of a celebrated reformer, founder of a Vedāntic sect and author of several works. He was a Vaiṣṇava. -अयनम् (-णम्) 1 the adventures of Rāma. -2 N. of a celebrated epic by Vālmīki which contains about 24 verses in seven Kāṇḍas or books. -ईश्वरः N. of a sacred place of pilgrimage. -काण्डः a species of cane. -किल्बिषम् an offence against Rāma. -कृत् (in music) N. of a Rāga. -क्री N. of a Rāga. -गिरिः N. of a mountain; (चक्रे) स्निग्धच्छाया- तरुषु वसतिं रामगिर्याश्रमेषु Me.1. -चन्द्रः, -भद्रः N. of Rāma, son of Daśaratha. -जन्मन् n. the birth or birth-day of Rāma. -तापन, -तापनी, -तापनीय उपनिषद् N. of a well-known उपनिषद् (belonging to the अथर्ववेद). -दूतः 1 N. of Hanumat. -2 a monkey. (-ती) a kind of basil. -नवमी the ninth day in the bright half of Chaitra, the anniversary of the birth of Rāma. -पूगः a kind of betel-nut tree. -लीला N. of a dramatic performance, on the story of Rāma. -वल्लभः the birch-tree. (-भम्) cinnamon. -शरः a kind of sugar cane. -सखः N. of Sugrīva. -सेतुः the bridge of Rāma', a bridge of sand between the Indian peninsula and Ceylon, now called Adam's bridge. |
| |
| lāghavam | लाघवम् [लघोर्भावः अण्] 1 Smallness, littleness. -2 Levity, lightness; अलसग्रहणं प्राप्तो दुर्मेधावी तथोच्यते । बुद्धिलाघवयुक्तेन जनेनादीर्धदर्शिना ॥ Mb.12.166.6. (com. लाघवं नीचता); cf. बुद्धिलाघव. -3 Thoughtlessness, frivolity. -4 Insignificance. -5 Disrespect, contempt, dishonour, degradation; सेवां लाघवकारिणीं कृतधियः स्थाने श्ववृत्तिं विदुः Mu.3.14; यास्यसि लाघवम् Bg.2.35. -6 Quickness, speed, rapidity; गतिर्वेगश्च तेजश्व लाघवं च महाकपे । पितुस्ते सदृशं वीर मारुतस्य महौजसः ॥ Rām.4.44.5. -7 Ease, facility. -8 Health, soundness of constitution. -9 Activity, dexterity; readiness; वियदभिपातलाघवेन Ki.7.21; हस्तलाघवम्. -1 Versatility; बुद्धिलाघवम्. -11 Brevity, conciseness (of expression); प्रसादरम्यमोजस्वि गरीयो लाघवान्वितम् Ki.11.38. -12 An explanation which is in consonance with the principle of economy of nature and involves simplicity of reasoning; (अल्पोपस्थितिसापेक्षत्वं लाघवम्); आकाशो लाघवादेकः Tarka. K. -13 Shortness of a syllable (in prosody). -Comp. -कारिन् disgraceful. |
| |
| vayas | वयस् n. [अज्-असुन् वीभावः] 1 Age, any time or period of life; गुणाः पूजास्थानं गुणिषु न च लिङ्गं न च वयः U.4.11; नवं वयः R.2.47; पश्चिमे वयसि 19.1; न खलु वयस्तेजसो हेतुः Bh.2.38; तेजसां हि न वयः समीक्ष्यते R.11.1.; Ku.5.16; Bhāg.1.26.4. -2 Youth, the prime of life; वयसि गते कः कामविकारः Charpaṭa. S.1; Bhāg.8.15.17; वयोगते किं वनिताविलासः Subhāṣ.; so अतिक्रान्तवयाः. -3 A bird in general; स्मरणीयाः समये वयं वयः N.2.62; मृगवयोगवयोप- चितं वनम् R.9.53;2.9; Śi.3.55;11.47. -4 A crow; वयांसि किं न कुर्वन्ति चञ्च्वा खोदरपूरणम् Pt.1.23 (here it may mean 'a bird' also.). -5 Ved. Sacrificial food or oblation. -6 Energy, strength. -7 Health, soundness of constitution. -Comp. -अतिग, -अतीत a. (-वयोतिग &c.) advanced in age, aged, decrepit. -अधिक a. (-वयोधिक) older in age, senior. -अवस्था (वयोवस्था) stage or period of life, measure of age; वयो$वस्थां तस्याः श्रुणुत Māl.9.29. -कर a. causing health and vigour of life, prolonging life. -गत a. 1 come of age. -2 advanced in years; अयमितर आत्मा कृतकृत्यो वयोगतः प्रैति Ait. Up.2.4. (-तम्) the departure of youth. -परिणतिः, -परिणामः ripeness of age; advanced or old age. -प्रमाणम् 1 measure or length of life. -2 duration of life. -बाल a. young in years. -वृद्ध a. (-वयोवृद्ध) old, advanced in years. -संधिः 1 transition from one period of life to another; त्रयो वयःसंधयः. -2 puberty, maturity (period of coming of age). -स्थ a. (-वयःस्थ or -वयस्थ) 1 youthful; नानावर्णविभक्तानां वयःस्थानां तथैव च Rām.1.53.2. -2 grown up mature. -3 strong, powerful. (-स्थ) a friend; contemporary. (-स्था) 1 a female companion. -2 the yellow myrobalan tree. -3 small cardamoms. -स्थानम् firmness of youth. -हानिः f. (-वयोहानिः) 1 loss or decline of youth. -2 loss of youthful vigour. |
| |
| varcas | वर्चस् n. [वर्च्-असुन्] 1 Vigour, energy, power. -2 Light, lustre, brilliance, splendour; स्वरेण वर्चसा चैव प्रेक्षितेन च वानर ...... व्यक्तिं वां नोपलक्षये Rām.4.12.31. -3 Form, figure, shape. -4 Ordure, feces. -5 Semen virile. -Comp. -ग्रहः constipation. |
| |
| varṇaḥ | वर्णः [वर्ण्-अच् Uṇ.3.1] 1 A colour, hue; अन्तः- शुद्धस्त्वमपि भविता वर्णमात्रेण कृष्णः Me.51. -2 A paint, dye, paint-colour; see वर्ण् (1). -3 Colour, complexion, beauty; विविक्तवर्णाभरणा सुखश्रुतिः Ki.14.3; त्वय्यादातुं जलमवनते शार्ङ्गिणो वर्णचौरे Me.48; R.8.42. -4 Look, countenance; मध्यस्थवर्ण इव दृश्यते Madhyamavyāyoga 1; किं त्वं शङ्कितवर्ण इव Chārudatta 4; अवदातिका परशङ्कितवर्णेव दृश्यते Pratimā 1. -5 A class of men, tribe, caste (especially applied to the four principal castes, ब्राह्मण, क्षत्रिय, वैश्य and शूद्र); वर्णानामानुपूर्व्येण Vārt; न कश्चिद्वर्णानामपथमपकृष्टो$पि भजते Ś.5. 1; R.5.19. -6 A class, race, tribe, kind, species; as in सवर्णम् अक्षरम्; ब्रह्मणा पूर्वसृष्टं हि कर्मभिर्वर्णतां गतम् Mb.12. 188.1. -7 (a) A letter, character, sound; न मे वर्ण- विचारक्षमा दृष्टिः V.5; Ki.14.3. (b) A word, syllable; S. D.9. -8 Fame, glory, celebrity, renown; राजा प्रजा- रञ्जनलब्धवर्णः R.6.21. -9 A good quality, merit, virtue; त्रिवर्णा वर्णिता$स्माभिः किं भूयः श्रोतुमिच्छसि Bhāg.11.3.16. -1 Praise; स्वगुणोच्चगिरो मुनिव्रताः परवर्णग्रहणेष्वसाधवः Śi.16. 29. -11 Dress, decoration. -12 Outward appearance, form, figure. -13 A cloak, mantle. -14 A covering, lid. -15 The order or arrangement of a subject in a song (गीतक्रम); अभिध्यायन्वर्णरतिप्रमोदानतिदीर्घे जीविते को रमेत Kaṭh.1.28; उपात्तवर्णे चरिते पिनाकिनः Ku.5.56 'celebrated in song, made the subject of a song.' -16 The housings of an elephant. -17 A quality, property; जङ्गमानामसंख्येयाः स्थावराणां च जातयः । तेषां विविधवर्णानां कुतो वर्णविनिश्चयः ॥ Mb.12.188.9. -18 A religious observance. -19 An unknown quantity. -2 The number 'one'. -21 Application of perfumed unguents to the body. -22 Gold. -23 A musical mode. -र्णा Cajanus Indicus (Mar. तूर). -र्णम् 1 Saffron. -2 A coloured unguent or perfume. -Comp. -अङ्का a pen. -अधिपः a planet presiding over a caste or class. -अनुप्रासः alliteration. -अन्तरम् 1 another caste. ˚गमनम् the passing into another caste. -2 change of sound. -अपसदः an outcast. -अपेत a. devoid of any cast, outcast, degraded; वर्णा- प्रेतमविज्ञातं ...... कर्मभिः स्वैर्विभावयेत् Ms.1.57. -अवकृष्टः a Śūdra; अपि वर्णावकृष्टस्तु नारी वा धर्मकाङ्क्षिणी Mb.12.24.34. -अर्हः a kind of bean. -अवर a. inferior in caste. -आगमः the addition of a letter; भवेद्वर्णागमाद्धंसः Sk. -आत्मन् m. a word. -आश्रमाः the (four) castes and stages of life; वर्णाश्रमाणां गुरवे स वर्णी विचक्षणः प्रस्तुतमाचचक्षे R.5.19. ˚गुरुः N. of Śiva. ˚धर्मः the duties of caste and order. -उदकम् coloured water; वर्णोदकैः काञ्चनशृङ्गमुक्तै- स्तमायताक्ष्यः प्रणयादसिञ्चन् R.16.7. -कविः N. of a son of Kubera. -कूपिका an ink-stand. -क्रमः 1 the order of castes or colours. -2 alphabetical order or arrangement. -गत a. 1 coloured. -2 algebraical. -गुरुः a king, prince. -ग्रथणा a method (artificial) of writing verses. -चारकः a painter. -ज्येष्ठः a Brāhmaṇa. -तर्णकम्, -तर्णिका woollen cloth used as a mat. -तालः (in music) a kind of measure. -तूलिः, -तूलिका, -तूली f. a pencil, paint-brush. -द a. colouring. (-दम्) a kind of fragrant yellow wood. -दात्री turmeric. -दूतः a letter. -दूषक a. violating the distinctions of castes; यत्र त्वेते परिध्वंसा जायन्ते वर्णदूषकाः Ms.1.61. -धर्मः the peculiar duties of a caste. -नाथः the planetary regent of a caste. -पत्रम् a pallet. -परिचयः skill in song or music. -पातः the omission of a letter. -पात्रम् a paint-box. -पुष्पम् the flower of the globe-amaranth. -पुष्पकः the globeamaranth. -प्रकर्षः excellence of colour. -प्रसादनम् aloe-wood. -बुद्धिः the notion connected with particular letters or sounds. -भेदिनी millet. -मातृ f. a pen, pencil. -मातृका N. of Sarasvatī. -माला, -राशिः the alphabet. -रे(ले)खा, -लेखिका chalk. -वर्तिः, -वर्तिका f. 1 a paint-brush; फलकमादाय मणिसमुद्गकाद्वर्णवर्तिकामुद्धृत्य Dk.2.2. -2 a pencil. -वादिन् m. a panegyrist. -विक्रिया enmity against the castes. -विपर्ययः the substitution or change of letters; (भवेत्) सिंहो वर्णविपर्ययात् Sk. -विलासिनी turmeric. -विलोडकः 1 a house-breaker. -2 a plagiarist (lit. word-stealer). -वृत्तम् a metre regulated by the number of syllables it contains (opp. मात्रावृत्त). -व्यव- -स्थितिः f. the institution of caste, caste-system. -शिक्षा instruction in letters. -श्रेष्ठः a Brāhmaṇa; वर्णश्रेष्ठो द्विजः पूज्यः H.4.21. -संयोगः marriage between persons of the same caste. -संसर्गः confusion of castes, marriage with members of other castes; Ms.8.172. -संहारः an assemblage of different castes. -संकरः 1 confusion of castes through intermarriage; स्त्रीषु दुष्टासु वार्ष्णेय जायते वर्ण- संकरः Bg.1.41. -2 mixture or blending of colours; चित्रेषु वर्णसंकरः K. (where both senses are intended); Śi.14.37. -संघातः, -समाम्नायः the alphabet. -स्थानम् an organ of utterance. -हीन a. outcast. |
| |
| vigrah | विग्रह् 9 P. 1 To hold or seize, catch hold of; विजगृहे तिसृणां जयिनं पुराम् Ki.18.12. -2 To quarrel, fight, contend; विगृह्य चक्रे नमुचिद्विषा बली य इत्थमस्वास्थ्यमहर्दिवं दिवः Śi.1.51; Bk.6.86;17.23; Ki.14.24. -3 To divide into parts, separate (into constituent members). -4 To dissolve, analyse, resolve in general. -5 To receive, welcome (as a guest). -6 To preceive, observe. -7 To stretch or spread out. |
| |
| vibaddha | विबद्ध p. p. 1 Fastened, tied. -2 Obstructed, stopped. -3 Constipated. |
| |
| vibandhaḥ | विबन्धः 1 Constipation. -2 Obstruction. -3 Encircling, a circular bandage; Śuśr. |
| |
| vilambikā | विलम्बिका Constipation; a form of indigestion. |
| |
| viṣ | विष् f. 1 Feces, excrement, ordure; मूत्रविट् घ्राणकर्मविट् Ms.5.135. -2 Spreading, diffusion. -3 A girl, as in विट्पति. -Comp. -कारिका (विट्कारिका) a kind of bird. -कृमिः (विट्कृमिः) a worm bred in the bowels. -खदिरः Vachellia Farnesiana (Mar. शेण्या खैर). -ग्रहः, (विड्ग्रहः) constipation. -घातः (विड्घातः) a urinary disease. -चरः, -वराहः (विट्चरः, विड्वराहः) a tame or village hog (eating ordure). -पतिः a son in-law; Ms.3.148. -बन्धः (विड्बन्धः) constipation. -भङ्गः diarrhœa; also विड्भेदः. -भुज् (विड्भुज्) a. feeding on ordure; कृमिकीटपत- ङ्गानां विड्भुजां चैव पक्षिणाम् Ms.12.56. -m. a dung beetle or a similar insect; कष्टान् कामानर्हते विड्भुजां ये Bhāg.5.5.1. -लवणम् (विड्लवणम्) a kind of medicinal salt. -संगः (विट्संगः) constipation. -सारिका (विट्सारिका) a kind of bird (Mar. मौना). |
| |
| viṣṭambhaḥ | विष्टम्भः 1 Fixing firmly. -2 Obstruction, hindrance, an impediment. -3 Obstruction of the urine or ordure, constipation. -4 Paralysis. -5 Stopping, staying. -6 Stepping, placing the feet. -7 Prop, support. -8 Endurance, resistance; शीतोष्ण-वर्ष-पवन-विष्टम्भविभिन्न- सर्वत्वचः Mb.12.192.1. |
| |
| vegaḥ | वेगः [विज्-घञ्] 1 Impulse, impetus. -2 Speed, velocity, rapidity. -3 Agitation. -4 Impetuosity, violence, force. -5 A stream, current; as in अम्बुवेगः; रुरोध नर्मदा- वेगं बाहुभिर्बहुभिर्वृतः Rām.7.32.4,6. -6 Energy, activity, determination. -7 Power, strength; ऊरू भग्नौ प्रसह्याजौ गदया भीमवेगया Mb.1.2.288; मदनज्वरस्य वेगात् K. -8 Circulation, working, effect (as of poison); चिराद्वेगारम्भी प्रसृत इव तीव्रो विषरसः U.2.26; V.5.18. -9 Haste, rashness, sudden impulse; कृत्यं न कुरुते वेगान्न स संतापमाप्नुयात् Pt.1.19. -1 The fight of an arrow; घननीहार इवाविषक्तवेगः Ki.13.24. -11 Love, passion. -12 The external manifestation of an internal emotion. -13 Delight, pleasure. -14 Evacuation of the feces; स्वभावतः प्रवृत्तानां मलादीनां जिजीविषुः । न वेगं धारयेद्धीरः कामादीनां च धारयेत् ॥ Rājanighaṇṭu. -15 Semen virile. -16 Pleasure, delight. -17 Attack, paroxysm (of a disease); Suśi. -Comp. -अनिलः 1 blast caused by speed; यष्ट्यग्रे च समं स्थितो ध्वजपटः प्रान्ते च वेगानिलात् V.1.5. -2 a strong or violent wind. -आघातः 1 sudden arresting of velocity, check of speed. -2 obstruction of excretion, constipation. -दण्डः an elephant. -नाशनः the phlegmatic humour. -रोधः = ˚आघातः q. v. -वाहिन् a. swift. -विधारणम् 1 checking of speed. -2 constipation. -सरः a mule. -हरिणः a kind of antelope; L. D. B. |
| |
| vyutthā | व्युत्था 1 Ā. 1 To get up, rise. -2 To increase in strength or power, grow strong. -3 To oppose, resist, say something in opposition; इति व्युत्तिष्ठमानायां तस्यामूचे नलः प्रियाम् N.2.124. -Caus. 1 To excite, instigate, rouse. -2 To disagree about. -3 To win over. -4 To remove. व्युत्थानम् vyutthānam व्युत्थितिः vyutthitiḥ व्युत्थानम् व्युत्थितिः f. 1 Great activity. -2 Rising up against, opposition, obstruction. -3 Independent action, following one's own bent of mind; व्युत्थानं च विकाङ्क्षद्भिः कथाभिः प्रतिलोभ्यते Mb.12.111.43. -4 The completion of religious abstraction or abstract meditation (in Yoga phil.). -5 A kind of dance. -6 Causing (an elephant) to rise; यावच्चक्रे नाञ्जनं बोधनाय व्युत्थानज्ञो हस्तिचारी मदस्य Śi.18.26. -7 Contradicting. |
| |
| vratika | व्रतिक व्रतिन् a. Observing a vow, practising penance, devout, pious; नायज्वभिर्नाव्रतिकैः Mb.3.43.5; व्रतिनः पापशीलानामसतीनां कुलस्त्रियः (द्वेष्याः) Pt.1.416. -m. 1 A religious student; भैक्षेण वर्तयेन्नित्यं नैकान्नादी भवेद् व्रती । भैक्षेण व्रतिनो वृत्तिरुपवाससमा स्मृता ॥ Ms.2.188. -2 An ascetic, a devotee; किं तावद् व्रतिनामुपोढतपसां विघ्नैस्तपो दूषितम् Ś.5. 9. -3 One who institutes a sacrifice; cf. यजमान. |
| |
| śaktiḥ | शक्तिः f. [शक्-क्तिन्] 1 (a) Power, ability, capacity, strength, energy, prowess; दैवं निहत्य कुरु पौरुषमात्मशक्त्या Pt.1.361; ज्ञाने मौनं क्षमा शक्तौ R.1.22; so यथाशक्ति, स्वशक्ति &c. (b) Faculty, capacity; स्मरण- शक्ति 'retentive faculty or memory'. -2 Regal power; (it has three parts or elements; 1 प्रभुशक्ति or प्रभावशक्ति' the majesty or pre-eminent position of the king himself'; 2 मंत्रशक्ति 'the power of good counsel'; and 3 उत्साहशक्ति 'the power of energy'); राज्यं नाम शक्तित्रयायत्तम् Dk.; त्रिसाधना शक्तिरिवार्थसंचयम् R.3.13;6.33;17.63; Śi.2.26. -3 The power of composition, poetic power or genius; शक्तिर्निपुणता लोकशास्त्रकाव्याद्यवेक्षणात् K.P.1; see explanation ad loc. -4 The active power of a deity, regarded as his wife, female divinity; (these are variously enumerated, 8, 9 or even 5 being mentioned); स जयति परिणद्धः शक्तिभिः शक्तिनाथः Māl.5.1; Ś.7.35. -5 A kind of missile; शक्तिखण्डामर्षतेन गाण्डीविनोक्तम् Ve. 3; ततो विभेद पौलस्त्यः शक्त्या वक्षसि लक्ष्मणम् R.12.77. -6 A spear, dart, pike, lance. -7 (In phil.) The relation of a term to the thing designated. -8 The power inherent in cause to produce its necessary effect. -9 (In Rhet.) The power or signification of a word; (these are three अभिधा, लक्षणा and व्यञ्जना); तिस्रः शब्दस्य शक्तयः S. D.11. -1 The expressive power or denotation of a word (opp. लक्षणा and व्यञ्जना); it is thus defined:-- अस्माच्छब्दादयमर्थो बोद्धव्य इत्याकारको$नादिसंकेतः शक्तिः Tarka. K. -11 The female organ, the counterpart of the Phallus of &Saucte;iva worshipped by a sect of people called Śāktas. -12 A sword. -13 An implement in gambling. -Comp. -अर्धः perspiring and panting through fatigue or exertion. -अपेक्ष, -अपेक्षिन् a. having regard to strength; षाड्गुण्यमुपयुञ्जीत शक्त्यपेक्षो रसायनम् Śi.2.93. -कुण्ठनम् the deadening of a power. -ग्रह a. 1 apprehending the force or meaning. -2 armed with a spear. -(हः) 1 apprehension of the force, meaning, or acceptation of a word. -2 a spearman, lancer. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -4 of Kārtikeya. -ग्राहक a. determining or establishing the meaning of a word. (-कः) epithet of Kārtikeya. -त्रयम् the three constituent elements of regal power; see शक्ति (2) above. -धर a. strong, powerful. -(रः) 1 a spearman. -2 an epithet of Kārtikeya; ततस्तामेव चोत्कृष्य शक्तिं शक्तिधरप्रियः Rām. 7.8.11. -ध्वजः N. of Kārtikeya; शक्तिध्वजशिखरशूलोत्सेधं सौधमागतम् Dk.2.5. -नाथः N. of Śiva; स जयति परिणद्धः शक्तिभिः शक्तिनाथः Māl.5.1. -पर्णः Alstonia Scholaris. (Mar. सातवीण). -पाणिः, -भृत् m. 1 a spearman. -2 an epithet of Kārtikeya. -पातः 1 prostration of strength. -2 In Yoga philosophy, a spiritual procedure, by which the preceptor puts his strength (spiritual power) in his pupil. -पूजकः a Śākta q. v. -पूजा the worship of Śakti. -पूर्वः an epithet of Parāśara. -वैकल्यम् loss of strength, debility, incapacity. -हीन a. powerless, weak, impotent. -हेतिकः a lancer, spearman. |
| |
| śabdaḥ | शब्दः [शब्द्-घञ्] 1 Sound (the object of the sense of hearing and property of आकाश); अथात्मनः शब्दगुणं गुणज्ञः पदं विमानेन विगाहमानः R.13.1. -2 Sound, note (of birds; men &c.), noise in general; विश्वासोपगमादभिन्नगतयः शब्दं सहन्ते मृगाः Ś.1.14; स शब्दस्तुमुलो$भवत् Bg.1.13; Ś.3.1; Ms.4.31; Ku.1.45. -3 The sound of a musical instrument; वाद्यशब्दः Pt.2; Ku.1.45. -4 A word, sound, significant word (for def. &c. see Mbh. introduction); एकः शब्दः सम्यगधीतः सम्यक् प्रयुक्तः स्वर्गे लोके कामधुग्भवति; so शब्दार्थौ. -5 A declinable word, a noun, substantive. -6 A title, an epithet; यस्यार्थुक्तं गिरिराज- शब्दं कुर्वन्ति बालव्यजनैश्चमर्यः Ku.1.13; Ś.2.15; नृपेण चक्रे युवराजशब्दभाक् R.3.35;2.53,64;3.49;5.22;18.42; V.1.1. -7 The name, mere name as in शब्दपति q. v. -3 Verbal authority (regarded by the Naiyāyikas as a Pramāṇa. -9 Grammar; Dk.1.1. -1 Fame; लब्धशब्देन कौसल्ये कुमारेण धनुष्मता Rām.2.63.11; स्वर्गाय शब्दं दिवमात्महेतोर्धर्मार्थमात्मंस्थितिमाचकाङ्क्ष Bu. Ch.2.53; (cf. also 'शब्दो$क्षरे यशोगीत्योः' -हैमः). -11 The sacred syllable ओम्. -12 A technical term. -Comp. -अक्षरम् the sacred syllable ओम् uttered aloud. -अतीत a. beyond the power or reach of words, indescribable. -अधिष्ठानम् the ear. -अध्याहारः supplying a word (to complete an ellipsis). -अनुकृतिः onomatopœia. -अनुरूप a. proportionate or corresponding to the sound; शब्दानुरूपेण पराक्रमेण भवि- तव्यम् Pt.1. -अनुशासनम् the science of words; i. e. grammar. -अर्थः the meaning of a word. (-र्थौ dual) a word and its meaning; अदोषौ शब्दार्थौ K.P.1; न त्वयं शब्दार्थः, व्यामोहादेषा प्रतीतिः ŚB. on MS.4.1.14. -अलं- कारः a figure of speech depending for its charmingness on sound or words and disappearing as soon as the words which constitute the figure are replaced by others of the same meaning (opp. अर्थालंकार); e. g.; see K. P. 9. -आख्येय a. to be communicated in words; शब्दाख्येयं यदपि किल ते यः सखीनां पुरस्तात् Me.15. (-यम्) an oral or verbal communication. -आडम्बरः bombast, verbosity, high-sounding or grandiloquent words. -आदि a. beginning with शब्द (as the objects of sense); शब्दादीन् विषयान् भोक्तुं चरितुं दुश्चरं तपः R.1.25. -इन्द्रियम् the ear. -कार a. sounding, sonorous. -कोशः a lexicon, dictionary. -ग a. 1 perceiving sounds. -2 uttering sounds. -गत a. inherent or residing in a word. -गतिः music, song. -गुण a. having sound for its quality; अथात्मनः शब्दगुणं गुणज्ञः R.13.1. -गोचरः the aim or object of speech. -ग्रहः 1 catching the sound. -2 the ear. -ग्रामः the range or reach of sound. -चातुर्यम् cleverness of style, eloquence. -चित्रम् one of the two subdivisions of the last (अवर or अधम) class of poetry (wherein the charm lies in the use of words which please the ear simply by their sound; see the example given under the word चित्र). -चोरः 'a word-thief', a plagiarist. -तन्मात्रम् the subtle element of sound. -नेतृ m. N. of Pāṇini. -पतिः a lord in name only, nominal lord; ननु शब्दपतिः क्षितरेहं त्वयि मे भावनिबन्धना रतिः R.8.52. -पातिन् a. hitting an invisible mark the sound of which is only heard, tracing a sound; शब्दपातिनमिषुं विससर्ज R.9.73. -प्रमाणम् verbal or oral evidence. -बोधः knowledge derived from verbal testimony. -ब्रह्मन् n. 1 the Vedas; शब्द- ब्रह्मणि निष्णातः परं ब्रह्माधिगच्छति Maitra. Up.6.22. -2 spiritual knowledge consisting in words, knowledge of the Supreme Sprit or the Spirit itself; शब्दब्रह्मणस्तादृशं विवर्तमितिहासम् U.2;7.2. -3 a property of words called स्फोट q. v. -भाव्यत्वम् the state of becoming known through scriptural word only; कर्मणः शब्दभाव्य- त्वात्... Ms.7.1.9. (on which Śabara writes अथेह कर्मणः शब्दभाव्यत्वम् । नान्यतः शक्यमेतज्ज्ञातुं कस्यापूर्वस्य धर्मा इति ॥ -भिद् f. perversion of words. -भेदिन् a. hitting a mark merely by its sound. (-m.) 1 an epithet of Arjuna. -2 the anus. -3 a kind of arrow. -योनिः f. a root, radical word. -लक्षण a. what is determined by the sacred word; इह शब्दलक्षणे कर्मणि यथाशब्दार्थं प्रवृत्तिः ŚB. on Ms.11.1.26. -वारिधिः a vocabulary. -विद्या, -शास्त्रम् the science of words; i. e. grammar; अनन्तपारं किल शब्द- शास्त्रम् Pt.1; Śi.2.112;14.24. -विरोधः opposition of words (in a sentence). -विशेषः a variety of sound. -विशेषणम् (in gram.) an adjective, adjectival word. -वृत्तिः f. 1 the function of a word (in Rhet.). -2 the power of a word (to convey sense), indicative power (लक्षणा); अदृष्टार्थाच्छब्दवृत्तिर्लघीयसी ŚB. on MS.11.1.48. -वेधिन् a. hitting an invisible mark the sound of which is only heard; see शब्दपातिन्; अभ्याससाध्यं निखिलं मत्वा संतमसे व्यधात् । इषुपातानभूद्येन शब्दवेधविशारदः ॥ Bm.1.632. (-m.) 1 a kind of arrow. -2 an archer. -3 a warrior who pierces his enemies by mere sounds; Rām.2.63.11. -4 an epithet of king Daśaratha. -5 an epithet of Arjuna. -वेध्य a. to be shot at without being seen; एवं मयाप्यविज्ञातं शब्दवेध्यमिदं फलम् Rām.2.63.13. -वैलक्ष्यण्यम् verbal difference. -शक्तिः f. the force or expressive power of a word; signification of a word; see शक्ति. -शासनम् 1 a rule of grammar. -2 the science of grammar. -शुद्धिः f. 1 purity of words. -2 the correct use of words. -श्लेषः a play or pun upon words, a verbal equivoque; (it differs from अर्थश्लेष in-as-much as the pun dissappears as soon as the words which constitute it are replaced by others of the same signification, whereas in अर्थश्लेष the pun remains unchanged; शब्दपरि- वृत्तिसहत्मर्थश्लेषः.) -संग्रहः a vocabulary, lexicon. -संज्ञा (in gram.) a technical term; P.I.1.68. -साधन, -साह a. See शब्दवेधिन्; ततो$स्त्रं शब्दसाहं वै त्वरमाणो महारणे Mb.3.22. 5. -सौष्ठवम् elegance of words, a graceful or elegant style. -सौकर्यम् ease of expression. -स्मृतिः f. philology. -हीनम् the use of a word in a form or meaning not sanctioned by standard authors. |
| |
| śarīram | शरीरम् [शॄ-ईरन् Uṇ.4.31] 1 The body (of animate or inanimate objects); शरीरमाद्यं खलु धर्मसाधनम् Ku.5.33. -2 The constituent element; शरीरं तावदिष्टार्थव्यवच्छिन्ना पदावली Kāv.1.1; शरीरमसि संसारस्य U.7. -3 Bodily strength. -4 A dead body. -5 One's own person, individual soul (जीवात्मा); यथा यथा मनस्तस्य दुष्कृतं कर्म गर्हति । तथा तथा शरीरं तत्तेनाधर्मेण मुच्यते ॥ Ms.11.229. -Comp. -अन्तः the hairs on the body. -अन्तरम् 1 the interior of the body. -2 another body. -आकारः, -आकृतिः bodily gesture or mien. -आवरणम् 1 the skin. -2 a shield. -कर्तृ m. a father. -कर्षणम् emaciation of the body; शरीरकर्षणात् प्राणाः क्षीयन्ते प्राणनां यथा Ms.7.112. -ग्रहणम् assumption of a bodily form. -चिन्ता care of the body (like washing etc.). -जः 1 sickness. -2 lust, passion. -3 the god of love; शरीरजसमाविष्टा राक्षसी राममब्रवीत् Rām. 3.17.12. -4 a son, offspring; शरीरजेभ्यश्च्युतयूथपङ्क्तयः Ki.4.31. -तुल्य a. equal to, i. e. as dear as, one's own person. -त्याग renunciation of life. -दण्डः 1 corporal punishment. -2 mortification of the body (as in penance). -देशः a part the body. -धातुः 1 a chief constituent of the body. -2 a relic of Buddha's body (as bone, tooth etc.). -धृक् a. having a body. -पक्तिः purification of the body. -पतनम्, -पातः shuffling off the mortal coil, death. -पाकः emaciation (of the body). -प्रभवः a begetter, father. -बद्ध a. endowed with a body, embodied, incarnate; शरीरबद्धः प्रथमाश्रमो यथा Ku.5.3. -बन्धः 1 the bodily frame; शरीरबन्धेन तिरोबभूव R.16.23. -2 being endowed with a body; i. e. birth as an embodied being; तनुत्यजां नास्ति शरीरबन्धः R.13.58. -बन्धकः a hostage. -भाज् a. embodied, incarnate. (-m.) a creature, an embodied being; शरीरभाजां भवदीय- दर्शनं व्यनक्ति कालत्रितये$पि योग्यताम् Śi.1.26. -भेदः separation of the body (from the soul), death; प्राप्ते शरीरभेदे Sāṅ. K.68. -यष्टिः f. a slender body, slim or delicate figure. -यात्रा means of bodily sustenance; नियतं कुरु कर्म त्वं कर्म ज्यायो ह्यकर्मणः । शरीरयात्रापि च ते न प्रसिद्ध्येकर्मणः ॥ Bg. 3.8. -रक्षकः a body-guard. -रत्नम् an excellent body. -विमोक्षणम् the emancipation of the soul from the body. -वृत्तिः f. maintenance or support of the body; स त्वं मदीयेन शरीरवृत्ति देहेन निर्वर्तयितुं प्रसीद R.2.45. -वैकल्यम् bodily ailment, sickness, disease. -शुश्रुषा personal attendance. -संस्कारः 1 decoration of the person. -2 purification of the body by the performance of the several purificatory saṁskāras; कार्यः शरीरसंस्कीरः Ms.2.26. -संपत्तिः f. the prosperity of body, (good) health. -संबन्धः relation by marriage. -सादः leanness of body, emaciation; शरीरसादादसमग्रभूषणा R.3.2. -स्थानम् the doctrine about the human body. -स्थितिः f. 1 the maintenance or support of the body; वन्यं शरीरस्थितिसाधनं वः R.5.9. -2 taking one's meals, eating (frequently used in Kādambarī). |
| |
| śārīra | शारीर a. (-री f.) [शरीरस्येदम् अण्] 1 Relating to the body, bodily, corporeal. -2 Incorporate, embodied. -रः, -रम् 1 The incorporate or embodied spirit (जीवात्मन्); human or individual soul. -2 A bull. -3 A kind of drug. -4 Excrement; विनाद्भिरप्सु वाप्यार्तः शारीरं संनिवेश्य च Ms.11.22. -रम् Bodily constitution. -2 (In medic.) the science of the body and its parts; anatomy. |
| |
| śulvam | शुल्वम् (ल्बम्) [शुल्ब्-अच्] 1 A rope, string; ततो मन्त्रबलाच्छुल्बे तक्षके वज्रिणः करात् Bm.1.194; शुल्वं सुतस्य न तु तत्तदमुष्य माति Bhāg.2.7.3. -2 Copper. -3 A sacrificial rite or act. -4 The proximity of water, a place near it. -5 A rule, law, an institute. -ल्वा, -ल्वी See above. -Comp. -अरिः sulphur. -जम् brass. -सूत्रम् N. of Sūtra work, containing mathematical calculations required for श्रौत rituals. |
| |
| śrutiḥ | श्रुतिः f. [श्रु-क्तिन्] 1 Hearing; चन्द्रस्य ग्रहणमिति श्रुतेः Mu.1.7; R.1.27. -2 The ear; श्रुतिसुखभ्रमरस्वनगीतयः R.9.35; Śi.1.1; Ve.3.23. -3 Report, rumour, news, oral intelligence. -4 A sound in general; सा तु वेदश्रुतिं श्रुत्वा दृष्ट्वा वै तमसो निधिम् Rām.7.2.17; स वेत्ति गन्धांश्च रसान् श्रुतीश्च Mb.12.187.19. -5 The Veda (known by revelation, opp. स्मृति; see under वेद); श्रुतिस्तु वेदो विज्ञेयो धर्मशास्रं तु वै स्मृतिः Ms.2.1,14. -6 A Vedic or sacred text; इति श्रुतेः or इति श्रुतिः 'so says a sacred text'. -7 Vedic or sacred knowledge, holy learning; यत्रैषा सात्वती श्रुतिः Bhāg.1.4.7;11.3.46. -8 (In music) A division of the octavo, a quarter tone or interval; रणद्भिरा- घट्टनया नभस्वतः पृथग्विभिन्नश्रुतिमण्डलैः स्वरैः Śi.1.1;11.1; (see Malli. ad loc.). -9 The constellation Śravaṇa. -1 The diagonal of a tetragon, the hypotenuse of a triangle; cf. कर्ण. -11 Direct or expressed signification (opp. लक्षणा); श्रुतिलक्षणाविशये च श्रुतिर्न्याय्या न लक्षणा ŚB. on MS.6.2.2. -12 Speech (वाक्); विविक्तवर्णाभरणा सुखश्रुतिः Ki.14.3. -13 Name, fame (कीर्ति); हैरण्यौ भवतो बाहू श्रुतिर्भवति पार्थिवी Mb.3.35.9. -14 A word, saw, saying; Rām.2.72.25. -15 An explanation of ब्रह्म from the उपनिषद्s; विविधाश्चौपनिषदीरात्मसंसिद्धये श्रुतीः Ms.6.29 (com. श्रुतीरुपनिषत्पठितब्रह्मप्रतिपादकवाक्यानि). -16 Advantage, gain (फलश्रुति); उपोष्य संशितो भूत्वा हित्वा वेदकृताः श्रुतीः Mb.12. 265.7. -17 Name, title; बिभ्रत्यनन्यविषयां लोकपाल इति श्रुतिम् Kāv.2.331. -18 Learning. -19 Scholarship. -Comp. -अनुप्रासः a kind of alliteration; see K. P.9. -अर्थः the sense of a sentence derived on the strength of the श्रुतिप्रमाण as distinguished from लङ्ग, वाक्य and other प्रमाणs; यत्र श्रुत्यर्थो न सम्भवति तत्र वाक्यार्थो गृह्यते ŚB. on MS.6.2.14. -उक्त, -उदित a. enjoined by the Vedas; आचारः परमो धर्मः श्रुत्युक्तः स्मार्त एव च Ms.1.18. -कटः 1 a snake. -2 penance, expiation. -कटु a. harsh to hear. (-टुः) a harsh or unmelodious sound, regarded as a fault of composition. -कथित a. enjoined or prescribed by the Vedas. -चोदनम्, -नः a scriptural injunction, Vedic precept. -जातिविशारद a. familiar with different kinds of quarter tones; वीणावादनतत्त्वज्ञः श्रुतिजातिविशारदः । तालज्ञश्चाप्रयासेन मोक्षमार्गं नियच्छति ॥ Y.3.115. -जीविका a law-book or code of laws. -दूषक a. offending the ear. -द्वैधम् disagreement or contradiction of Vedas or Vedic precepts; श्रुतिद्वैधं तु यत्र स्यात्तत्र धर्माबुभौ स्मृतौ Ms.2.14. -धर a. 1 hearing. -2 having a retentive memory; L. D. B. -निदर्शनम् evidence of the Vedas; कामकार- कृते$प्याहुरेके श्रुतिनिदर्शनात् Ms.11.45. -पथः 1 the range of the ear; तामाश्रित्य श्रुतिपथगतामास्थया लब्धमूलः M.4.1. -2 (pl.) tradition. -प्रसादन a. grateful to the ear. -प्रामाण्यम् authority or sanction of the Vedas. -प्रामाण्यतः ind. on the authority of the Veda; श्रुति- प्रामाण्यतो विद्वान् स्वधर्मे निविशेत वै Ms.2.8. -मण्डलम् 1 the outer ear. -2 the whole circle of the quarter-tones; Śi.1.1. -महत् a. rich in scriptural lore; सरस्वती श्रुतिमहतां महीयताम् Ś.7.35 (v. l. श्रुतमहताम्). -मूलम् 1 the root of the ear; लपितुं किमपि श्रुतिमूले Gīt.1. -2 a Vedic text. -मूलक a. founded on the Veda. -वचनम् a Vedic precept. -वर्जित a. 1 deaf. -2 not knowing the Vedas. -विप्रतिपन्न a. 1 not recognizing the authority of the scriptures, disregarding the Vedas. -2 contrary to the Vedas. -विवरम् the auditory passage. -विशेष- णार्थम् ind. for specialization in the Vedas; Svapna.1. -विषयः 1 the object of the sense of hearing i. e. sound; श्रुतिविषयगुणा या स्थिता व्याप्य विश्वम् Ś.1.1. -2 the reach or range of the ear; एतत् प्रायेण श्रुतिविषयमापतितमेव K. -3 the subject matter of the Veda. -4 any sacred ordinance. -वेधः boring the ear. -शिखरम्, -शिरस् 1 Upaniṣad or Vedānta; नमः सर्वेष्टाय श्रुतिशिखरदृष्टाय च नमः Viṣṇu-mahimna 3. -2 a leading text of the Veda. -सुख, -मनोहर a. agreeable to the ear, melodious; श्रुतिसुखमुपवीणितं सहायैः Ki.1.38. -स्फोटा Gynandropsis Pentaphylla (Mar. तिळवण). -स्मृति f. (dual) revelation and legal institutes, Veda and law; श्रुतिस्मृति- पुराणोक्तफलप्राप्त्यर्थम् Pūjā-mantra. -हारिन् a. captivating the ear. |
| |
| saṃkledaḥ | संक्लेदः 1 Dampness, moisture. -2 The fluid secretion supposed to form in the first month after conception and which constitutes the rudiment of the foetus. |
| |
| saṃcar | संचर् 1 P. (but Ātm. when used with the instrumental of conveyance) 1 To move, walk, go, pass, walk about; यानैः समचरन्तान्ये Bk.8.32; क्वचित् पथा संचरते सुराणाम् R.13.19; N.6.57. -2 To practise, perform. -3 To pass over, be transferred to. -4 To act, behave; भो राजनश्चरमवयसामाज्ञया संचरध्वम् Māl.6.2. -5 To join, meet. -6 To pass or roam through, travel over. -7 To arrive at, reach, attain. -Caus. 1 To cause to go about, lead, conduct; यूथानि संचार्य Ś.5.5. -2 To cause to spread, circulate. -3 To transmit, communicate, pass over, deliver over to (as a disease &c.). -4 To turn out (as cattle &c.) to graze. -5 To impel, instigate, incite. |
| |
| saṃcāraka | संचारक a. Conveying, transmitting. -कः 1 A leader, guide. -2 An instigator. -3 An orator. |
| |
| satrājit | सत्राजित् m. N. of a son of Nighna and father of Satyabhāmā. [He got the Syamantaka jewel from the Sun and always wore it round his neck. He afterwards gave it to his brother Prasena, from whom it passed into the hands of the monkey-chief Jāmbavat, who got possession of it after having killed Prasena. Kṛiṣṇa, however, overtook Jāmbavat and vanquished him in fight after a long struggle. The monkeychief thereupon presented it along with his daughter to Kṛiṣṇa; see जाम्बवत्. Kṛiṣṇa then gave the jewel back to its proper owner Satrājit, who out of gratitude presented it along with his daughter Satyabhāmā to him. Afterwards when Satyabhāmā was at her father's house with the jewel, Śatadhanvan, at the instigation of a Yādava named Akrūra who desired the jewel for himself, killed Satrājit and gave it to Akrūra. Śatadhanvan was afterwards killed by Kṛiṣṇa, but when he found that the jewel was with Akrūra, he allowed him to retain it with himself after having once shown it to the people.] |
| |
| saṃdīpta | संदीप्त p. p. 1 Kindled or inflamed. -2 Excited, stimulated. -3 Instigated, stirred up, prompted. |
| |
| saṃnicita | संनिचित a. Constipated, stagnated; Śuśr. |
| |
| saptan | सप्तन् num. a. (always pl.; सप्त nom. and acc.) Seven. -Comp. -अंशुः N. of Agni. -अंशुपुङ्गवः the planet Saturn. -अङ्ग a. see सप्तप्रकृति below. -अर्चिस् a. 1 having seven tongues or flames. -2 evil-eyed, of inauspicious look. (-m.) 1 N. of fire. -2 of Saturn. -3 the Chitraka plant. -अशीतिः f. eighty-seven. -अश्रम् a heptagon. -अश्वः the sun; नप्ता सप्ताश्वसंनिभः Śiva B. 25.45. ˚वाहनः the sun. -अस्र a. septangular. -अहः seven days, i. e. a week. -आत्मन् m. an epithet of Brahman. -ऋषि (सप्तर्षि) m. pl. 1 the seven sages; i. e. मरीचि, अत्रि, अङ्गिरस्, पुलस्त्य, पुलह, क्रतु, and वसिष्ठ. -2 the constellation called Ursa Major (the seven stars of which are said to be the seven sages mentioned above). -कोण a. septangular. -गङ्गम् ind. in the place of the seven streams of the Ganges. -गुण a. seven-fold. -चत्वारिंशत् f. forty-seven. -च्छदः N. of a tree (Mar. सातवीण); गजाश्च सप्तच्छद- दानगन्धिनः Karṇabhāra 1.11. -जिह्वः, -ज्वालः fire. (the seven tongues are काली, कराली, मनोजवा, सुलोहिता, सुधूम्रवर्णा, उग्रा and प्रदीप्ता). -तन्तुः a sacrifice; सप्ततन्तु- मधिगन्तुमिच्छतः Śi.14.6; पुनः प्रवर्तयिष्यामि सप्ततन्त्वादिकाः क्रियाः Śiva B.5.56; विधये सप्ततन्तूनाम् ibid.18.23. cf. note on N.11.1. -त्रिंशत् f. thirty-seven. -दशन् a. seventeen. ˚अरत्निन्यायः A rule of interpretation according to which an expression, if it is found to be inapplicable to the matter or thing with reference to which it is used, should be taken as being connected with or applying to a part or subsidiary thereof. This mode of construing an expression (in its literal sense) is preferable to लक्षणा. This rule is discussed and established by जैमिनि and शबर in the सूत्र 'आनर्थक्यात् तदङ्गेषु' MS.3.1.18 and भाष्या thereon. -दाधितिः N. of fire. -द्वारावकीर्ण a. dominated or affected by the seven gates (5 organs, mind and intellect); सप्तद्वाराकीर्णां च न वाचमनृतां वदेत् Ms.6.48 (see Kull.). -द्वीपा an epithet of the earth; पुरा सप्तद्वीपां जयति वसुधामप्रतिरथः Ś.7.33. -धातु m. pl. the seven constituent elements of the body; i. e. chyle, blood, flesh, fat, bone, marrow, and semen; (रसास्रमांस- मेदो$स्थिमज्जानः शुक्रसंयुताः). -नली birdlime. -नवतिः f. ninetyseven. -नाडीचक्रम् a kind of astrological diagram used as a means of foretelling rain. -पदी the seven steps at a marriage (the bride and bridegroom walk together seven steps, after which the marriage becomes irrevocable). -पर्णः (so सप्तच्छदः, सप्तपत्रः) N. of a tree. (-र्णी) the sensitive plant. -पातालम् the seven regions of the earth (i. e. अतल, वितल, सुतल, महातल, रसातल, तलातल and पाताल). -प्रकृतिः f. pl. the seven constituent parts of a kingdom; स्वाम्यमात्यसुहृत्कोशराष्ट्र- दुर्गबलानि च Ak.; see प्रकृति also. -भद्रः the Śirīsa tree. -भूमिक, -भौम a. seven stories high (as a palace). -मन्त्रः fire. -मातृ f. collective N. of seven mothers (i. e. ब्राह्मी, माहेश्वरी, कौमारी, वैष्णवी, वाराही, इन्द्राणी, and चामुण्डा). -मुष्टिकः a particular mixture used as a remedy for fever. -रक्तः one who has got the seven parts of the body red; (पाणिपादतले रक्ते नेत्रान्तरनखानि च । तालुकाधर- जिह्वाश्च प्रशस्ता सप्तरक्तता ॥). -रात्रम् a period of seven nights. -रुचिः fire; सप्तरुचेरिव स्फुलिङ्गाः Śi.2.53. -लोकाः the seven worlds (i. e. भूर्, भुवर्, स्वर्, महर्, जनस्, तपस्, and सत्यम्). -विंशतिः f. twentyseven. -विध a. seven-fold, of seven sorts. -शतम् 1 7. -2 17. (-ती) an aggregate or collection of 7 verses or stanzas. -शलाकः a kind of astronomical diagram used for indicating auspicious days for marriages. -शिरा betel. -सप्तिः an epithet of the sun; सर्वैरुस्रैः समग्रैस्त्वमिव नृपगुणैर्दीप्यते सप्तसप्तिः M.2.12; Ś.6.29; Ki.5.34. -स्वरः the seven musical notes (i. e. सा, रि, ग, म, प, ध, नी). |
| |
| samādāpaka | समादापक a. Exciting, instigating. |
| |
| saṃprayuj | संप्रयुज् 7 U. 1 To yoke together, harness. -2 To join, connect. -3 To apply, employ, make use of. -4 To perform, execute. -5 To instigate, induce. -Caus. 1 To join together, unite. -2 To equip, prepare. -3 To employ, use. |
| |
| saṃbhāraḥ | संभारः 1 Bringing together, collecting; पर्यायसेवा- मुत्सृज्य पुष्पसंभारतत्पराः Ku.2.36. -2 Preparation, provisions, necessaries, requisites, apparatus, things requisite for any act; बहूपकरणा यज्ञा नानासंभारविस्तराः Mb.3. 82.14; सविशेषमद्य पूजासंभारो मया संनिधापनीयः Māl.5; R. 12.4; V.2. -3 An ingredient, a constituent part. -4 Multitude, heap, quantity, assemblage; as in शस्त्रास्त्रसंभार. -5 Fulness. -6 Wealth, affluence. -7 Maintenance, support. -8 High degree, excess of. |
| |
| savaḥ | सवः [सू-सु-अच्] 1 Extraction of Soma juice. -2 An offering, a libation. -3 A sacrifice; राजसूयाश्वमेधाद्यैः सो$यजद्बहुभिः सवैः Mb.1.94.26. -4 The sun. -5 The moon. -6 Progeny. -7 A generator. -8 The Arka plant. -वम् 1 Water. -2 The honey of flowers. -3 Extracting the Soma juice. -4 Making libations. -5 Command, order; युक्तेन मनसा वयं देवस्य सवितुः सवे Śvet. Up.2.2. -6 Instigation. |
| |
| sāṃgrāhika | सांग्राहिक a. Constipating; Charaka. |
| |
| sāvana | सावन a. (-नी f.) [सवनं यागाङ्गं स्नानं सोमनिष्पीडनं वा तस्येदमण्] Relating to, or comprising the three savanas. -नः 1 An institutor of a sacrifice, or one who employs priests at a sacrifice. -2 The conclusion of a sacrifice, or the ceremony by which it is concluded. -3 N. of Varuṇa. -4 A month of thirty solar days. -5 A natural day from sunrise to sunset. -6 A particular kind of year. -7 The solar year; विचाली हि संवत्सरशब्दः सावनो$पि गणितदिवसकः etc. ŚB. on MS.6.7.39. -नम् The correct solar time. |
| |
| sic | सिच् 6 U. (सिञ्चति-ते, सिषेच-सिषिचे, असिचत्-त, असिक्त, सेक्ष्यति-ते, सेक्तुम्, सिक्त; स् of सिच् is generally changed to ष् after a preposition ending in इ or उ) 1 To sprinkle, scatter in small drops; अम्भांसि रुक्मकुम्भेन सिञ्चन् मूर्ध्नि समाधिमान् Bk.19.23. -2 To water, moisten; soak, wet; विश्रान्तः सन् व्रज वननदीतीरजातानि सिञ्चन् Me.26; Ms.9.255. -3 To pour out, emit, discharge, shed; एताः करोत्पीडित- वारिधारा दर्पात् सखीभिर्वदनेषु सिक्ताः R.16.66. -4 To infuse, instil, pour in; जाड्यं धियो हरति सिञ्चति वाचि सत्यम् Bh.2. 23. -5 To pour out for, offer to; अन्यथा तिलोदकं मे सिञ्चतम् Ś.3. -6 To impregnate. -7 To dip, soak, steep. -Caus. (सेचयति-ते) To cause to sprinkle. -Desid. (सिसिक्षति-ते) To wish to sprinkle. |
| |
| sītā | सीता [सि-त पृषो˚ दीर्घः] 1 A furrow, track or line of a ploughshare. -2 (Hence) A tilled or furrowed ground, ploughed land; वृषेव सीतां तदवग्रहक्षताम् Ku.5.61. -3 Husbandry, agriculture; as in सीताद्रव्य q. v. -4 N. of the daughter of Janaka, king of Mithilā, and wife of Rāma.; जनकानां कुले कीर्तिमाहरिष्यति मे सुता । सीता भर्तार- मासाद्य रामं दशरथात्मजम् ॥ Rām.1.67.22. [She was so called because she was supposed to have sprung from a furrow made by king Janaka while ploughing the ground to prepare it for a sacrifice which he had instituted to obtain progeny, and hence also her epithets, 'Ayonijā', 'Dharāputrī' &c. She was married to Rāma and accompanied him to the forest. While there she was once carried off by Rāvaṇa who tried to violate her chastity, but she scornfully rejected his suit. When Rāma came to know that she was in Lankā, he attacked ther place, killed Rāvaṇa and his host of demons, and recovered Sītā. She had, however, to pass through the terrible ordeal of fire before she could be received by her husband as his wife. Though thus convinced of her chastity, he had afterwards to abandon her, when far advanced in pregnancy, because the people continued to suspect her fidelity. She however, found a protector in the sage Vālmīki, at whose hermitage she was delivered of Kuśa and Lava, and who brought them up. She was ultimately restored to Rāma by the sage.] -5 N. of a goddess, wife of Indra. -6 N. of Umā -7 N of Lakṣmī. -8 N. of one of the four fabulous branches (the eastern branch) of the Ganges. -9 Spirituous liquor. -Comp. -अध्यक्षः superintendent of agriculture. -द्रव्यम् implements of agriculture, tools of husbandry; सीताद्रव्यापहरणे शस्त्राणा- मौषधस्य च Ms.9.293. -पतिः N. of Rāmachandra. -फलः the custard-apple tree. (-लम्) its fruit. |
| |
| setuḥ | सेतुः [सि-तुन् Uṇ.1.69] 1 A ridge of earth, mound, bank, causeway, dam; नलिनीं क्षतसेतुबन्धनो जलसंघात इवासि विद्रुतः Ku.4.6; R.16.2. -2 A bridge in general; वैदेहि पश्या मलयाद्विभक्तं मत्सेतुना फेनिलमम्बुराशिम् R.13.2; सैन्यैर्बद्धद्विरदसेतुभिः 4.38;12.7; Ku.7.53. -3 A landmark; ज्येष्ठे मासि नयेत् सीमां सुप्रकाशेषु सेतुषु Ms.8.245. -4 A defile, pass, a narrow mountain-road. -5 A boundary, limit. -6 A barrier, limitation, obstruction of any kind; दुष्येयुः सर्ववर्णाश्च भिद्येरन् सर्वसेतवः Subhāṣ. -7 A fixed rule or law, an established institution; सूचकाः सेतुभेत्तारः ...... ते वै निरयगामिनः Mb.13.23.66. -8 The sacred syllable om; मन्त्राणां प्रणवः सेतुस्तत्सेतुः प्रणवः स्मृतः । स्रवत्यनोङ्कृतं पूर्वं परस्ताच्च विदीर्यते ॥ Kālikā P. -9 A reservoir or a lake; सहोदकं आहार्योदकं वा सेतुं बन्धयेत् Kau. A.2.1. -1 A bond, fetter. -11 An explanatory commentary. -Comp. -बन्धः 1 the forming or construction of a bridge, cause-way &c.; Kau. A.2.1; वयोगते किं वनिता- विलासो जले गते किं खलु सेतुबन्धः Subhāṣ.; Ku.4.6. -2 the ridge of rocks extending from the southern extremity of the Coromandel coast towards Ceylon (said to have been built for Rāma's passage to Laṅkā by Nala and the other monkeys); Bhāg.7.14.31. -3 any bridge or cause-way. -भेदिन् a. 1 breaking down barriers. -2 removing obstructions. (-m.) N. of a tree (दन्ती). |
| |
| sthānam | स्थानम् [स्था-ल्युट्] 1 The act of standing or remaining, stay, continuance, residence; न किल भवतां देव्याः स्थानं गृहे$भिमतं ततः U.3.32. -2 Being fixed or stationary. -3 A state, condition; स्थानत्रयात्परं प्राप्तं ब्रह्मभूतमविक्रियम् Bhāg.1.18.26. -4 A place, spot, site, locality; अक्षमालामदत्त्वास्मात्स्थानात्पदात्पदमपि न गन्तव्यम् K. -5 Station, situation, position. -6 Relation, capacity; पितृस्थाने 'in the place or capacity of a father'; भक्ष्यस्थाने Pt.2.26. -7 An abode, a house, dwelling-house; स एव (नक्रः) प्रच्युतः स्थानाच्छुनापि परिभूयते Pt.3.46. -8 (a) A country, region, district. (b) A town, city. -9 Office, rank, dignity; अमात्यस्थाने नियोजितः. -1 Object; गुणाः पूजास्थानं गुणिषु न च लिङ्गं न च वयः U.4.11. -11 An occasion, a matter, subject, cause; पराभ्यूहस्थानाःयपि तनुतराणि स्थगयति Māl.1.14; स्थानं जरापरिभवस्य तदेव पुंसाम् Subhāṣ; so कलह˚, कोप˚, विवाद˚ &c. -12 A fit or proper place; स्थानेष्वेव नियोज्यन्ते भृत्याश्चाभरणानि च Pt. 1.72. -13 A fit or worthy object; स्थाने खलु सज्जति दृष्टिः M.1; see स्थाने also. -14 The place or organ of utterance of any letter; (these are eight :-- अष्टौ स्थानानि वर्णानामुरः कण्ठः शिरस्तथा । जिह्वामूलं च दन्ताश्च नासिकौष्ठौ च तालु च Śik.13.) -15 A holy place. -16 An altar. -17 A place in a town, square, court. -18 The place or sphere assigned after death to persons according as they perform or neglect their prescribed duties. -19 (In politics, war &c.) The firm attitude or bearing of troops, standing firm so as to repel a charge; स्थाने युद्धे च कुशलानभीरुनविकारिणः Ms.7.19. -2 A halt. -21 A stationary condition, a neutral or middle state; स्थानं वृद्धिः क्षयश्चैव त्रिवर्गश्चैव दण्डजः Mb.12.59. 31. -22 That which constitutes the chief strength or the very existence of a kingdom, a stamina of a kingdom; i.e. army, treasure, town, and territory; Ms.7. 56 (where Kull. renders स्थानं by दण्डकोषपुरराष्ट्रात्मकं चतुर्विधम्). -23 Likeness, resemblance. -24 Part or division of a work, section, chapter &c. -25 The character or part of an actor. -26 Interval, opportunity, leisure. -27 (In music) A note, tone, modulation of the voice; तौ तु गान्धर्वतत्त्वज्ञौ स्थानमूर्च्छनकोविदौ Rām.1.4.1 (com.- 'यदूर्ध्वं हृदयग्रन्थे कपोलफलकादधः । प्राणसंचारणस्थानं स्थानमित्यभि- धीयते ॥...... इति शाण्डिल्यः). -28 A pose, posture (of archers etc.). -29 An order of the life (आश्रम); मैत्रेयीति होवाच याज्ञवल्क्य उद्यास्यन्वा अरे$हमस्मात् स्थानादस्मि Bṛi. Up.2. 4.1. -3 Ground (भूमि); स्थानासनिनो भूमि-पाषाण-सिकता- शर्करा-वालुका-भस्मशायिनः Mb.12.192.1. -31 Sustenance, maintenance; यच्चेदं प्रभवः स्थानं भूतानां संयमो यमः । स्वभावेनैव वर्तन्ते द्वन्द्वसृष्टानि भूरिशः ॥ Mb.12.238.2 (com. स्थानं पोषणम्). -32 A mode or attitude in fighting; अस्त्रयन्त्राणि चित्राणि स्थानानि विविधानि च Mb.9.57.18. -33 Storage (of goods); आगमं निर्गमं स्थानं तथा वृद्धिक्षयावुभौ । विचार्य सर्वपण्यानां कारयेत् क्रयविक्रयौ ॥ Ms.8.41. -34 A state of perfect tranquillity. -35 Any organ of sense. -36 Shape, form, appearance (as of the moon). -37 An astronomical mansion. -Comp. -अधिकारः the superintendence of a shrine; Inscr. -अध्यक्षः 1 a local governor. -2 the superintendent of a place. -3 a watchman, police-officer. -आसनम् n. du. standing and sitting down. -आसेधः confinement to a place, imprisonment, arrest; cf. आसेध. -चञ्चला Ocimum Pilosum (Mar. तुकुमराई). -कुटिकासनम् leaving the house or any abode (स्थावरगृहत्याग); शिरसो मुण्डनाद्वापि न स्थानकुटिकासनात् Mb.3.2.14. -चिन्तकः a kind of quarter-master. -च्युत see स्थानभ्रष्ट. -टिप्पटिका the daily account; Śukra 3.369. -दप्ति (in augury) inauspicious on account of situation. -पालः a watchman, sentinel, policeman; Y.2.173. -भूमि f. a dwelling-place, mansion. -भ्रष्ट a. ejected from an office, displaced, dismissed, out of employ. -माहात्म्यम् 1 the greatness or glory of any place. -2 a kind of divine virtue or uncommon sanctity supposed to be inherent in a sacred spot. -मृगः N. of certain animals (such as turtle, crocodile &c.). -योगः assignment of proper places; द्रव्याणां स्थानयोगांश्च क्रयविक्रयमेव च Ms.9.332. -विभागः (in alg.) subdivision of a number according to the position of its figures. -स्थ a. being in one's abode, at home. |
| |
| sthāpanama | स्थापनम [स्था-णिच्-ल्युट्] 1 (a) The act of causing to stand, fixing; founding, establishing, instituting; Mb. 12.255.3. (b) Regulating, directing. -2 Fixing the thoughts, concentration of the mind, steady application, abstraction. -3 A dwelling, habitation. -4 A ceremony performed on a woman's perceiving the first signs of living conception; cf. पुंसवन. -5 Fastening, rendering immovable; उत्थापनैरुन्नयनैश्चालनैः स्थापनैरपि । परस्परं जिगीषन्तावुपचक्रतुरात्मनः ॥ Bhāg.1.44.5. -6 Founding, erecting (a temple, image &c.). -7 Preservation, prolongation (of life). -8 A means of stopping (the flow of blood), styptic. -9 Storage (of grain). -1 Establishment of a proposition. -Comp. -वृत्त a. one who is past all restoration to strength. |
| |
| sthāpita | स्थापित p. p. [स्था-णिच्-क्त] 1 Placed, fixed, located, deposited. -2 Founded, instituted. -3 Set up, raised, erected. -4 Directed, regulated, ordered, enacted. -5 Determined, settled, ascertained. -6 Appointed to, entrusted with any duty, post &c. -7 Wedded, married; Māl.1.5. -8 Firm, steady. |
| |
| sva | स्व pron. a. 1 One's own, belonging to oneself, often serving as a reflexive pronoun; स्वनियोगमशून्यं कुरु Ś.2; प्रजाः प्रजाः स्वा इव तन्त्रयित्वा 5.5; oft. in comp. in this sense; स्वपुत्र, स्वकलत्र, स्वद्रव्य. -2 Innate, natural, inherent, peculiar, inborn; सूर्यापाये न खलु कमलं पुष्यति स्वामभिख्याम् Me.82; Ś.1.19; स तस्य स्वो भावः प्रकृतिनियतत्वादकृतकः U. 6.14. -3 Belonging to one's own caste or tribe; शूद्रैव भार्या शूद्रस्य सा च स्वा च विशः स्मृते Ms.3.13;5.14. -स्वः 1 One's own self. -2 A relative, kinsman; एनं स्वा अभि- संविशन्ति भर्ता स्वानां श्रेष्ठः पुर एता भवति Bṛi. Up.1.3.18; (दौर्गत्यं) येन स्वैरपि मन्यन्ते जीवन्तो$पि मृता इव Pt.2.1; Ms. 2.19. -3 The soul. -4 N. of Viṣṇu. -स्वा A woman of one's own caste. -स्वः, -स्वम् 1 Wealth, property; as in निःस्व q. v. -2 (In alg.) The plus or affirmative quantity; cf. धनः; स्वशब्दो$यमात्मीयधनज्ञातीनां प्रत्येकं वाचको न समुदायस्य ŚB. on MS.6.7.2. The Ego. -4 Nature (स्वभावः); वृत्तिर्भूतानि भूतानां चराणामचराणि च । कृता स्वेन नृणां तत्र कामाच्चोदनयापि वा ॥ Bhāg.12.7.13. -Comp. -अक्षपादः a follower of the Nyāya system of philosophy. -अक्षरम् one's own hand-writing. -अधिकारः one's own duty or sway; स्वाधिकारात् प्रमत्तः Me.1; स्वाधिकारभूमौ Ś.7. -अधिपत्यम् one's own supremacy, sovereignty. -अधि- ष्ठानम् one of the six Chakras or mystical circles of the body. -अधीन a. 1 dependent on oneself, self-dependent. -2 independent. -3 one's own subject. -4 in one's own power; स्वाधीना वचनीयतापि हि वरं बद्धो न सेवाञ्जलिः Mk.3. 11. ˚कुशल a. having prosperity in one's own power; स्वाधीनकुशलाः सिद्धिमन्तः Ś.4. ˚ पतिका, ˚भर्तृका a woman who has full control over her husband, one whose husband is subject to her; अथ सा निर्गताबाधा राधा स्वाधीनभर्तृका । निजगाद रतिक्लान्तं कान्तं मण्डनवाञ्छया Gīt.12; see S. D.112. et seq. -अध्यायः 1 self-recitation, muttering to oneself. -2 study of the Vedas, sacred study, perusal of sacred books; स्वाध्यायेनार्चयेदृषीन् Ms.3.81; Bg.16.1; T. Up.1.9.1. -3 the Veda itself. -4 a day on which sacred study is enjoined to be resumed after suspension. ˚अर्थिन् m. a student who tries to secure his own livelihood during his course of holy study; Ms.11.1. -अध्यायिन् m. 1 a student of the Vedas. -2 a tradesman. -अनुभवः, अनुभूतिः f. 1 self-experience. -2 self-knowledge; स्वानुभूत्येकसाराय नमः शान्ताय तेजसे Bh.2.1. अनुभावः love for property. -अनुरूप a. 1 natural, inborn. -2 worthy of oneself. -अन्तम् 1 the mind; मम स्वान्तध्वान्तं तिरयतु नवीनो जलधरः Bv.4.5; Mv.7.17. -2 a cavern. -3 one's own death, end. -अर्जित a. self-acquired. -अर्थ a. 1 self-interested. -2 having its own or true meaning. -3 having one's own object or aim. -4 pleonastic. (-र्थः) 1 one's own interest, self-interest; सर्वः स्वार्थं समीहते Śi.2.65; स्वार्थात्सतां गुरुतरा प्रणयिक्रियैव V. 4.15. -2 own or inherent meaning; स्वार्थे णिच्, स्वार्थे कप्रत्ययः &c.; परार्थव्यासङ्गादुपजहदथ स्वार्थपरताम् Bv.1.79 (where both senses are intended). -3 = पुरुषार्थः q. v.; Bhāg.12.2.6. ˚अनुमानम् inference for oneself, a kind of inductive reasoning, one of the two main kinds of अनुमान, the other being परार्थानुमान. ˚पण्डित a. 1 clever in one's own affairs. -2 expert in attending to one's own interests. ˚पर, ˚परायण a. intent on securing one's own interests, selfish; परार्थानुष्ठाने जडयति नृपं स्वार्थपरता Mu.3.4. ˚विघातः frustration of one's object. ˚सिद्धिः f. fulfilment of one's own object. -आनन्दः delight in one's self. -आयत्त a. subject to, or dependent upon, oneself; स्वायत्तमेकान्तगुणं विधात्रा विनिर्मितं छादनमज्ञतायाः Bh. 2.7. -आरब्ध, -आरम्भक a. self-undertaken. -आहत a. coined by one's self. -इच्छा self-will, own inclination. ˚आचारः acting as one likes; self-will. ˚मृत्युः an epithet of Bhīṣma. -उत्थ a. innate. -उदयः the rising of a sign or heavenly body at any particular place. -उपधिः a fixed star. -कम्पनः air, wind. -कर्मन् one's own duty (स्वधर्म); स्वकर्मनिरतः सिद्धिं यथा विन्दति तच्छृणु Bg.18. 45. -कर्मस्थ a. minding one's own duty; अधीयीरंस्त्रयो वर्णाः स्वकर्मस्था द्विजातयः Ms.1.1. -कर्मिन् a. selfish. -कामिन् a. selfish. -कार्यम् one's own business or interest. -कुलक्षयः a fish. -कृतम् a deed done by one's self. -कृतंभुज् a. experiencing the results of former deeds (प्रारब्धकर्म); मा शोचतं महाभागावात्मजान् स्वकृतंभुजः Bhāg.1. 4.18. -गतम् ind. to oneself, aside (in theatrical language). -गृहः a kind of bird. -गोचर a. subject to one's self; स्वगोचरे सत्यपि चित्तहारिणा Ki.8.13. -चर a. self-moving. -छन्द a. 1 self-willed, uncontrolled, wanton. -2 spontaneous. -3 wild. (-न्दः) one's own will or choice, own fancy or pleasure, independence. (-न्दम्) ind. at one's own will or pleasure, wantonly, voluntarily; स्वच्छन्दं दलदरविन्द ते मरन्दं विन्दन्तो विदधतु गुञ्जितं मिलिन्दाः Bv.1.15. -ज a. 1 self-born. -2 natural (स्वाभाविक); आगता त्वामियं बुद्धिः स्वजा वैनायिकी च या Rām.2.112.16. (-जः) 1 a son or child. -2 sweat, perspiration. -3 a viper. (-जा) a daughter. (-जम्) blood. -जनः 1 a kinsman, relative; इतःप्रत्यादेशात् स्वजनमनुगन्तुं व्यवसिता Ś. 6.8; Pt.1.5. -2 one's own people or kindred, one's household. ˚गन्धिन् a. distantly related to. (स्वजनायते Den. P. 'becomes or is treated as a relation'; Pt.1.5.) -जातिः 1 one's own kind. -2 one's own family or caste. -ज्ञातिः a kinsman. -ता personal regard or interest; अस्यां मे महती स्वता Svapna.1.7. -तन्त्र a. 1 self-dependent, uncontrolled, independent, self-willed. -2 of age, full-grown. (-न्त्रम्) one's own (common group of) subsidiaries; जैमिनेः परतन्त्रापत्तेः स्वतन्त्रप्रतिषेधः स्यात् MS. 12.1.8. (-न्त्रः) a blind man. -दृश् a. seeing one's self; ईयते भगवानेभिः सगुणो निर्गुणः स्वदृक् Bhāg.3.32.36. -देशः one's own country, native country. ˚जः, ˚बन्धुः a fellow countryman. -धर्मः 1 one's own religion. -2 one's own duty, the duties of one's own class; Ms.1.88,91; स्वधर्मे निधनं श्रेयः परधर्मो भयावहः Bg.3.35. -3 peculiarity, one's own rights. -निघ्न a. depending on or subservient to oneself; (पुराणि च) निगृह्य निग्रहाभिज्ञो निन्ये नेता स्वनिघ्नताम् Śiva B.25.9. -पक्षः 1 one's own side or party. -2 a friend. -3 one's own opinion. -पणः one's own stake. -परमण्डलम् one's own and an enemy's country. -प्रकाश a. 1 self-evident. -2 self-luminous. -प्रतिष्ठ a. astringent. -प्रधान a. independent. -प्रयोगात् ind. by means of one's own efforts. -बीजः the soul. -भटः 1 one's own warrior. -2 bodyguard. -भावः 1 own state. -2 an essential or inherent property, natural constitution, innate or peculiar disposition, nature; स्वभावहेतुजा भावाः Mb.12.211.3; पौरुषं कारणं केचिदाहुः कर्मसु मानवाः । दैवमेके प्रशंसन्ति स्वभावमपरे जनाः ॥ 12.238.4; Bg.5.14; स्वभावो दुरतिक्रमः Subhāṣ.; so कुटिल˚, शुद्ध˚, मृदु˚, चपल˚, कठिन˚ &c. ˚आत्मक a. natural, inborn; स्वभावतः प्रवृत्तो यः प्राप्नोत्यर्थ न कारणात्। तत् स्वभावात्मकं विद्धि फलं पुरुष- सत्तम ॥ Mb.3.32.19. ˚उक्तिः f. 1 spontaneous declaration. -2 (in Rhet.) a figure of speech which consists in describing a thing to the life, or with exact resemblance; स्वभावोक्तिस्तु डिम्भादेः स्वक्रियारूपवर्णनम् K. P.1, or नानावस्थं पदार्थानां रूपं साक्षाद्विवृण्वती Kāv.2.8. ˚ज a. innate, natural. ˚भावः natural disposition. ˚वादः the doctrine that the universe was produced and is sustained by the natural and necessary action of substances according to their inherent properties, (and not by the agency of a Supreme Being). ˚सिद्ध a. natural, spontaneous, inborn. -भूः m. 1 an epithet of Brahman. -2 of Śiva. -3 of Viṣṇu. -f. one's own country, home. -मनीषा own judgement. -मनीषिका indifference. -मात्रेण ind. by one's self. -युतिः the line which joins the extremities of the perpendicular and diagonal. -यूथ्यः a relation. -योनि a. related on the mother's side. (-m., f.) own womb, one's own place of birth. (-f.) a sister or near female relative; रेतःसेकः स्वयोनीषु कुमारीष्वन्त्यजासु च (गुरुतल्पसमं विदुः) Ms.11.58. -रसः 1 natural taste. -2 proper taste or sentiment in composition. -3 a kind of astringent juice. -4 the residue of oily substances (ground on a stone.) -राज् a. 1 self-luminons; त्वमकरणः स्वराडखिलकारकशक्तिधरः Bhāg.1. 87.28. -2 self-wise; Bhāg.1.1.1. -m. 1 the Supreme Being. -2 one of the seven rays of the sun. -3 N. of Brahmā; दिदृक्षुरागादृषिभिर्वृतः स्वराट् Bhāg.3.18.2. -4 N. of Viṣṇ&u; हस्तौ च निरभिद्येतां बलं ताभ्यां ततः स्वराट् Bhāg.3. 26.59. -5 a king with a revenue of 5 lacs to one crore Karṣas; ततस्तु कोटिपर्यन्तः स्वराट् सम्राट् ततः परम् Śukra.1. 185. -राज्यम् 1 independent dominion or sovereignty. -2 own kingdom. -राष्ट्रम् own kingdom. -रुचिः one's own pleasure. -रूप a. 1 similar, like. -2 handsome, pleasing, lovely. -3 learned, wise. (-पम्) 1 one's own form or shape, natural state or condition; तत्रान्यस्य कथं न भावि जगतो यस्मात् स्वरूपं हि तत् Pt.1.159. -2 natural character or form, true constitution. -3 nature. -4 peculiar aim. -5 kind, sort, species. ˚असिद्धि f. one of the three forms of fallacy called असिद्ध q. v. -लक्षणम् a peculiar characteristic or property. -लोकः 1 one's own form (आत्मरूप); व्यर्थो$पि नैवोपरमेत पुंसां मत्तः परावृत्तधियां स्वलोकात् Bhāg.11.22.34. -2 self-knowledge; पुष्णन् स्वलोकाय न कल्पते वै Bhāg.7.6.16. -बत् a. possessed of property; स्ववती श्रुत्यनुरोधात् ŚB. on MS.6.1.2. -वश a. 1 self-controlled. -2 independent. -वहित a. 1 self-impelled. -2 alert, active. -वासिनी a woman whether married or unmarried who continues to live after maturity in her father's house. -विग्रहः one's own body. -विषयः one's own country, home. -वृत्तम् one's own business. -वृत्ति a. living by one's own exertions. -संविद् f. the knowledge of one's own or the true essence. -संवृत a. self-protected, self-guarded; मायां नित्यं स्वसंवृतः Ms.7.14. -संवेदनम् knowledge derived from one's self. -संस्था 1 self-abiding. -2 self-possession. -3 absorption in one's own self; उन्मत्तमत्तजडवत्स्वसंस्थां गतस्य मे वीर चिकित्सितेन Bhāg.5.1.13. -स्थ a. 1 self-abiding. -2 self-dependent, relying on one's own exertions, confident, firm, resolute; स्वस्थं तं सूचयन्तीव वञ्चितो$सीति वीक्षितैः Bu. Ch.4.37. -3 independent. -4 doing well, well, in health, at ease, comfortable; स्वस्थ एवास्मि Māl.4; स्वस्थे को वा न पण्डितः Pt.1.127; see अखस्थ also. -5 contented, happy. (-स्थम्) ind. at ease, comfortably, composedly. -स्थानम् one's own place or home, one's own abode; नक्रः स्वस्थानमासाद्य गजेन्द्रमपि कर्षति Pt.3.46. ˚विवृद्धिः (Mīmāṁsā) augmentation in its own place (opp. दण्डकलितवत् आवृत्तिः); तत्र पूर्णे पुनरावृत्तिर्नास्तीति दण्डकलितवद् न स्यात् । न च वृद्ध्या विना तद न्तरं पूर्यते इति स्वस्थानविवृद्धिरागतेति ŚB. on MS.1.5.83. -स्वरूपम् one's true character. -हन्तृ m. suicide. -हरणम् confiscation of property. -हस्तः one's own hand or handwriting, an autograph; see under हस्त. -हस्तिका an axe. -हित a. beneficial to oneself (-तम्) one's own good or advantage, one's own welfare. -हेतुः one's own cause. |
38 results
| |
| aṅga | n. (a. --°ree; f. î) limb, member, part, membrum virile; body; constituent; secondary part; supplement (esp. the six of the Veda); resource; base (gr.); -ka, n. member, part; body. |
| |
| antaḥkaraṇa | n. the internal organ (ph.); heart; -kopa, m. internal anger; -pura, n. (inner city), royal citadel; harem, women's apartments; sg. & pl. wives of a king: -kara, m. harem-attendant,-gana, m. women of the harem, -vriddhâ, f. old female attendant of the harem; -purikâ, f. woman of the harem; -prakriti, f. pl. constituent elements of the state except the prince. |
| |
| ucchāstravartin | a. trans gressing the institutes of the law. |
| |
| kāmandaka | m. N. of a Rishi; î, f. N. of a Buddhist nun; N. of a city; i, m. pat. N. of a writer on polity: -sâstra, n. Institutes of Kâmandaki; î-ya, a. composed by Kâmandaki. |
| |
| kauṭumba | a. requisite for the household; n. affinity; -ika, a. belonging to or constituting a family; m. father of a family. |
| |
| kṣetrika | m. owner of a field; husband; -in, m. id.; soul; -iyá, a. local; constitutional=incurable. |
| |
| dharma | m. established order, usage, institution, custom, prescription; rule; duty; virtue, moral merit, good works; right; jus tice; law (concerning, g. or --°ree;); often per sonified, esp. as Yama, judge of the dead, and as a Pragâpati; nature, character, es sential quality, characteristic attribute, pro perty: in. dhármena, in accordance with law, custom, or duty, as is or was right; --°ree;, after the manner of, in accordance with; dharme sthita, observing the law, true to one's duty. |
| |
| dhātu | m. layer; component part (--°ree; a.); element (five are assumed: ether, air, fire, earth, water); elementary consti tuent of the body (seven are assumed: ali mentary juice, blood, flesh, fat, bone, marrow, semen; or five: ear, nose, mouth, heart, ab domen; or three=dosha: wind, gall, phlegm); elementary constituent of the earth or of mountains: ore, mineral, metal, esp. red chalk; verbal element, verbal root orbase. |
| |
| naisarga | a. natural: i-ka, a. id.; original, inherent, innate, constitutional. |
| |
| piṇḍayajña | m. sacrifice with funeral cakes; -lepa, m. what adheres to the hands from the funeral cakes (constituting an offering to the three ancestors preceding the great-grandfather); -sambandha, m. rela tionship entitling a man to offer the funeral oblations to the deceased; -½agra, n. bit of a flour-ball; -½anvâhârya-ka, a. with srâd dha, n. feast after the funeral oblation. |
| |
| pṛthaggaṇa | m. separate or distinct class; -gotra, a. pl. belonging to different families; -gana, m. man of lower classes: sg. & pl. common people; -gaya, m. victory in a duel; -dris, a. seeingsomething dif ferent from (ab.); -dvâra, n. pl. special doors, i. e. means of attainment; -dharma vid, a. pl. each knowing different institutes of law; -bhâva, m. separate condition, dif ference, variety; -yoga, a. pl. having dif ferent lots (perhaps incorrect for -bhoga or -bhâga); -lakshana, a. having different cha racteristics; -varsha, n. pl. a year in each case; -vidha, a. various, manifold, several; different from (in.). |
| |
| prakṛti | f. (putting before, what is presupposed), original or natural form or condition (opp. vi-kriti, derivative form); nature, constitution, disposition, temper; fundamental form, pattern, standard, rule (sp. damental form, pattern, standard, rule (sp. in ritual); nature (opp. spirit: ph.): pl. material elements (rare); primary constituents of nature (from which all else is evolved: there are eight: avyakta, mahat, ahamkâra, and the five elements: ph.); constituent elements of the state (in politics: there are seven: king, minister, fortress, territory or subjects, treasure, army, and ally; kings primarily (of these there are four) and secondarily (of these there are eight) concerned in a war (each of these twelve having five prakritis in the form of minister, territory, fortress, treasure, army); constituent elements of a king's own state (exclusive of himself); ministers; subjects, citizens; sg. root, base (gr.): °ree;-or in. by nature, originally, properly; in the original state, unchanged: -ka, a. (--°ree;) id.; kripana, a. naturally feeble in discriminating between (lc.); -ga, a.innate; -purusha, m. nature and spirit (du.); minister; -bhâva, m. original or unmodified state; -mandala, n. whole circle of subjects, entire territory; -mat, a. having or being in the original, natural, or usual condition orform; -sampanna, pp. endowed with a noble nature; -subhaga, a. naturally beautiful; -stha, a. being in the natural state or condition, natural, genuine, normal; healthy; being in good circumstances. |
| |
| pracaya | m. [√ ki] picking, gathering; accumulation, collection, quantity, multitude; -kayana, n. collecting; -kaya-svara, m. accumulated tone (i. e. tone occurring in a series of syllables), tone of the unaccented syllables following a Svarita; -karana, n. setting to work: &isharp;, f. kind of supplementary wooden ladle (rit.); -karanîya, fp. being in actual use (Br., S.); -karitavya, fp. n. imps. one should set to work;-kala, a. moving, tremulous, shaking; -kalana, n trembling, swaying; fleeing; -kalâyita, (den. pp.), n. nodding while asleep (âsîna-, -in a sitting posture); -kalita, pp. set out, departed, etc.; -kâra, m. walking about, ranging; going in pursuit of (--°ree;); showing oneself, manifestation, appearance; application, employment; currency; conduct, behaviour; pasture-ground; exercising-ground; -kârana, n. scattering; -kârin, a. going about; attaching oneself to (lc., --°ree;); acting, behaving; -kita, pp. (√ ki), pronounced with the Prakaya tone; -kura, a. abundant, ample, much, many, frequent; --°ree;, abounding in, replete with: -gaha&ntod;a,a. having abundance of impervious passages, -tva, n. abundance of (--°ree;), -ratna-dhana½â gama, a. having a large income of gems and money; -kurī-bhû, grow in extent; -kritta- sikha, a. having loosened braids orflowing hair; (á)-ketas, a. heedful, intelligent, wise (V.); m. (C.), ep. of Varuna; N.; -kodana, n. instigation, incitement; command; -kodin, a. driving before one (--°ree;). |
| |
| prarakṣaṇa | n. protection; -rúh, a. shooting (of plants); f. shoot, sprout; -rûdha, pp. √ ruh; -rûdhi, f. shooting up; growth, in crease; -reká, m., -rékana, n. abundance; -rokana, a. (î) seductive;n. instigation; se duction; laudation; elucidation: â, f. enco mium; exciting interest by praise (rh.); painting the future in rosy colours; -roha, m. germinating, sprouting (also fig.); sprout, shoot, bud; excrescence; shoot=ray of light (--°ree;); -rohana, n. sprouting, budding, shoot ing or growing up (also fig.); sprout, shoot, bud; -rohin, a. shooting up, out of (--°ree;); producing, causing to grow (--°ree;); -rohi-sâkh in, a. the branches of which grow again. |
| |
| pravarga | m. large earthenware pot (used in the Pravargya ceremony); -vargyã, m. introductory ceremony of the Soma sacri fice, at which fresh milk is poured into a red-hot pot: -vat, a. connected with the Pravargya ceremony; -várgana, n. perform ance of the Pravargya rite, placing in or near the fire; -vartaka, a. (ikâ) causing to roll onward, setting in motion; promoting, insti gating; causing, producing; m.founder, author; n. entrance of a previously announced person on the stage (at the end of the intro duction); -vartana, n. advance, forward movement; emergence from (ab.); flow (of water); walking; activity; occupation with, engaging in (in., lc.); going on, proceeding, coming to pass, occurrence; procedure, be haviour; moving onward; erection, execu tion (of works); stimulation, promotion, pro duction, introduction, employment (of, g. or --°ree;): â, f. incitement to activity; -vartanî ya, fp. to be employed; -commenced; -vart ayitri, m. instigator, of (g.), to (lc.); erector, introducer; employer: -tva, n. instigation; -vartita, cs. pp.administered, dispensed; al lowed to take its course; enforced; -varti tavya, fp. n. imps. one should act; -varti tri, m. producer, bringer; one who fixes or settles; -vartin, a. issuing, streaming forth; moving forward, flowing; engaging in action; causing to flow; producing; employing; in troducing, propagating; -vartya, fp. being incited; -vardha-ka, a. (ikâ) augmenting, increasing (--°ree;); -vardhana, a. id.; -varsha, m. rain (sts. pl.):-na, n. raining; first rain; -varshin, a. raining, shedding (--°ree;); -varha, v. -barha; -valha, m. riddle; -vasathá, n. departure; separation (pl.) from (ab.); -vas ana, n. setting out on travel; dying, de cease; -vaha, a.carrying, wafting; m. one of the seven winds which set the planets in motion; one of the seven tongues of fire; reservoir for receiving water; -vahana, n. giving a girl in marriage; carriage; ship (also î, f.: --°ree; a. â): -bha&ndot;ga, m. shipwreck. |
| |
| prasava | m. 1. pressing (of Soma); 2. setting in motion, impulse; course, current; quickening power, stimulation, instigation; aid; command; acquisition; vivifier; 3. be getting, generation; conception; bringing forth, bearing; birth; delivery, confinement; augmentation; birth-place; flower, blossom; sg. & pl. offspring, progeny (--°ree;, sts.=young --): -griha, n. lying-in chamber; -savana, n. bringing forth, bearing of children; fe cundity; -sava-vedanâ, f. pangs of child birth, travail; -savitrí, m. 1. impeller, in citer, vivifier (of, g.); 2. (-tri), m. procreator, father; -savin, a. bearing, producing; -sa vya, a. (holding the left hand outtowards anything), following one's left hand, keeping one's left hand towards anything (in walking round it): -m, ad. to the left; -sáh, a. (str. st. -s&asharp;h) overpowering; -saha, a. enduring, withstanding (--°ree;); m.endurance, resistance (only --°ree;); beast or bird of prey; -sahana, n. resisting; overcoming; embracing; -sahya, 1. gd. forcibly; exceedingly; without more ado; necessarily (with na, by no means); 2. fp. conquerable;with inf. capable of being (ps. pt.): -kârin, a. acting with violence; -harana, n. forcible abduction or appro priation. |
| |
| prasū | a. bearing, giving birth to; fruitful, prolific; producing, providing for (--°ree;); f. mother; sprout; flowering sacrificial grass; -sûta, pp. born, produced; n. pri mordial soul or matter (phil.);(á)-sûti, 1. f. instigation, command; permission; (a) sûti, 2. f. bringing forth, parturition; laying (of eggs); birth; coming forth, production (of fruit, flowers, etc.); producer; child, off spring, progeny; product; -sûtikâ, f. a. re cently confined; having lately calved; -sûna, pp. √ sû; n. blossom, flower: -bâna, m. (flower-arrowed), Kâma, -½âsuga, m. id. |
| |
| prāmāṇika | a. constituting or passing as a measure; based on evidence or authority, authoritative; considering demon strable: -tva, n. authoritativeness, cogency. |
| |
| preraka | a. urging, impelling; m. stimulator, instigator; -ana, n. (also â, f.) stimulation, instigation, incitement, to (pra ti); activity, action; -anîya, fp. to be urged, to (d.); -ita, pp. urged, instigated,etc.; sent, despatched; -itri, m. instigator, inciter. |
| |
| proccaṇḍa | a. extremely violent or powerful; -½ukkâtanâ, f. scaring away; -½ukkais, in. ad. exceedingly loud; in a very high degree; -½ugghitum, inf. (√ uggh) to escape, evade; -½uñkhana, n. wiping away or off; -½uta, pp. (√ vâ, weave), woven, sewn, etc.; -½utkata, a. very great: -bhritya, m. high official; -½utkantha, a. stretching out the neck far; at the top of one's voice (shout etc.); -½utkrushta, (pp.) n. loud noise, up roar; -½uttâna, a. far-extended; -½uttâla, a. very loud; -½uttu&ndot;ga, a. very high; -½ut phulla, a. full-blown, fully expanded (flower); wide open (eyes); -½utsârita, cs. pp.(√ sri) relinquished, given up, etc.; -½utsâha, m. great exertion; -½utsâhana, n. instigation, stimulation, invitation, to (--°ree;). |
| |
| bāhyakaraṇa | n. external organ of sense; -tara, cpv. external etc.; outcast; -tas, ad. prp. outside, without (ab., g.); -tâ, f. deviation or divergence from (ab.); -pra kriti, f. pl. constituent parts of a foreign state (except the king). |
| |
| bhaga | m. [dispenser: √ bhag] lord (of gods, esp. Savitri: V.); N. of one of the Adityas bringing welfare and love and instituting marriage; the lunar asterism Phalgunî; sun; good fortune, luck, happy lot (mostly V.); dignity, grandeur (mostly V.); loveliness, beauty; love, affection, amorousness; pudendum muliebre. |
| |
| maghavan | a. (V.; strg. st. -vân; mid. -vat; wk. maghon=magha½un: nm. -vâ or -vân; f. maghónî) bountiful, munificent; m. bestower of gifts, esp. of institutors of sacrifices, who pay the priests and singers; the Bounteous One (Indra); in C. only ep. of Indra. |
| |
| yajñakarman | n. sacrificial rite; a. engaged in a sacrifice; -kalpa, a. resem bling a sacrifice; (á)-kâma, a. desirous of worship; -kâra, a. engaged in a sacrifice; -kâla, m. time of sacrifice; -krít, a.per forming a sacrifice; -kratú, m. sacrificial rite; complete or chief ceremony; -kriyâ, f. sacrificial rite; -gamya, fp. accessible by sacrifice; -gâthâ, f. sacrificial verse; -ghna, m. demon that disturbs a sacrifice; -kkhâga,m. sacrificial goat; -trâtri, m. protector of the sacrifice, ep. of Vishnu; -dakshinâ, f. sacrificial fee; -datta, m. a frequent N.; -dâsî, f. N.; -dîkshâ, f. initiation for a sacri fice; -dris, a. looking on at a sacrifice; -deva, m. N.;-dravya, n. requisite for a sacrifice (vessel etc.); -n&isharp;, a. guiding the sacrifice; (á)pati, m. lord of sacrifice=institutor of a sacrifice or he in whose honour it is offered; -patnî, f. wife of the institutor of a sacrifice; -pathá, m. path of sacrifice; -pasu, m. sacri ficial animal; -pâtrá, n. sacrificial utensil; -prâpya, fp. attainable by sacrifice (Krish na); -priya, a. fond of sacrifice (Krishna); -pr&isharp;, a. delighting in sacrifice (V.); -phala da, a. rewarding sacrifice (Vishnu); (á)ban dhu, m. associate in sacrifice (RV.1); -bâhu, m. arm of sacrifice, fire; -bhâga, m. share in the sacrifice; a. having a share in the sacri fice; m. god: -bhug, m. god, -½îsvara, m. ep. of Indra; -bhânda, n. sacrificial utensil; -bhug, m. (enjoying the sacrifice), god, sp. ep. of Vishnu; -bhûmi, f. sacrificial ground; -bhrit, m. institutor of a sacrifice; ep. of Vishnu; -bhoktri, m. enjoyer of the sacri fice, ep. of Krishna; -mandala, n. sacrificial ground; -manas, a. intent on sacrifice; (á)-manman, a. intent on sacrifice (RV.1); -mahotsava, m. great sacrificial celebration; -mukhá, n. mouth or commencement of the sacrifice (V.); -ruki, m. N. of a Dânava; (á)-vat, a. worshipping: -î, f. N.; -vâta, m. sacrificial ground; -vâstú, n. id.; kind of ceremony; -vâha, a. conducting the sacrifice to the gods: -na, a. performing the sacrifice; having sacrifice for his vehicle, ep. of Vishnu and of Siva; (á)-vâhas, a. offering or receiving worship (V.); -víd, a. skilled in sacrifice; -vidyâ, f. sacrificial knowledge; (á)-vibhrashta, pp. unsuccessful in sacrifice; -vesasá,n. disturbance of worship or sacrifice (V.); -sarana, n. sacrificial shed; -sâlâ, f. sacrificial hall; -sâstra, n. doctrine of sacrifice; -sishta, n. remnants of a sacrifice; -sîla, a. habitually sacrificing; -sesha, m. remains of a sacrifice; part of a sacrifice yet to be completed; -sreshtha, m. best of sacrifices; -samsiddhi, f. success of a sacrifice; -sam sthâ, f. fundamental form of a sacrifice; -sadana, n. sacrificial hall; -sadas, n. sacrificial assemblage; (á)-sammita, pp. commensurate with the sacrifice; -s&asharp;dh, a. performing sacrifice (RV.); -s&asharp;dhana, a. id. (RV.); causing sacrifice (Vishnu); -sâra, m. best part of the sacrifice, ep. of Vishnu; -sûtra, n. sacrificial thread (worn over the left shoulder); (á)-sena, m. N. of various men and of a Dânava; -soma, m. N. of various Brâhmans; -stha, a. engaged in a sacrifice; -sthala, n. sacrificial ground; N. of anAgrahâra; -sthânú, m. sacrificial stump=stum bling-block at the sacrifice; -svâmin, m. N. of a Brâhman; -hán, a. disturbing or spoiling the sacrifice; -hartri, m. spoiler of the sacrifice; -hut, m. sacrificial priest. |
| |
| yajamāna | pr. pt. sacrificing; m. institutor of a sacrifice (who pays its expenses); man capable of paying the expenses of a sacri fice, wealthy man: -bhâgá, m. share of the insti tutor of a sacrifice; -loka, m. world of sacrificers. |
| |
| yājya | (cs.) fp. on whose behalf a sacrifice is performed; allowed to be sacrificed; m. institutor of a sacrifice: âtilda;, f. sacrificial verse (uttered as the oblation is offered). |
| |
| yojana | n. yoking; team, vehicle (RV., rare); path (V.); yogana (distance driven at a yoking or stretch), a measure of distance equal to four krosas or about nine English miles; preparation, arrangement (also â, f.); instigation; erection; mental concentration; union, combination, with (in. or --°ree;): â, f. grammatical construction; -gandha, a. whose odour extends for a yoga na: â, f. ep. of Satyavatî (mother of Vyâsa); -bâhu, a. having arms a yogana in length, excessively long-armed; m. ep. of Râvana; -sata, n. a hundred yoganas. |
| |
| yogāgnimaya | a. having passed through the fire of Yoga; -½a&ndot;ga, n. constituent part of Yoga (of which eight, seven, or six are assumed); -½âkâra, m. prac tice or observance of Yoga;-½âkârya, m. teacher of magic; teacher of the Yoga sys tem; -½âdhamana, n. fraudulent pledge or mortgage; -½âpatti, f. modification of em ployment or application; -½ayoga, m. pl. proper quantity; du. suitableness and un suitableness; -½âsana, n. sitting posture suit able to abstract meditation. |
| |
| vāghat | m. [pr. pt. of √ vâgh (= √ vâh, str. form of √ vah --°ree; and in d. vâh-é) offering], institutor of a sacrifice (RV.). |
| |
| vibhaṅga | m. contraction (of the brows); furrow; interruption, stoppage, frus tration; deception; wave; -bhaganîya, fp. to be distributed; -bhaya, n. freedom from danger; a. exposed to no danger; -bhava, a. rich (E., rare); m. omnipresence (rare); development (rare); might, power, majesty, greatness, exalted position (ord. mg.); wealth, property; luxury: -tas, according to rank (dr.); according to one'specuniary circum stances, -mati, m. N. of a princess, -vat, a. wealthy; -bhavin, a. id.; -bh&asharp;, a. shin ing (V.); f. splendour, beauty (C.): -kara, m. (light-maker), sun; king; -bhâgá, m. V.: distribution, apportionment; C.: parti tion of inheritance; division; share, in (--°ree;); portion, constituent part; numerator of a fraction; separation, distinction, difference: in. separately, singly, in detail: -rekhâ, f. boundary line between (g.), -vat-tâ, f. separation, distinction, -sas, ad. part by part, in parts, singly; according to (--°ree;). |
| |
| śarīraka | n. (--°ree; a. f. ikâ) a wretched tiny body; the wretched body; body (metr. for sarîra); -kartri, m., -krit, m. father; -karshana, n. emaciation of the body; -grahana, n. assumption of a bodily form; -ga, a. produced from, belonging to, per formed with the body, bodily; m. offspring, son; god of love; -ganman, a. id.; -tulya, a. (equal to=) dear as one's own body; -tyâga, m. abandonment of the body, renunciation of life; -danda, m. corporal punishment; -dhâtu, m. chief constituent of the body (flesh, blood etc.); -dhrik, m. corporeal being; -nipâta, m. collapse of the body, falling down dead; -nyâ sa, m. casting off the body, death; -pâta, m. collapse of the body, death; -pîdâ, f. bodily suffering; -prabhava, m. begetter, father; -baddha, pp. confined in a body, in carnate; -bandha, m. fetters of the body; assumption of a (new) body, rebirth: in. bodily (disappear); -bhâg, m. embodied being; -bheda, m. collapse of the body, death; -yashti, f. slender body, slim figure; -yâtrâ, f. sustenance of the body; -yoga-ga, a. produced from bodily contact; -vat, a.provided with a body; substantial; m. em bodied being; -vimokshana, n. liberation from the body, death; -vritta, pp. careful of his body or life; -vritti, f. maintenance of the body, support of life; -vaikalya, n. in disposition of body, distemper; -susrûshâ, f. personal attendance; -soshana, n. morti fication of the body; -samdhi, m. joint of the body; -sâda, m. bodily exhaustion, emacia tion; -stha, a. existing in the body; -sthiti, f.maintenance of the body. |
| |
| śāstra | n. RV.1, C.: command, pre- cept; C.: instruction, advice, good counsel; rule, theory; compendium, institutes (of any branch of learning), code, scientific or canon ical work, scripture; learning (rare): -kâ ra, -krit, m. author of a treatise; -gañga, m. N. of a parrot; -kakshus, a. having authoritative works as eyes (king); -gña, a. conversant with the Sâstras, learned; m. specialist; -tas, ad. according to prescribed rules; -darsana, n. mention in an authori tative work: ab. according to prescription; -drishta, pp. (seen=) mentioned or pre scribed in the treatises, scientific, according to precept or rule; -mati, a. trained, learned; m.specialist; -vat, ad. according to prescribed rules; -vargita, pp. subject to no law; -vâ da, m. statement of the treatises; -vâdin, m. teacher; -vid, a. conversant with the Sâstras, learned; -½atiga, a. offending against theSâstras; -½adhyâpaka, m. teacher; -½an anushthâna, n. neglect of instructive works. |
| |
| saptāṅga | a. having seven members or constituent parts; -½arkis, a. seven-rayed; m. fire, god of fire; -½arnava-gale-saya, a. resting in the waters of seven oceans; a&halfacute;âs ya, a.having seven mouths; -½ahá, m. seven days; seven days' festival. |
| |
| samutka | a. longing for (--°ree;); -kantak ita, pp. with bristling hair, thrilled; -kan- thâ, f. longing for (--°ree;); -karsha, m. laying aside (of a girdle); higher rank, exalted posi tion; pre-eminence, excellence; -kskepa, m. throwing out a hint, allusion to (d.); -târa, m. getting over, deliverance from (--°ree;); -tu&ndot; ga, a. lofty; -tegana, n. inciting, instigat ing; -tha, a. arising, sprung, produced, or derived from (ab., gnly. --°ree; w. a word in the ab., sts. lc., sense); appearing in (--°ree;); -thâna, n. rising, getting up; hoisting (of a flag); augmentation of (property, g.); swelling of (the stomach, g.); undertaking, occupation, activity; healing: sambhûya or ekîbhûya --, common enterprise, partnership; --°ree; a. arising or produced from; -patana, n. flying up together; -patti, f. origin, produc tion; -panna, pp. produced, arisen; -pâda, m.production; -pâdya, fp. to be produced or caused; -piñga, m. confusion, disorder; -pîdana, n. pressing, squeezing; -phulla, pp. opened wide (eyes); -sarga, m. discharge (of urine etc.); emission (of semen): -m kri, have sexual intercourse with (lc.); -sâra-ka, a. dispersing, driving away; -sârana, n. id.; dispelling, removing; -sâha, m. energy: -tâ, f. alacrity in (lc.); -suka, a. agitated, un easy, anxious; longing for (--°ree;), eager to (inf.; ord. mg.); -tâ, f. desire, longing, -tva, n. agitation; yearning emotion; -suka-ya, den. P. fill with yearning; -sedha, m. height. |
| |
| sava | m. 1. [√ 1. su] extraction of Soma (V.); 2. (√ 2. su) V.: stimulator, commander; instigation, command, order; vivification (the activity of Savitri); Br.: sacrificial rite of consecration, initiation, inauguration; C.: sacrifice. |
| |
| sūri | m. [inciter: √ 1. sû] V.: insti tutor of a sacrifice (who rewards the priests =yagamâna in C.); lord, chief; presser or sacrificer of Soma [√ 1. su]; C.: wise man, sage, great scholar. |
| |
| sthāna | n. C.: standing (also Br.); continuance, stay; storage (of goods); steadi- ness (of troops); continued existence; middle state (opp. gain or loss); being in or on (lc., --°ree;); state, condition (also U.; --°ree; a. being in a state of); perfect tranquillity (rare); station, position, rank (common mg.); V., C.: abode, dwelling, place, spot, locality, site (ord. mg.); C.: stead, place (lc. instead of, in place of, g., --°ree;); receptacle, of (g., --°ree;); right or suit able place; region, sphere of a god (earth, sky, heaven); stronghold (rare); place in which a sound is produced, organ of speech (gr.); pitch, key of the voice (high, loud, etc.); constituent of a kingdom (army, treasury, capital, territory); case, occurrence; occa sion, of or for (g., --°ree;); cause or object of (g., --°ree;; also said of persons); topic: --°ree; a. tak ing the place of, representing; replaced or represented by: lc. sthâne, instead of (g., --°ree;); in the right place, seasonably, justly; sthâne sthâne, in different places, here and there; ripusthâneshu vrit, occupy the position of an enemy; vînâ kyutâ sthânât, a lute out of tune; vilokana-sthâna-gata, occupying the place of eyes; mânyasthâna, object of regard. |
| |
| sthiti | f. [√ sthâ] C.: standing; re maining, staying, stay, residence (in, on, at, with any one, lc., --°ree;; ord. mg.); upright posi tion (of the breasts); depositing, keeping (of records, money); halting-place, abode (also rarely in Br.); station, position, rank, dignity; steady application to, addiction to, intentness on (lc.); steadfastness, stability; sustained existence, continuance, permanence (common mg.; also U.); duration; existence, occur rence; procedure, behaviour, conduct; state, condition; decree, ordinance; settled rule, maxim (also Br.); usage, custom, institution; fixed opinion, conviction; attaching importance to (youth, lc.); steady adherence to the path of duty or law, moral rectitude; limit, bounds (esp. of morality): -m â-kar, remain standing; -m kri, grah, bhag, or vi-dhâ, make a stay, take up one's abode. |
"nsti" has 45 results